Formerly owned ty Mgses, 
 
 ALBERT R. MANN 
 LIBRARY 
 
 New York State Colleges 
 
 OF 
 
 Agriculture and Home Economics 
 
 AT 
 
 Cornell University 
 
 EVERETT FRANKLIN PHILLIPS 
 
 BEEKEEPING LIBRARY 
 
 Gift of 
 Lyman C. Root 
 
Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of this book is in 
 the Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924066713409 
 
'■O.FILTIR Sf 
 
THE 
 
 AMERICAN 
 
 BEE KEEPER'S MAMJAL; 
 
 BEING A 
 
 PRACTICAL TREATISE 
 
 ON THE 
 
 HISTORY AND DOMESTIC ECONOMY OP THE HONEY-BEE, 
 EMBRACING A FULL ILLUSTRATION OF THE WHOLE 
 SUBJECT, WITH THE MOST ATPROVED METHODS 
 OF MANAGING TifiS INSECT THROUGH EVERY 
 BRANCH OP ITS CULTURE, THE RESULT 
 OF MANY years' EXPE- 
 RIENCE, fkr 
 
 By T. B. miner. 
 EMBEILISBED BY TfflETT-FIVE BEAUTIFUI ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 Queen. Worker. Drone. 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 PUBLISHED BY C. M. SAXTON, 
 
 121 FULTON STREET. 
 
 1849 
 
Entered according to Act of Congreas, in the year 1849, by 
 
 T. B. MINER, 
 
 In the Clerk'fl Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern 
 
 District of New York. 
 
 @ 3 16"^ I 
 
 C. W. BENEDICT, Stereotyper, 
 
 201 William street, cor. of Franlcfortw 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The following treatise has been written to fill a 
 vacuum in this country, that has long existed. How it 
 has happened that the management of the honey-bee 
 should have been so neglected by writers in the United 
 States, I am at a loss to comprehend ; but so it is, and 
 we cannot boast, up to the present time, a single volume 
 on this subject, worthy of being called a full, practical 
 treatise on the culture of this insect. 
 
 Such small essays as have appeared from the pens of 
 American authors, have given little, or no information 
 of practical utility ; the most of them, not even present- 
 ing a single engraving, as an illustration. In this work, 
 the expense of the embellishments alone, will equal the 
 entire cost of publishing any of the works of American 
 origin, that have preceded it ; and it has been my pride 
 and aim, to render it a production, that will not only com- 
 pare with, but even exceed the most popular European 
 treatises on the same subject, especially in all matters of 
 a practical nature. 
 
 The great difficulty in the way of producing a truly 
 popular work on the honey-bee, has hitherto been, the 
 imaginary dryness of the subject, operating as a great 
 discouragement to practical apiarians to write thereon ; 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 but in this work, I have divested the subject of its dry- 
 ness, and have placed it before the reader in a new and 
 more attractive form, than has ever appeared before. I 
 have endeavored to discuss the various questions in a 
 clear, ample, and comprehensive manner, divested of 
 the superstition of the ignorant, and the errors of those 
 who profess to be learned in the science. I have also 
 shown the true position that Huber should occupy as an 
 apiarian ; believing, (and I have good reasons for my 
 opinion,) that the almost universal credence given to his 
 alleged discoveries, is based upon a fictitious platform, 
 to a very great extent. 
 
 What I have written in the following pages, is most- 
 ly the result of my own practical experience, during 
 many years of close application to the management, and 
 the study of the honey-bee. On some points I have 
 taken an entirely new course, in my own management 
 of bees. For instance, I treat them differently in the 
 winter season especially, from the ordinary custom, 
 keeping them much cooler, &c. ; and my general course 
 of management is peculiar to myself, with a full know- 
 ledge of all systems, yet based upon the true principles 
 of the nature and economy of the bee. My success in 
 the culture of this insect, has been beyond precedent, 
 and having the test of a long series of years to support 
 me, I offer this work as one worthy of the confidence 
 of the public. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
CHAPTER I. 
 
 THE QUEEN. 
 
 Every association of bees is composed of three classes, 
 viz : a queen, drones and workers, and when separated 
 from their natural connections, they loose all their attri- 
 butes of industry and soon perish in inaction. 
 
 The queen is the mother of the entire increase of 
 every family of bees, unless in rare cases of the exist- 
 ance of a few fertile workers, that produce drone eggs 
 only, of which I shall speak hereafter. The queen is 
 longer than either drones or workers, and much larger in 
 every respect than a worker, but not so large as a drone. 
 Her trunk or body is shorter than that of the other two 
 classes, and her abdomen tapers to a point, in the form 
 of a sugar-loaf. Her legs are longer than those of drones 
 and workers, but have no cavities or baskets for holding 
 gathered stores. The most remarkable feature pertain- 
 ing to her majesty, is the shortness of her wings, reach- 
 ing only to about two-thirds of the length of her abdo- 
 men. Her color is much darker than workers, and 
 sometimes approaching to a jet black ; that is, upon her 
 
6 MINEE S AMKEICAW 
 
 upper surface, but her belly is of a dark orange color. 
 It is this latter hue that enables one to easily distinguish 
 her in a cluster, even without seeing any other part of 
 " her body. 
 
 WHEN SEEN, AND HOW FOUND. 
 
 It is only in particular instances that the queen is to 
 be seen, such as during swarming, or on her serial excur- 
 sions, which takes place on the second or third day after 
 being hived, or upon some occasion of her being found in 
 a cluster of bees upon the alighting board. In this latter 
 case, which occurs with recent swarms only, as a gene- 
 ral rule, and very seldom, a close cluster of bees is seen 
 about the size of a hen's egg, remaining quiet, and when 
 the feather end of a quill, or a stick is used to separate 
 them, and they instantly re-form into a cluster again, it 
 is almost certain that the queen is in the centre. The 
 kind of cluster that I allude to, is very different from 
 ordinary clustering upon the side of the hive, or on the 
 bottom board, when the bees are driven out by heat ; 
 then the bees cluster with their heads upward ; but in 
 clusters where the queen is to be found, nothing of such 
 a regularity is to be seen. 
 
 STING OP THE aUEEN. 
 
 The queen is armed with a sting which is curved, but 
 she seldom uses it, except against rival queens. Indeed, 
 she may be taken with the bare fingers, at any time, 
 with perfect impunity ; but a worker taken in that man- 
 ner, would be dropped as a piece of hot iron. 
 
BEE-KBKPER S MANUAL. 7 
 
 HER FECUNDATION. 
 
 The fecundation of the queen has ever been a subject 
 of deep interest to naturaUsts, and it is not at the pre- 
 sent day so fully decided, in what manner, or by what 
 agency it is effected, as to put the question entirely to 
 rest ; and I may safely add, that the day will never come, 
 when this long disputed point will be so fully cleared up 
 as to silence all opposition to the now generally received 
 opinion of the case. 
 
 Some naturalists and apiarians have supposed that the 
 queen is seZf-impregnated ; that is, that the fecundating 
 germ of the ovary is inherent in her, and when her eggs 
 are laid, that the drones fertilize them, and generate the 
 principle of animal life by incubation, or sitting upon 
 them. Others have supposed that a vivifying seminal 
 aura exhaled from the drone, penetrates the body of the 
 queen, and that produces impregnation. This opinion 
 arose from the fact, that a strong odor is sometimes ex- 
 haled from them. 
 
 Naturalists rightly supposed, that a sexual union did 
 take place between the queen and drones in some man- 
 ner, but how, or when, was beyond the scope of their 
 knowledge, since such an union had never been beheld 
 by mortal eyes. However, during the latter part of the 
 eighteenth century, light seemed to dawn upon this long 
 hidden mystery, which had lain shrouded in darkness 
 for thousands of years. The fact that the sexual union of 
 many species of winged insects takes place in the air, 
 while on the wing, did at last, after centuries upon cen- 
 
8 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 turies had past in wild speculation, cause the films to fall 
 from the eyes of the naturalists of the day, and they 
 came to the conclusion that the impregnation of the 
 queen bee must be effected in the like manner. 
 
 That eighteen hundred years should have past away, 
 before this simple fact should have become developed, is 
 truly a matter of surprise ! Yet it is a matter of still 
 greater surprise, that many apiarians of the present day 
 pertinaciously adhere to ancient notions in regard to 
 the agency of the' drones in the impregnation of the 
 queen, and utterly refuse to divest themselves of tradi- 
 tions founded in error and superstition. 
 
 That such is the natural use and purpose for which 
 drones were created, viz : to effect impregnation on the 
 wing, I presume the reader will readily believe, on 
 hearing what I have to say on the subject hereafter^ in 
 Chap. iii. devoted to "drones." 
 
 HUBER, THE GREAT (?) APIARIAN. 
 
 Huber, a German naturalist of distinction, who flour- 
 ished at the close of the eighteenth century, has placed 
 this question beyond a doubt ; provided that we may 
 place confidence in his statements, which I consider 
 somewhat questionable. 
 
 Since Huber is cited as orthodox authority by almost 
 every writer on the honey bee, or at least by a very 
 large portion of them, and inasmuch as many emi- 
 nent naturalists and apiarians consider the greater por- 
 tion of his writings as an ingenious fabrication of expe- 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 
 
 riments, that never occurred save in the imagination of 
 this naturalist, or of his assistant, I deem it necessary to 
 place the position of this author fairly before my readers, 
 that they may be able to judge for themselves, in some 
 measure, whether he is, or is not, entitled to full cre- 
 dence. I do this, partly for the reason that some authors 
 on this subject, within the reach of an American public, 
 servilely tread in the footsteps of Huber, without ever 
 having read his writings from his own pen, which is 
 perfectly apparent, from the limited knowledge of his 
 work, possessed by the writers, as their essays plainly 
 manifest. - 
 
 At the time that Huber wrote, about the year 1790, 
 the natural history of the honey bee, as well as its do- 
 mestic economy and management, was in a state of ob- 
 scurity. Very few men of talent had given the subject 
 a profound attention, and the traditions and absurd fan- 
 cies of olden times, in regard to this insect, were believed 
 and acted upon, by the majority of bee-keepers. At 
 this epoch, Huber professed to have made a series of 
 experiments, during a period of some five or six years, 
 illustrating the physiology and economy of the honey 
 bee to an extent that had never been reached before. 
 But his writings throw no light whatever upon the do- 
 mestic management of bees ; therefore, they are of no 
 value to the apiarian who studies the economy of bees, 
 merely for the profit derived from them. The natural- 
 ist alone considered his discoveries as highly important 
 and valuable, and being a novelty, the world at once 
 took the truth of his theories and experiments for grant- 
 1* 
 
10 MINERS AMERICAN 
 
 ed, and Huber was forthwith placed upon the pinnacle of 
 apiarian science. 
 
 Many apiarians who subsequently wrote upon the bee, 
 servilely followed him through both truth and fallacy, 
 without being able, from their own experience, to either 
 refute or corroborate his theories and hypotheses. En- 
 cyclopcedias and other publications cited him as unex- 
 ceptionable authority, and he was styled the " Prince of 
 Apiarians;" hence we find American authors taking 
 their cue from some foreign proselyte to his theories, 
 and blindly re-echoing many of his discoveries as facts, 
 which may be as far from the truth, as the east is from 
 the west ! 
 
 The reader may here inquire, if the natural history 
 and domestic economy of the honey bee, is so involved 
 in mystery and obscurity, as not to be fully understood 
 at this late day, and susceptible of being clearly ex- 
 pounded and laid down, without the possibility of error ? 
 Yes sir, it is thus involved; and the day will never 
 come, when the veil of obscurity that now shrouds much 
 pertaining to this interesting little insect will be wholly 
 removed. 
 
 Man may experiment — he may send forth theory and 
 hypothesis to the end of time ; yet the natural instinct 
 and wisdom of the bee, in many of her acts, and the 
 modus operandi of her internal domestic labors, to a 
 great extent, will forever be terra incognita to all hu- 
 man knowledge ! 
 
 Let not the reader suppose from the above remarks, 
 that we are doomed to remain ignorant of important 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 11 
 
 facts, to enable us to meet with perfect success in our 
 management of bees — the curtain has been raised, and 
 man has beheld — enough for man to know. 
 
 As the wisdom of God is past finding out, so is the 
 instinctive wisdom of the little bee, a direct attribute of 
 the Architect and Creator of all animate and inanimate 
 nature, beyond the pale of human knowledge. 
 
 huber's authority doubted. 
 
 As it will be necessary for me in the following work, 
 to frequently allude to Huber and his writings, since the 
 history of the bee is based, to a great extent, upon the 
 foundation laid by him, the reader will excuse a continu- 
 ation of remarks touching the confidence due to his 
 statements. His writings comprise simply a series of 
 letters to his friend and patron, Bonnet, of Geneva. 
 Bonnet's reputation as a naturalist stands high, and 
 those letters were written at his suggestion of various 
 things pertaining to bees, then in obscurity, and which, 
 for the benefit of science, it was necessary to unfold. 
 Huber being in affluent circumstances, and unable to 
 attend to any ordinary pursuits, in consequence of his 
 blindness, he being unable to discover the difference be- 
 tween a white person and a colored one, he, with the 
 aid of a servant, instituted his experiments in the econ- 
 omy of bees, to avoid that tedium vitee that ever accom- 
 panies the unemployed. 
 
 Now, had Huber had personal ocular demonstration 
 of what he has written, as being verified by him, 
 through his assistant, we might consider him entitled to 
 
12 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 credence ; but he trusted entirely to his servant, in all 
 those alleged discoveries that have astonished and 
 amazed the world. 
 
 I can give but a faint credence to discoveries thus 
 verified, so far as the authority is concerned ; but where 
 Ruber's statements tally with well known principles, we 
 should give him the benefit of our confidence in his as- 
 sertions. 
 
 The reader may be interested to know what wonder- 
 ful discoveries this man has made ? They consist in 
 discoveries relative to the impregnation of the queen, — 
 retarded impregnation and its eflTects — verification of 
 the existence of fertile workers — the power of the bees 
 in raising a queen from any ordinary worker's egg at 
 pleasure — combats of rival queens — massacre of drones, 
 &c., &c., interwoven, as many apiarians presume, with 
 considerable fiction, since many things which he alleges 
 to have seen, or rather that his servant saw, have never 
 been beheld by any one else. 
 
 huish's opinion op hubek. 
 
 Huish, a writer of some celebrity on bees, whose 
 v/ork was published in London, in 1844, says, " Huber, 
 from a natural infirmity of the eyes, was wholly disabled 
 from prosecuting his researches into the natural economy 
 of the bee, and consequently that he relig^ solely on the 
 skill and information of his servant, Franpois Beurnen's, 
 for the veracity of those singular discoveries, which, 
 
bee-krkper's manual. 13 
 
 under the sanction of his name, have been sent forth 
 into the world, but which will never stand the test of a 
 rigid and scientific examination. 
 
 Now, this same Franpois Beurnens was a rude, un- 
 educated Swiss peasant, with a mind immersed in all 
 the prejudices of his country, and who pertinaciously 
 adhered to many of the Swiss customs in the manage- 
 ment of bees, which have for their basis the grossest 
 ignorance and superstition. Thus, for instance, when 
 any of the family died in which Beurnens was a domes- 
 tic, he turned all the hives in the garden topsy turvy, in 
 which condition they were obliged to remain until after 
 the funeral, as it was most proper and becoming that the 
 bees should be made to sympathize with the loss which 
 the family had sustained." 
 
 Notwithstanding that the lash of ridicule has been 
 well applied to Huber, by those apiarians whose expe- 
 rience has proved a portion, at least, of his writings as 
 fallacious, yet some of his discoveries are undoubtedly 
 true, inasmuch as they accord with the observations of 
 apiarians in general ; and of this kind is the discovery 
 of the manner in which the impregnation of the queen 
 takes place in the air, by the drones, the subject on 
 which I was speaking, that gave rise to the introduction 
 of this author; and I think I cannot more profitably 
 occupy the attention of the curious reader for a few 
 moments, than to give his account of this discovery in 
 his own words. Here it is : — 
 
14 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 huber's discovery of the impregnation op a aUEEN. 
 
 " Aware that the males usually leave the hive in the 
 warmest part of the day, in summer, it was natural to 
 suppose that if the queens were obliged to go out for 
 fecundation, instinct would induce them to do so at the 
 same time as the others. 
 
 "At eleven in the forenoon, we placed ourselves 
 {Beurnens was the one to watch for the queen, directed 
 by Huher, the reader will understand ; yet Huber al- 
 ways wrote as if he could see,) opposite to a hive con- 
 taining an unimpregnated queen, five days old. The 
 sun had shone from his rising, the air was very warm, 
 and the males began to leave the hives. We then en- 
 larged the entrance (Huber had contracted the entrances 
 of several hives to prevent the egress oj the queens^ of 
 that selected for observation, and paid great attention to 
 the bees entering and departing. The males appeared 
 and immediately took flight. Soon afterwards the 
 young queen came to the entrance ; at first she did not, 
 but during a little time traversed the board, brushing 
 her belly with her hind legs, neither workers nor males 
 bestowing any notice on her. At last she took flight. 
 When several feet from the hive she returned and ap- 
 proached it, as if to examine the place of her departure, 
 perhaps judging this precaution necessary to recognize 
 it; she then flew away, describing horizontal circles 
 twelve or fifteen feet above the earth. We contracted 
 the entrance of the hive that she might not return un- 
 observed, and placing ourselves in the centre of the cir- 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 15 
 
 cles described in her flight, the more easily to follow 
 her, and witness all her motions. But she did not re- 
 main long in a situation favorable for our observations, 
 and rapidly rose out of sight. We resumed our place 
 before the hive ; and in seven minutes the young queen 
 returned to the entrance of a habitation which she had 
 left for the first time. Having found no external evi- 
 dence of fecundation, we allowed her to enter. In a 
 quarter of an hour she reappeared, and after brushing 
 herself as before, took flight, then returning to examine 
 the hive, she rose so high that we soon lost sight of her. 
 This second absence was much longer than the first, it 
 occupied twenty-seven minutes. We now found her in 
 a state very different from that in which she was after 
 the former excursion ; the organs distended by a sub- 
 stance, thick and hard, very much resembling the mat- 
 ter in the vessels of males, completely similar to it in 
 color and consistence.'' 
 
 Huber afterwards says, that from subsequent discove- 
 ries, he found that what he took for the generative mat- 
 ter, was the male organs left in the body of the female. 
 
 aUEEw's PLIGHT TO MEET THE MALES. 
 
 That queens do thus sally forth on the second or third 
 day after entering a new habitation with a swarm, is a 
 fact that h'as come under the observation of many apia- 
 rians, yet it is doubtful whether the change in the ap- 
 pearance of them on their return, as spoken of by Ru- 
 ber is generally, if ever visible. If the young queens 
 are to be seen at all, it is at this period, and it is not 
 
16 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 unfrequent, that queens of all swarms, after the first, 
 during the first few days of their inhabiting their new 
 tenement, are found in a cluster of bees at the entrance 
 of the hive or near it. The reason of this is, that on 
 the return of the queens from their excursions in search 
 of drones, they are immediately surrounded by their - 
 subjects and held prisoners for a brief period. The 
 reason why the queens of first swarms are not thus 
 found is, that such swarms are accompanied by old 
 queens, whose impregnation is already effected. 
 
 ANALOGY PROVES IMPREGNATION ON THE WING. 
 
 It is a well known fact that the sexual union of the 
 humble bee takes place on the wing. I have frequently 
 witnessed it ; and it is the same with the most of insects 
 of the winged tribe ; hence analogy is strongly in favor 
 of the theory of the impregnation of the queen honey 
 bee as aforesaid. 
 
 HUBER CONFINES aUEENS TO PROVE THE THEORY OF 
 IMPREGNATION ON THE WING. 
 
 Huber states that he confined the queen with a large 
 number of males, and also confined her with the males 
 excluded from the hives ; at the same time admitting the 
 ingress and egress of the workers as usual, and in every 
 case, which were numerous, the queens remained sterile. 
 He confined them over a month, which was enough to 
 test the question whether a queen can be fertile and not 
 leave the hive. 
 
REE-KEEPERS MANUAL. 17 
 
 RETARDED IMPREGNATION. 
 
 Huber also states, that when a queen is retarded 
 twenty-one days from her birth in her impregnation, she 
 then, and ever thereafter, lays drone eggs only. 
 
 As no one has ever experimented on queens in the 
 manner of the above two cases, — at least, no one having 
 yet given publicity to any observation, refuting or cor- 
 roborating Huber's discovery, it is not easy to say, 
 whether the last case be true or false. 
 
 In regard to the sterility of queens that have not been 
 allowed to leave their hives, there is no doubt. Their 
 impregnation being effected on the wing, it follows, of 
 course, that confinement with, or without males, must 
 render them barren. 
 
 That retarded impregnation does cause queens to lay 
 drone eggs, is quite possible,'yet the fact might not come 
 under the observation of an ordinary bee-keeper in a 
 century, in most cases, since nature has so amply pro- 
 vided for the effectual impregnation of queens, that to 
 be retarded by any natural event, is out of the question, 
 except in cases of the death of a queen, at a period 
 when the drones are exterminated, or so few of them 
 existing as to jeopardize the impregnation of the suc- 
 cessor to royalty. 
 
 I, myself, have had a case in which drones only were 
 produced, but whether it was owing to a retarded im- 
 pregnation of the queen, or whether it was the produc- 
 tion of fertile workers, I am unable to say positively, 
 
18 miner's AMERICAN BEE-KEEPEE S MANUAL. 
 
 owing, unfortunately, to the destruction of the stock, by 
 my own act, before the question could be decided. 
 
 I shall give the full details of this singular case in my 
 remarks on " workers," as it more properly belongs lo 
 that class of bees. 
 
CHAPTER II. 
 
 THE WORKERS. 
 
 The workers are the smallest bees of the family. A 
 worker's head is of a triangular shape, as well as that of 
 the other classes, — the abdomen is connected with the 
 trunk or thorax, by a small ligament, of a thread-like 
 nature, and it is composed of six scaly rings, at the apex 
 of which, is the sting, which is full of barbed points like 
 an arrow, which can only be seen by the aid of a strong 
 magnifier, and which prevents the extraction of the 
 sting when darted into one's flesh, causing a portion of 
 the entrails of the bee to be drawn out with it, and thus 
 causing death to the insect. 
 
 Every bee has four wings ; and on queens the num- 
 ber of wings is more preceptible than on workers or 
 drones. They have six feet. — The eyes are situated upon 
 the upper surface of the head. — Every bee has a pair of 
 antenna, of a fine wiry flexible nature, protruding dia- 
 gonally from the head, which are used as organs oi feel- 
 ing, or perhaps of smell, since a stranger-bee is known 
 at once.on applying the antennae to it. 
 
20 MINEe's AMERICAN 
 
 The antennae of the queen generally are turned or 
 curved downward.-^This is their natural position, and 
 the inexperienced bee-keeper may know her majesty 
 from this oircumstance, when he is in doubt as to her 
 identity. 
 
 Workers have spoon-like cavities or baskets upon 
 their posterior legs, that hold the pollen or farina gath- 
 ered by them. No other bee has these cavities. Work- 
 ers also have a honey bag, or stomach, expressly to hold 
 the gatherings of the day. It will hold about half a drop 
 of honey. The bodies of bees are covered with a hairy 
 down, which, through a microscope, appears like a de- 
 fence o( palisades. 
 
 Wonderful are the labors of this class, and truly may 
 they be called " workers," for never did industry show a 
 brighter example of indefatigable perseverance, than in 
 the labors of this little insect. 
 
 The following little stanza often recurs to one's mind 
 as he surveys these ever industrious workers, hurrying 
 to and fro, on a bright sunny day. 
 
 "How doth the little busy bee, 
 Improve each shining hour ; 
 Gathering honey all the day, 
 From every opening flower." 
 
 The workers are the architects of the association. 
 They construct the cells, arrange their size and distan- 
 ces, repair damages, &c., &c. They are the laborers 
 of the family ; they gather the honey and farina, and 
 compound the food for the young bees, and upon their 
 skill and labors depend the prosperity of the colony. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 21 
 
 Who that has witnessed this class of bees, during the 
 height of .their harvest, has not been forcibly impressed 
 with their indefatigable industry ! They sally forth be- 
 fore the rising of the sun, and return when evening twi- 
 light has cast her sombre mantle over the face of nature, 
 laden with sweets, which but for this industrious insect, 
 would be lost on the desert air. Neither the scorching 
 rays of a vertical sun, nor the peltings of the storm, can 
 restrain their zeal in securing to themselves life and 
 prosperity, by availing themselves of every moment that 
 can possibly be employed, when the fields are decked 
 with the flowers that most invite them. 
 
 They do, indeed, afford a theme worthy the attention 
 ^ of the philosopher and moralist. Man is here taught a 
 lesson that should never be forgotten ; but ever be in- 
 delibly impressed on his mind. The improvident and 
 lazy may here learn, from the book of nature, truths that 
 would lead them to fortune and prosperity, were not 
 their consciences seared and callous to all lessons of 
 wisdom. 
 
 The little bee, aware that the days of her harvest are 
 few, " makes hay while the sun shines," and that Divine 
 injunction, " Whatsoever thy hands find to do, do with 
 all thy might," is here acted upon, and carried out to 
 the letter, to the shame of man, for whose especial bene- 
 fit it was given. 
 
 To the bee, no written law can be given by their Cre- 
 ator ; consequently, an instinct is given them to guide 
 them in their labors ; and when the flowers are faded 
 and gone, and the bleak blasts of winter flit around, she 
 
22 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 looks upon her loaded combs, as the reward of her toils, 
 and laughs at the raging winds and pitiless storms. 
 
 But how stands the case with man — the being who 
 is made but a grade inferior to Angels ? Does he show 
 himself worthy of his vocation — does he even show him- 
 self equal to the little puny honey bee, in foresight of 
 those evils that delay, neglect, procrastination, inaction, 
 or downright laziness produce ? • 
 
 For an answer, just cast your eye around. — In yon- 
 der hovel is a human being clothed in rags, surrounded 
 by a large family of children, who are crying for bread. 
 The emaciated mother, the unwilling victim of the fa- 
 ther's improvidence, is fast approaching the grave. Her 
 leaky tenement has, year after year, caused the seeds of 
 disease to germinate, and now friends call to console — 
 to alleviate ; it is too late. Ah ! how is this ? has this 
 man had his health — has he had the use of his limbs, in 
 this land of prosperity, where poverty need be known 
 only in name, to be thus impoverished, and to have his 
 house falling around his head ? Indeed, he has been 
 as hale and hearty as the most robust among us. He 
 is also an excellent workman, but he has never heeded 
 the old adage, " make hay while the sun shines ;" and 
 when winter comes, it finds him naked and penniless — 
 his children cold and hungry, and his wife without the 
 ordinary comforts of life. Would he but follow the ex- 
 ample of the little bee, and from her learn wisdom, pov- 
 erty would be banished from his door, and the bleak 
 winds of winter would bring no terrors, and their howl 
 would be music in the ears of the little fire-side group, 
 
bke-keepisr's manual. 23 
 
 as they sing their merry songs of contentment and hap- 
 piness. 
 
 THE EFFECTS OF A SUDDEN STORJVt ON BEES. 
 
 I have often seen these workers returning so late in 
 the evening, in warm sultry weather, that they were 
 barely able to find their respective hives ; and so eager 
 are they to devote every moment to their labors, that 
 many of them, suffer themselves to be overtaken by the 
 tempest and storm, before they take their homeward 
 flight. 
 
 It may be supposed, that under, such circumstances, 
 storms and winds arise so suddenly, that the bees are 
 taken by them unawares ; but such is not the case. 
 
 Wishing to note particularly the return of bees from 
 the fields, in the height of their harvest, and to what ex- 
 tent they would remain out, on the approach of a heavy 
 thunder storm, I, in the month of June last, took a sta- 
 tion among my hives, on the approach of a shower, and 
 minutely watched their course. It was about the mid- 
 dle of the day, or noon ; the sun had been shining all 
 the morning, and the bees were out in their greatest 
 numbers. 
 
 On the appearance of dark clouds, in the west, and 
 accompanied with thunder, the bees commenced return- 
 ing more than is usual in fair weather. In about a 
 half an hour, the heavens were darkened beclouds, with 
 a slight sprinkling of rain, and the roar of thunder shook 
 the earth. At this crisis, the bees came in with a rush 
 
24 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 and a few, in the face of the approaching storm, darted 
 forth to the fields again. 
 
 This state of things lasted forty minutes, with suffi- 
 cient rain to have given every bee full warning, even 
 were they both blind and deaf. 
 
 Even the most distant bees, I considered within the 
 reach of the rain, and I supposed, that in fifteen minutes 
 from the commencement of the shower, every bee would 
 have been in ; but such was not the fact. They con- 
 tinued to pour in during the whole of the forty minutes ; 
 then the winds commenced blowing furiously, and the 
 rain fell fast ; I took an umbrella, and standing in the 
 midst of the apiary, beheld the bees beating in against 
 winds and rain, until the water came in such torrents, 
 that a perfect sheet encompassed me ; and at this junc- 
 ture, several bees on their return, finding it impossible 
 to gain their hives, came under my umbrella for protec- 
 tion. Every bee that was out at that crisis, must have 
 been dashed to the ground, unless they sought refuge on 
 the nearest thing that came in their way. 
 
 This observation proved that bees can fly a conside- 
 rable distance to their homes, while the rain literally 
 poui^ down. Before the last heavy dash to which I re- 
 fer above, 1 noticed the bees coming in very slowly in- 
 deed, for the rain came down in torrents ; yet they did 
 slowly make headway through it. Their speed, as they 
 approached ^he apiary, was much slower than a man 
 usually walks ; and I presume, that- it would have been 
 impossible for them to have proceeded much farther. 
 
 This observation also shows liow indefatigable they 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 25 
 
 are, in th& pursuit of their natural avocation. Tiie 
 sturdy iron-bound frames of the laborers of the adjacent 
 field had taken flight, long before the bees considered it 
 necessary to vacate the flowery hills and vales, as if 
 those iron frames were made of salt, while the little frail 
 bee, with her fragile silken wings, braved the tempest, 
 and bid defiance to the driving storm ! 
 
 THE SEX OF WORKERS. 
 
 Much diversity of opinion has been expressed, in re- 
 gard to the sex of workers, by naturalists and apiarians ; 
 and this is not the only question in dispute among them. 
 The natural history, physiology, and economy of the 
 honey bee, has perplexed and baffled more scientific 
 men in their attempts to unveil the secrets of their na- 
 ture, than any other subject whatever. As I before 
 stated, much that pertains to the bee, is beyond the pale 
 of man's knowledge ; and a thousand years hence, dark- 
 ness and mystery will hang over this subject, and man 
 will behold and wonder ; — but to fathom the secrets of 
 their intuitive wisdom, he never will be able. 
 
 The reader may possibly ask, " what benefit is it to 
 know, whether the workers are males, females or neu- 
 ters, so long as we know sufficient to enable us to man- 
 age our bees with perfect success ?" 
 
 Why, sir, so far as pecuniary advantage is concerned, 
 it is of no consequence to know many things concerning 
 the bee, that will occupy much of my attention in these 
 pages ; but there is a curiosity extant, that is not satis- 
 fied with any thing short of all the knowledge, touching 
 2 
 
26 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 the nature and habits of this insect, that is attainable by- 
 man ; and while many will pass these pages, with a hur- 
 ried glance, for those that reveal a knowledge, that 
 comes home to the pocket of the reader ; saying, " why 
 is this long useless expenditure of words upon queens, 
 workers, drones, fecundation, sex of workers, 6fC., SfC." 
 others will wish for a more lengthy and elaborate trea- 
 tise, on the same subject. 
 
 The sex of workers is neither male txov female. They 
 appear to be strictly a phenomenon in nature, and by 
 many, are termed neuters. 
 
 WORKERS SAID TO BE SOMETIMES FERTILE. 
 
 The workers approximate very nearly in their internal 
 organization, to the queens, having ovaries like them, 
 but not so fully developed. In their natural capacity, 
 they never produce eggs ; yet it is contended, that under 
 peculiar circumstances workers exist, partaking of the 
 nature of queens, to a much greater extent, than in their 
 ordinary state ; and that such workers lay drone eggs 
 only. The most positive proof of this assertion, ever 
 given to the public, so far as I have been able to learn, 
 is adduced by Huber. He states, that having a hive in 
 which drone eggs only were produced, and believing its 
 legitimate queen to be lost, his servant caught every bee 
 in the hive, examined them carefully, made them show 
 their stings, in order to test their gender, as small males 
 are sometimes found that very nearly resemble workers, 
 which males have no sting; and he then put them into 
 a glass cylinder; and so on, to the very last, and not a 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 27 
 
 bee was found, except workers. Indeed, he experi- 
 mented on two hives in this way, as he says ; and so 
 tedious was the job, of catching and examining the bees, 
 that it took thirteen days to perform the operation. 
 
 From this experiment, he says, that he was certain 
 that workers do sometimes produce drone eggs, as be- 
 fore stated — ^in short, his servant, Beurnens, actually 
 took one in the very act of laying. 
 
 How far we can credit Huber's statements in regard 
 to this transaction, I cannot say. His hives were of the 
 kitid termed leaf hives, which he was enabled to open, 
 like the folds of a book ; and it is possible, that the ope- 
 ration of catching the bees, may have been performed ; 
 but I doubt whether it will ever be done again. 
 
 FERTILE WORKERS, AND THE POWER OP WORKERS TO PRO- 
 
 DUCE aUEENS FROM ORDINARY WORKER EGGS 
 
 The manner and cause of the production of workers 
 that lay drone eggs, is as follows : — provided that such 
 do ever exist, though I came within an ace of verifying 
 the fact myself, as I shall relate. 
 
 It is necessary here to inform the reader of the power 
 of workers in forming, or producing a queen, in order 
 that he may rightly understand the question. 
 
 KINDS OF EGGS LAID BY THE aUEEN. 
 
 The queen lays but two kinds of eggs, viz : drone 
 and worker eggs ; and when queens are wanted, ordi- 
 nary worker eggs are laid by the queen, in cells made 
 expressly for royal use, termed queen cells. Here is a 
 
28 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 cut of a royal cell, precisely as taken from one of m; 
 hives : 
 
 ROYAL CELLS HOW CONSTRUCTED. 
 
 The queeti cell is of the exact natural size and shape 
 as it here appears ; but the worker cells are on rather 
 too small a scale to give the tout ensemble in its regular 
 proportions, but that is of little account, since the only 
 object of the cut is, to illustrate the position and natural 
 shape of royal cells alone. 
 
 It will be perceived, that this cell hangs vertically ; 
 that is, with the mouth downward. These cells are 
 generally built upon the edges of the combs ; and for 
 this purpose, the bees leave one side of their combs, 
 without much support along the edges, except an occa- 
 sional bar, or brace, while the opposite edges are firmly 
 cemented to the hive, through their whole length. The 
 distance between the combs that are intended for royal 
 cells, and the side of the hive, is from a quarter to a 
 half an inch ; giving just room enough for these cells, 
 
beb-keeper's manual. 29 
 
 which are about the size of a peanut, and look, in shape 
 and outward appearance, very much like this nut, with 
 one end cut ^fF, and the nut extracted. The bases of 
 these cells, however, are broader than a peanut ; and the 
 shape is somewhat like a sugar loaf, placed upon its small 
 end. Royal cells are also constructed in the centres of 
 combs, on the edges of passages through them. They 
 who have been in the habit of cutting out combs, have 
 undoubtedly perceived small orifices, about the size of a 
 half dollar, through which the bees pass from one comb 
 to another, and on the edges of these apertures, royal 
 cells are as frequently built, as on the edges of the combs. 
 Why such a large, cumbrous cell is necessary for the 
 raising of queens, that are of less size than a drone, is 
 very singular ! There is more material put into one of 
 these royal tenements, than would be required to build a 
 dozen drone cells ; and then, they must hang downward I 
 Here is one of the mysteries pertaining to bees, that 
 man can never unfold. A drone cell, lengthened a little, 
 would be just the thing for these young queens ; yet 
 these stubborn bees will not be taught improvement ; 
 they seem so attached to the customs of their fore- 
 fathers. 
 
 HOW YOUNG aUEENS ARE PRODUCED THE NUMBER OF 
 
 ROYAL CELLS IN A HIVE, ETC. 
 
 When the young queens are wanted, several of these 
 sells are constructed ; say from five to twenty-five ; and 
 the queen deposits worker eggs therein at intervals, so 
 as to mature, at about the period that they will be wanted 
 
30 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 to go off with swarms. I have noticed some difference 
 of opinion in regard to the largest number of royal cells, 
 ever found in a single hive. Huber is denounced by 
 Huish, for asserting that he discovered twenty-seven in 
 a single hive; and he (Huish) contends, that no hive 
 ever contained at once, more than seven ; but I have 
 myself, the present season, taken twenty-two from one 
 hive, and seventeen from another, but they were not all 
 perfect cells. There are always more or less royal cells 
 that are not completed, in every case ; for, as soon as a 
 certain number are so far advanced, that the young 
 sovereigns are sure of being perfectly developed, the re- 
 maining cells are discontinued. 
 
 It should be borne in mind, that these royal cells 
 are not completed, and then made the receptacles of the 
 eggs ; but when about half constructed, they receive the 
 egg ; and as the larvae* progress, the cells are completed. 
 These half-constructed cells, resemble a,ii acorn, devoid 
 of the nut. 
 
 DIFFERENT FOOD PROVIDED FOR THE YOUNG aUEENS. 
 
 When the royal cells have received the eggs, and 
 they become hatched out, the workers provide different 
 food for the larvae from that which is fed to workers 
 and drones. This food, which has been termed royal 
 
 *Larv(B is the term given to the worms or grubs until the ceUs 
 are sealed. From the seaHng of the cells, to fuU development, a 
 nymph, pupa or crysalis; yet the term larva is properly applied, 
 by some naturalists, during the whole period of the embryo state. 
 
BEE-KEtiPER's MANUAL. 31 
 
 jelly, immediately changes tlie nature of its recipient, 
 and the properties of a queen begin to be unfolded. The 
 size of the cell, and its vertical position, perhaps has 
 some influence and agency, in producing a royal scion ; 
 but the grand elixer, is the royal jelly, as is universally 
 supposed, that effects the change. 
 
 The only man that ever pretended to have actually 
 discovered this royal pap, is Huber ; for there was no- 
 thing under heaven that he could not discover, through 
 his assistant, Beurnens, who used " to upset the bee hives 
 on the death of a member of the family !" He not only 
 saw it, but tasted it, as he states. 
 
 Huber gave it the name of royal jelly, and on giving 
 his discoveries to the world, naturalists promulgated his 
 theory, and many apiarians have become re-echoers of 
 it. Some, indeed, do contend, that it takes a queen egg 
 to produce a queen, but they are behind the age. This 
 assumption will not stand a moment. I have time and 
 again, proved that a worker egg will produce a queen ! 
 as I shall relate, at the proper time. And in regard to 
 the theory of " royal jelly," it is quite plausible, for, if it 
 be not a difierent food, that produces queens, what can 
 it be ? No man, in my opinion, knows anything more 
 about this royal jelly, or whether it does or does not 
 exist, than perhaps the reader, who perchance does not 
 know a queen bee from a worker or drone ; yet the great 
 and wonderful truth stands impregnable, that a different 
 treatment does produce queens, and that positively, there 
 is no difference in the egg used for this purpose, and 
 that, from which a worker emerges ! 
 
32 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 We must, then, come to the conclusion, that it is the 
 food that makes the change ; and we will continue to 
 aiBrm, that it is the royal jelly, that effects the change, 
 not at all fearing, that any one will ever be able to prove 
 us to be in error, as it is not in the power of man, ever 
 to go beyond simple conjecture on this point. 
 
 THE FORMATION OF A NEW aUEEN IN THE PLACE OF ONE 
 THAT DIES, OR IS LOST. 
 
 The bees having the power to make queens at will, 
 from worker eggs, it follows as a natural consequence, 
 that in the case of the death of a queen, or of her loss when 
 absent from the hive, which does sometimes happen, 
 they can at once supply her place, provided that she left 
 any eggs, or larvae less than four days old. Here we find 
 one of the most wonderful provisions of nature, pertain- 
 ing to the natural economy of the bee ; for, were they 
 not able to thus replace the loss of a queen, this insect 
 would soon become extinct. 
 
 There are seasons, however, in which the queen may 
 die and leave no eggs, or larvae behind her under four 
 days old ; and in such cases, the family must perish, 
 unless supplied with a new queen by their proprietor, 
 or a piece of comb, containing eggs, or larvae of a suit- 
 able age ; and in such a case, the proffered comb, if pro- 
 perly attached in the hive, in a natural position, answers 
 every purpose of larvae left by the queen. But such 
 seasons or instances are not frequent with well peopled 
 hives, for larvae may be found in such hives, to a greater 
 or less extent, almost every month in the year. Even 
 
BEE-KEEPERS MANUAL 33 
 
 in the dead of winter, lai-vse have frequently been found 
 in the centres of very strong stocks* or swarms ; and it 
 appears to be thus ordained by nature, in erder to always 
 admit of the bees being able to provide against the loss 
 of their sovereign. In their natural state in the forest 
 with an abundance of room, perhaps they never expe- 
 rience the loss of a queen, without being able to replace 
 her, except in cases of small swarms issuing, in which 
 case, they would be liable to the same casualties of do- 
 mestic swarms, until they have existed a season or two, 
 and have become numerous. 
 
 THE SUPPOSED CAUSE OF THE FORMATION OF FERTILE 
 WORKERS. 
 
 The reader now having a little insight into the man- 
 ner in which queens are made, I will proceed to state 
 in what manner these semi-fertile workers are supposed 
 to be produced ; for, I must inform the reader, that all 
 the insight that has ever yet been obtained on this sub- 
 lect, is nothing more than simple conjecture and hypo- 
 thesis. This is, as I have observed, " terra incognita," 
 or unknown land, to the apiarian explorer, and may be 
 set down as one of the unfathomable mysteries of the 
 nature of the bee. 
 
 The royal cells being constructed, or in progress of 
 construction, and containing the larvae to be transformed 
 into queens, and being fed on the royal jelly, as afore- 
 
 * Every family of bees is termed a stock, after the first year of 
 their existence, and a swarm during the first year or season. 
 
34 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 said, it is supposed that on some occasions, that the 
 worker larvae, situated immediately adjoining the royal 
 cells, may, either by accident, or otherwise, be fed a 
 little of the royal pap, which, not being sufficient to pro- 
 duce queens, and only enough to so far develop their 
 ovaries, as to enable them to lay drone-eggs only. 
 
 It is not probable, even if the above hypothesis be 
 true, that workers would become sufficiently fertile to 
 be able to lay both drone and worker-eggs, by being 
 wholly fed on royal food, since the shape and position 
 of a royal cell, has its peculiar effect upon its tenant, 
 otherwise such cells would not be constructed, as bees 
 do nothing without a good reason. 
 
 A CASE OF RETARDED IMPREGNATION IN THE aUEEN, OR OF 
 FERTILE WORKERS, COMING UNDER THE AUTHOr's OWN 
 OBSERVATION. 
 
 I will now relate what took place under my own im- 
 mediate observation, iu regard to the laying of drone- 
 eggs in one of my hives. 
 
 On examining one of my hives early the present sea- 
 son, (1848) I found a swarm of last year in a very weak 
 condition, not having above two or three hundred bees 
 in it. How this diminution in numbers happened, or 
 what the cause was, I could not imagine ; since the 
 swarm was large, and in good condition apparently, last 
 fall; having filled the hive with comb, and having laid 
 in an abundance of honey for winter consumption. I 
 closely watched this hive, to ascertain whether any of 
 the few bees it contained gathered farina; as that fact 
 
DGE-KBEPliia a MANUAL. 35 
 
 would throw some light on their condition(_since where 
 the queen is lost, the bees never gather this food of the 
 larvaejbecause they have no necessity for it, while in 
 that condition. I did perceive an occasional bee enter 
 with pellets of farina, and I at once took it for granted, 
 that the queen was among them, and that she would 
 prove fertile ; but owing to the very small number of 
 bees composing her family, I was aware that it would 
 be very late in the season, before she would be able to 
 replenish the hive in numbers, owing to the difficulty in 
 generating the necessary animal heat. After watching 
 during the month of May, in vain, for any apparent in- 
 crease, I concluded that if the hive remained much 
 longer in that condition, the moths would take posses- 
 sion, and give the handful of bees therein " notice to 
 quit ;" and if they should manifest any disposition to 
 refuse to comply with so reasonable a requisition, a 
 " writ of ejectment" would speedily follow ; and not 
 wishing to have any controversies arise between my 
 bees and so stubborn a creature as the moth, touching 
 the right of possession, I immediately commenced cut- 
 ting out a portion of the combs, in order to give the 
 bees a better chance to defend themselves, in case of 
 being intruded upon. 
 
 In cutting out these combs, I discovered in one of the 
 centre combs, near to the top of the hive, a piece of 
 brood, about two or three inches square, which was en- 
 tirely drone-hrood. I searched in vain for any trace of 
 worker-brood, nor did I find a solitary worker larva, up 
 tp about the 20th of June, when the family was destroy- 
 
36 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 ed; but I found a small increase of drone-larvee, and the 
 most of what I originally discovered, regularly matured. 
 On making the discovery of drone-brood, I searched 
 in vain for the queen, and being able, with the feather 
 end of a quill, to almost bring every bee in sight, and 
 after many attempts at her discovery, not seeing any 
 signs of royalty, save the brood as before stated, I came 
 to the conclusion, that I had a veritable instance of the 
 fecundity of workers ! I was forced to become a dis- 
 ciple of Huber, on the fertility of workers in certain 
 cases, and that they lay drone-eggs only, that is, for the 
 time being, until a new feature was thrown over the 
 subject. About the 20th of June, I had several swarms 
 issue on the same day, and unexpectedly finding myself 
 without hives, I concluded that I might as well take the 
 hive in question, and use it ; since it was out of the 
 question, for it to be re-peopled by its present occupants, 
 and I accordingly took it, and used it in a case where 
 two swarms had clustered together. I took it just as it 
 was, with its bees, honey and combs, and having put 
 about half of the two swarms into another hive, I im- 
 mediately put the other half into this hive, and placed 
 the two about a foot apart, so that in case I missed get- 
 ting a queen in either of them, the bees in the hive in 
 which no queen should chance to be, would find the 
 other hive easily and enter it. How great was my sur- 
 prise to find that a war of extermination was immedi- 
 ately waged against the few bees in the hive containing 
 the drone-brood, and in half an hour, every bee that 
 originally inhabited it, lay dead upon the blanket, upon 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 37 
 
 which the hive was placed, and among the slain was a 
 queen, perfect in size and form I The question then 
 arose, where did this dead queen come from ? If there 
 had been a queen with that portion of the two swarms, 
 that I had forced into this hive, such queen would then 
 not have been killed by them. Had there been more 
 than one queen in this portion of the swarm, then it 
 would have been very natural for one to have been im- 
 mediately killed by the other ; and in such case the bees 
 would have remained contented with the remaining 
 queen ; but in a few hours the whole of the bees left this 
 hive in which the queen had lost her life, and joined the 
 other half of the swarms, thus giving conclusive evidence 
 that both queens of the two swarms were in the first 
 hive, and consequently, the small family of bees, that I 
 had considered to be without a queen, did actually pos- 
 sess one, and it was her majesty that had perished with 
 her subjects. 
 
 In all cases of my experience, I had found that differ- 
 ent families of bees, or swarms mix peaceably together, 
 while being hived ; hence my surprise at the fight in this 
 instance; but it must have been the existence of a queen 
 among' them, and the treasure of honey that engendered 
 so deadly a strife. 
 
 When the bees departed from this hive, in which the 
 battle had taken place, not a drop of honey remained. 
 It had all been taken in their honey bags, to deposit 
 wherever a permanent abode should be found. 
 
 Huber has stated that queens are never slain by 
 workers in combat, but here is an instance to the con- 
 
38 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 trary, of such a nature, as not to admit of a question, of 
 the queen being killed in the general melee, and by the 
 workers, too. 
 
 I recently met with another instance of an attempt 
 on the life of a queen by workers. During a remarka- 
 able season of cold, wet and drizzly weather, that lasted 
 about two weeks, some of my bees commenced robbing 
 their weaker neighbors, and one day, while standing in 
 front of one of these invaded hives, watching the de- 
 structive strife, I beheld a queen on the ground directly 
 in front of the combatants, struggling with a worker. 
 The worker embraced her, with curved abdomen, en- 
 deavoring to find a penetrable point, in which to plant 
 its deadly sting. I seized the queen, but in my anxiety 
 to save her from harm, she escaped and flew away. At 
 evening, I found her in a cluster, near the entrance of 
 the hive, in front of which I first discovered her. 
 
 I mention this fact to show that workers pay no re- 
 spect to royalty, when engaged in a general warfare. 
 In this case, it is probable, that the queen was forced 
 out of the hive, in the conflict that was raging within, 
 and was passively the object of one of the robbers' ven- 
 geance when discovered. I say passively, for whatever 
 may be the attack upon a queen by a worker, she never 
 retaliates. She never lowers her dignity sufficiently to 
 return a thrust made by a subject, but, as it were, bares 
 her breast and says, " slay me, if you have a heart to do 
 it. I choose death rather than defence." But let queen 
 be pitted against queen, and how changed the scene ! 
 The modest non-resisting queen, that tamely suffers 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. S9 
 
 death from an unfeeling subject, now rises in her ma- 
 jesty, and with eager and deadly aim, rushes to the com- 
 tiat — the struggle is short, one of the two soon lies in 
 the last pangs of death ! 
 
 To return to our little family, that met so untimely an 
 end — the dead queen changed the aspect of the case 
 materially, and I was forced to conclude, that instead of 
 the drone-brood being the production of fertile workers, 
 it must have been the work of a queen ; and here comes 
 up the question of retarded impregnation. 
 
 The reader will recollect, that I have stated, that 
 Huber experimented on retarded impregnation, and 
 that he states, that when a queen is retarded beyond 
 the twenty-first day of her age, in her impregnation, 
 she lays only drone-eggs thereafter, during her whole 
 life! 
 
 In the foregoing case, I examined the premises thor- 
 oughly, to see what ground I had for taking this latter 
 assumption of Huber, as being applicable to the case be- 
 fore me, and I found much to strengthen me in the be-, 
 lief, and in fact to render it almost certain, that it was 
 an instance of retarded impregnation, beyond a reason- 
 able doubt. In the first place, I found some six or eight 
 royal cells in this hive, that had been constructed the 
 season previous ; and since a swarm never constructs 
 any royal cells the first season) unless it be in very rare 
 instances of large early swarms, that throw off a swarm 
 the same season, and this swarm not being an early 
 one, and to my certain knowledge, not being in a con- 
 dition to throw off a swarm at any time during the sea- 
 
40 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 son, the question arises, why were these royal cells con- 
 structed ? 
 
 The probable solution to this query is, that sometime 
 in August or September, the queen belonging to this 
 hive, from some cause, was lost, and the workers avail- 
 ing themselves of their power to replace her, or create 
 another in her stead, constructed the royal cells as above, 
 and reared a queen. This queen coming into existence, 
 at a period when very few drones exist, if any at all, 
 must, from that cause, have found great difficulty in 
 encountering them on the wing, and hence, a retarded 
 impregnation is almost certain to result to every queen, 
 under such circumstances. In large apiaries, say of fif- 
 teen or twenty hives, there is generally some one or two 
 hives that allow a portion of the drones to survive much 
 later than usual, and where such drones do e;sist, a 
 young queen may, after many flights, succeed in her 
 amours. 
 
 DIFFICULTY OF EFFECTING THE IMPREGNATION OF aUEENS 
 AT PARTICULAR SEASONS. 
 
 Huber states, that on the occasion of a young queen 
 coming forth at a season of the year, after the usual 
 massacre of drones, he witnessed her ineffectual flights 
 in search of them, for many days ; at last she returned 
 bearing evidence of success. This accords with my own 
 experience in similar cases, and I must, therefore, come 
 to the conclusion, that mine was a case of retarded im- 
 pregnation of the queen, since every fact pertaining to 
 the case, goes strongly to prove it. We account for the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 41 
 
 great decrease of bees thus: — the fall months of the 
 season were a perfect blank in the increase of this family ; 
 hence, when spring came, as a matter of course, we find 
 but a very few bees alive, for the majority of all bees 
 existing in the spring of the year, are brought into being 
 during the fall months previous. 
 
 FERTILE WORKERS NEVER EXIST, EXCEPT IN CASES OT A 
 FAILURE TO PRODUCE A aUEEN. 
 
 Another circumstance attending the existence of fer- 
 tile workers is, that thei/ never do exist, only in cases in 
 which the bees have been unsuccessful in rearing a 
 queen. 
 
 When a queen comes into existence, her natural aver- 
 sion, and unrelenting animosity towards any thing like 
 rivalry, cause her to rush on all other queens yet in 
 embryo, and such workers as have had the misfortune 
 to take a sip of royal jelly, are scented out for immedi- 
 ate slaughter. But when a failure in raising a queen 
 takes place, these poor royal pap workers are allowed 
 to exist so long as no queen is present to immolate them. 
 Thus it will be seen, that the chances of such fertile 
 workers coming under the observation of apiarians, is 
 quite limited. 
 
 There is much interesting, information concerning 
 the habits and economy of this class of bees, that can- 
 not well be embraced in an especial chapter devoted to 
 workers ; but such matter will be unfolded, through the 
 various subjects that I shall consider essential to dis- 
 cuss hereafter, in succeeding chapters. The same 
 
42 miner's AMERICAN bee-keeper's manual. 
 
 may be said of both queens and drones; yet I have 
 thought it best to confine as much matter as possible, 
 in separate chapters, devoted to each respective class — 
 the better to guide the reader in his researches, for 
 any particular information that he may wish to refer 
 to. 
 
CHAPTER III. 
 
 DRONES. 
 
 The drones are the largest class of bees in the family. 
 Their bodies are thick, short and clumsy, and obtuse at 
 each extremity. There are two descriptions of males — 
 one not larger than a worker. This class of drones is 
 but seldom seen. How they are produced, is a subject 
 for speculation. It is probable, however, that they only 
 exist, when the queen has deposited a portion of drone- 
 eggs in worker-cells ; the size of which will not admit 
 of a full development. The common drones are as large 
 as two workers. The head and trunk are covered with 
 dense hairs — much more dense than on workers, or on 
 the queen. Their wings are large, and extend to the 
 full length of the abdomen. Drones have no sting, and 
 may be handled with perfect impunity. They make a 
 loud, buzzing noise when on the wing. 
 
 NATURAL USES OF DRONES. 
 
 The natural uses of drones have hitherto been a sub- 
 ject on which the greatest contrariety of opinion has 
 existed; especially in Europe." In our own country, 
 
44 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 those few authors who have written on the bee, have, 
 as I before stated, servilely copied the endorsement of 
 Huber's theory, from foreign v^orks circulated here ; that 
 is, in such treatises as have made any attempt to eluci- 
 date the natural history of the bee ; consequently the 
 question has not been subject to that dispute here, that 
 it has been in England and on the continent. 
 
 Huber's theory of the impregnatidb of the queen, has 
 met with a very strong opposition in Europe, even to 
 ridicule ; yet I consider him right — yes, not admitting 
 of a doubt in the mind of any man, who will look into 
 the subject, with a mind untrammelled by prejudice. 
 
 The drones appear to be a superfluous legion, of no 
 use at all, but rather a disadvantage. This class of the 
 honey-bee, derive their name from their general lazy 
 habits, spending their time in luxury, and feeding upon 
 the stores gathered by the ever industrious workers. 
 They collect no honey at all, for the reason, that nature, 
 has not provided them with honey bags, such as the 
 workers possess, to contain collected sweets; neither 
 have they any cavities, or baskets upon their legs, as 
 workers have, to hold pollen or ■ farina. This insect is 
 the only thing known to exist in the animate creation, 
 unprovided with the means of supplying itself with .food 
 from the boundless store-house of nature. A drone could 
 not exist a day, were it deprived of the privilege of feed- 
 ing on the stores of the hive already gathered. They 
 are never seen to alight on any flower, or doing any 
 thing to aid the prosperity of the colony. In one re- 
 spect they difier entirely from the workers, having the 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 45 
 
 liberty of entering different hives with perfect impunity, 
 while a worker enters any hive but its own, at the peril 
 of its life. 
 
 Now, the question is, what are these apparently use- 
 less bees for? Would not our apiaries be generally 
 benefitted, could we banish these lazy drones from our 
 hives ? This may reasonably seem to be the case, to 
 one not acquainted with the natural history of the bee ; 
 but should "we banish these bees from our hives, depopu- 
 lation would speedily follow. 
 
 CAUSE OF THE EXISTENCE OF SO MANY DRONES. 
 
 However mysterious the ways of animate nature may 
 appear, nothing is created in vain. Nature, in order to 
 ensure her legitimate objects of fructification, is ever 
 profiise, often far exceeding the positive requirements of 
 the case, as we may view it; but after all, nature is 
 right and we are wrong. Look, for instance, to the 
 fructifying farina of the tassel of maize, that contains a 
 thousand times the quantity that is necessary to give 
 birth to the ears that brace each stalk around. The 
 captious and precarious winds, that are commissioned 
 to waft this farina to its destiny, are not to be relied 
 upon ; hence the vast superabundance that nature has 
 provided to render fertility sure. 
 
 Not unlike this is the legion of drones that lazily hang 
 around our hives ; and where a thousand exist, nine hun- 
 dred nnd ninety-nine are perfectly useless, save upon the 
 same principle of superabundance, as shown above. 
 
46 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 The only object for which drones are brought into 
 existence is the impregnation of the queen, and if a less 
 number existed, her fecundity would be jeopardized, in 
 the ratio of the decrease. 
 
 IMPREGNATION OPERATIVE FOE LIFE. 
 
 Coition is always effected high on the wing, and when 
 once effected, it is operative for an entire season — even 
 during the entire life of the queen. The cavillers at 
 this theory, attempt to cast ridicule on the hypothesis, 
 of a single impregnation being sufficient for the natural 
 life of the queen ; and, say they, " we admit that if your 
 theory has any ground to stand upon, it is reasonable to 
 suppose, that a single impregnation would suffice for one 
 season, since analogy teaches that ; but how do you sup- 
 pose that an impregnation this spring, effects the queen 
 at her next spring laying ; since the winter months are 
 a season of barrenness with her, and certainly no man 
 in his senses would suppose that the coition of the year 
 before, could possibly have any influence on her at that 
 period ! You may as well say, that the dung-hill fowl 
 has no need of the male after the first impregnation, to 
 render her eggs productive during her whole life !" 
 
 All this is reasonable logic, but it avails nothing in 
 the case before us, since there is so much in the history 
 of the bee, that has no analogous bearing with any other 
 similar matter in animate nature, that we cannot rest 
 any theory solely upon such a basis. 
 
 We must, and do confess, that if any positive proof 
 can be adduced, showing that impregnation is not ef- 
 
BEE-KEEPERS MANUAL. 47 
 
 fectual, even during the natural life of the queen, then 
 the theory of impregnation with the drones on the wing 
 is untenable. But such proof cannot be adduced — on 
 the other hand, it is perfectly reasonable, that the queen 
 should never lose the virtue of a primary coition, be- 
 cause there is seldom, or never, a total cessation of lay- 
 ing in the strongest families. I contend that in every 
 strong and healthy family of bees, brood may be found 
 every month in the' year, and that the ovary of the 
 queen is never wholly void of the fecundating principle, 
 after once being fully impregnated. I do not say that 
 brood may be found in every hive, because half of the 
 hives in existence at the present time, are not in that 
 condition that nature intended a family of bees to be in. 
 
 There have been so many tinkers at work, of late 
 years, in forcing bees out of their natural habits, that it 
 would not be surprising if the whole race of bees should 
 become extinct, before the beginning of the next cen- 
 tury. Nature so intended a family of bees, that a suf- 
 ficient body of them should always be together, to be 
 able to generate a natural animal heat even in the dead 
 of winter ; and such families, having a healthy queen, will 
 seldom or never be wholly void of brood in their tene- 
 ments. I do not suppose or contend, that in the winter 
 season, the bees are breeding so as to make any mate- 
 rial accession to their numbers, even in a state of the 
 greatest prosperity, but a very few larvae may be found 
 in the coldest weather, in many strong families. 
 
 But what are we to do with those families that are 
 weak, and in which the queens discontinue laying in 
 
48 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 the fall, and do not commence again until the following 
 spring ? Such queens have no possible opportunity to 
 have commerce with the drones, and yet they are fer- 
 tile. Here is undoubtedly a cessation of ovi-positing, 
 for some four months. Does the impregnation of the 
 spring previous, operate in this case ? It unquestion- 
 ably does, however strange it may appear. I look upon 
 the question in this light : — that the germ of the ovary, 
 after having been fructified, never wholly loses the effi- 
 cacy of coition, and though there be a cessation of lay- 
 ing, yet the germinating principle is never lost, but 
 rather lies dormant, until the genial warmth of spring 
 arouses it to action. 
 
 If the foregoing premises be fallacious,' let us have 
 a proof of its fallacy. They who deny this theory, 
 do not pretend to adduce any theory at all, but rather 
 suffer the case to go by default. 
 
 VISIONARY ALLEGED USES OF DRONES. 
 
 Some apiarians, however, contend that the drones fruc- 
 tify the eggs as fast as laid, by some means that they can- 
 not well explain, and this is their sole use ; but when 
 asked how the eggs that are laid in the spring, before 
 any drones exist, become fructified, they acknowledge 
 their inability to answer. Thus is this question beset 
 vnth difficulties that will probably remain as long as 
 time lasts. 
 
 The time when drones appear, as well as the time 
 when they disappear, strongly shows that their use can 
 be no other than the fructification of queens. If their 
 
BBE-KEEPEa's MANUAL. 49 
 
 use were for the various purposes that have been ascribed 
 to them, such as fructifying the eggs — feeding the lar- 
 vae — sitting on the eggs — producing the necessary heat 
 in the hive, for maturing the brood in due Season, &c., 
 how is it, that the brood is regularly perfected, when not 
 a solitary drone exists ? In the spring and fall, we find 
 the brood going through the different stages, to perfect 
 development ; but no drones exist at that time ; hence 
 it is time lost to argue this question, with those who ad- 
 vance so unreasonable positions. 
 
 I consider the above uses ascribed to drones perfectly 
 chimerical ; rather exciting a smile of contempt, that so 
 palpable errors should be promulgated at this late day, 
 by men professing a scientific knowledge of the nature 
 and economy of the bee. 
 
 Another gross error is promulgated, and confidently 
 believed, in many parts of Europe, and especially Poland, 
 in regard to the uses of drones, which is, that they are 
 especially and solely the " water carriers" of the family ! 
 I have a Polish work on bees before me, making this as- 
 sertion,'as gravely as if the author were promulgating a 
 well known truth, that admits of no refutation, or even 
 question of its accuracy. This, as well as the foregoing 
 uses of drones, are the visionary fallacies of bee-keepers 
 of old times — many centuries ago ; and which, with 
 numerous others, as wild and ridiculous as the ignorance 
 and superstition of the times could engender, still exist 
 to a great extent, among the bee-keepers of every coun- 
 try. It were a Herculerian task to eradicate these su- 
 perstitious traditions — sooner would I attempt to civilize 
 3 
 
50 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 and educate the Hottentot of Africa, than to attempt to 
 unlearn the unread bee-keepers of our country, of all 
 their whims and traditionary notions, respecting the 
 honey-bee. Their knowledge of this insect is rated by 
 the length of time that bees have been kept in the family ; 
 and that man who dates a family possession through 
 several generations, would be a dangerous person to ex- 
 postulate with on the impropriety of his management, 
 for, it were ten chances to one, that we should receive 
 a forcible illustration of the strength of his arguments, 
 in the way of ejectment from his premises. 
 
 HUISH ENCOUNTERS A SAVAN BEE-KEEPER. 
 
 Huish relates an instance of his being introduced 
 to a genus of this species, who had kept bees a long 
 time, and who supposed that he was the veritable 
 " Prince of apiarians ;" and on some improvement being 
 suggested by him, followed and backed by argument, he 
 was politely shown the way to the street, in so signifi- 
 cant a manner, that it would have been rashness to have 
 delayed the parley. 
 
 Nothing will excite the ire of these gentry so much 
 as to question their knowledge of the true science of 
 bee-management. In consequence of this fact, I have 
 ever avoided any controversy with people of this de- 
 scription ; and on a recent tour through the State of 
 New York, I made it a point to call on every bee-keeper 
 in my route, that I could visit conveniently, merely to 
 gratify a curiosity that I felt, to see how they generally 
 managed bees. I elicited their management by simple 
 
BEE-KEEPBU'a MANUAL. 51 
 
 questions, and they generally took great pains to give 
 me all the information in their power ; for I never ven- 
 tured to play the teacher, but humbly and civilly re- 
 ceived instruction from them, such as they were able to 
 impart, being a stereotype of the management that was 
 in vogue centuries ago, to a great extent. 
 
 I had the pleasure of meeting with many apiarians, 
 who have not despised to read and learn. One gentle- 
 man opened the chamber of one of his hives, and to my 
 surprise, drew forth several volumes on the management 
 of bees, which he was accustomed to study, under the 
 balmy shade of 'the surrounding trees. I found, on the 
 whole, a spirit of inquiry abroad on the subject, and 
 many had been the willing victims in the purchase of a 
 variety of patent hives — not one of which answers the 
 purpose, as recommended 1 
 
 One gentleman said that he would give a large sum 
 of money, if his bees were out of a lot of patent hives, 
 and back in his old-fashioned boxes; and I found the 
 same desire prevalent among almost every one, who had 
 embarked in patents, to any great extent of time. 
 
 WHEN DRONES APPEAR AND DISAPPEAR. 
 
 Dr. Bevan says, " the drones make their appearance 
 about the end of April, and are never to be seen after 
 the middle of August, except under very peculiar cir- 
 cumstances." 
 
 In my experience, I have found that the drones do 
 not appear, to any great extent, until the latter part of 
 May ; and the general massacre takes place in July, and 
 
53 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 is continued through August. 1 have this day (August 
 23d, 1848) seen many drones about my hives, and still 
 under na " peculiar circumstances." 
 
 The great slaughter has generally been consummated 
 among the tenants of my apiary ; yet scattering drones 
 are found here and there that have escaped an unnatu- 
 ral death. I am fully aw^are of the "peculiar circum- 
 stances," to vsfhich Dr. Bevan refers, but I think that 
 author is in error, when he says, that drones are never 
 to be seen after the middle of August, unless under pe- 
 culiar circumstances. He should have put it one month 
 later. 
 
 It will be seen that the appearance of the great body 
 of the drones is coeval with swarming, and their disap- 
 pearance as a body, when the swarming season is ter- 
 minated. Now, admitting that their sole use, is the im- 
 pregnation of the young queens, that issue with the 
 swarms, — is it possible for them to appear at a more 
 appropriate period, or leave at a season that would be 
 better for the prosperity of the colony? Since. they 
 must live on .the stores gathered by the workers, they 
 should not appear before the time of actual requirement; 
 and when their services can be dispensed with, they 
 should not remain a day to consume the food that is 
 gathered with so much toil and industry. Man, with 
 all his wisdon, could not better this wonderful operation 
 of nature ! Had I the direction of the production of 
 drones, I should say, " let them appear in force from the 
 20th of May to the 1st of June" — precisely the time 
 that they do appear. On the first week in July, I should 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 53 
 
 say ' depart" — ^just the time that the massacre is com- 
 menced. On the 6th of July, I discovered the first at- 
 tempt to expel the drones, this season. Thus, nature 
 has ordained this matter ; and blind indeed, must he be, 
 •who can resist the almost self-evident truth, of the legi- 
 timate uses of drones. 
 
 " But," say the cavillers, "why should a thousand or 
 more drones be brought into existence, when one is suf- 
 ficient, according to this theory." — It is a true adage, 
 that " none are so blind as those who won't see." Thus 
 it is, in the present case. Now, the queen cannot pos- 
 sibly become fertile, without meeting a drone on the 
 wing, in the air. This is her nature, and she may be 
 confined with thousands, yet it is utterly impossible for 
 her, to be fructified by their presence. Then, since she 
 must go forth, and that too, in the regions above, far 
 out of the sight of man, to effect her object ; she must 
 nox go in vain. 
 
 The life of a queen is too valuable to be jeopardized 
 in fruitless sallyings, subject to be caught by the fowls 
 of the air, or to mistake her domicil, on her return, and 
 enter another and perish. A young swarm is solely de- 
 pendent on the safety of their queen ; and if she perish, 
 ten thousand subjects die with her. 
 
 The great Creator of animate nature foresaw all this, 
 in his infinite wisdom, and wisely created so many 
 drones, that the queen could not well fail, to come with- 
 in- the circle of their flight, soon after leaving her hive, 
 and thus render her fertility sure, on her first exit 
 
54 miner's AMERICAN- 
 
 DRONES GO FORTH TO MEET THE aUEEN. 
 
 The drones have received a command from the mouth of 
 Him who created them, to " go forth to meet their royal 
 mistress;" and for five thousand years, this mandate has 
 been implicitly complied with. Time may roll on, yet 
 these drones, faithful to the Omnipotent hand that gave 
 them instinct, will continue to take their serial flights, 
 as regularly as the sun rises and sets. 
 
 Perhaps the reader may not have been impressed with 
 the circumstance of the drones, at a certain hour of 
 the day, coming forth from their hives, and taking their 
 flight heavenward ! This is a singular truth. Gene- 
 rally from one to three o'clock, P. M., on every fair day, 
 a loud buzzing noise may be heard among the bees. A 
 great commotion ensues, and one is often mistaken, sup- 
 posing that a swarm is about to issue. This is the gen- 
 eral egress of the drones. They ascend in horizontal 
 circles, in an oblique direction ; and after being absent 
 an hour or more, return to their hives. This flight 
 takes place daily ; and since the drones have no possible 
 cause for leaving the apiary, to gather food, does not 
 their periodical flights, in this manner, show conclusively, 
 that nature has bidden them to go forth to meet the 
 queen ? Now mark the harmony of the arrangement! 
 The queens, by the same power of instinct, leave their 
 hives about the same time that the drones take their 
 exit ; or generally, a short period before, and seldom re- 
 turn unimpregnated. 
 
 Ruber says, that at eleven o'clock, A. M., he witness- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 55 
 
 ed a queen go forth ; but I have never yet seen one 
 sally out at that hour. 
 
 DANGER OF THE aUEEN BEING LOST, DURING HER 
 EXCURSION. 
 
 That all these things should be thus made to harmon- 
 ize, for the well-being of the bee, is apparent. How 
 easy a thing it would be, for a queen to lose her way, 
 on her return to her hive, if she had to go forth many 
 limes. 
 
 In her flight, every object that presents itself is new, 
 save what may have been noticed by her on the day of 
 swarming. She sees many hives of the same color and 
 size, and it is only by the most astonishing sagacity, that 
 she is enabled to escape the vicissitudes of a single flight ; 
 and were she compelled to go out daily, for any consi- 
 derable time, not one family in ten would escape de- 
 struction ; for to be without a queen, is certain ruin, 
 when no eggs or larvae exist in the hive. 
 
 HUISh's VAGARIES RELATIVE TO THE USE OF DRONES. 
 
 Huish is a great advocate of the drones being for the 
 purpose of fecundating the eggs, instead of the queens. 
 Hear him : — " If by any accident or untoward event, a 
 hive be deficient in drones, the fecundation of the eggs 
 of the queen does not take place, and consequently, no 
 swarms are produced." 
 
 Whether to impute the foregoing delusion to igno- 
 rance, or to a disordered brain, I am at a loss. Who 
 does not know, that the eggs are fecundated in March 
 
56 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 and April, long before a drone exL«ts ? It makes no dif- 
 ference at all with swarming, whether drones exist or 
 not, as every ordinary bee-keeper knows. 
 
 Huish also says, — " When a hive swarms, a number 
 of drones follow the emigrants, in the proportion of the 
 number of working bees." 
 
 In regard to this point, it is true, that a portion of the 
 drones in the hive go out with the swarm ; the numbers 
 varying, according to the number of drones in it — a 
 mere matter of chance. They go with the swarms 
 from instinct, so as to divide their maintenance more 
 equally among the colony. 
 
 THE CONFLICTING OPINIONS AND THEORIES OF OTHER 
 WRITERS DISREGARDED. 
 
 I should only be adding mystery to the subject, were 
 I to fill my pages with the conflicting theories and decla- 
 rations of Huish, Huber, Sevan, Shirach, De Reaumer, 
 Riems, De Braw, Swammerdam, Hunter, Dunbar, But- 
 ler, Thorley, Wildman, Keys, Bonner, and a score of 
 other foreign writers on the bee ; and I think I study 
 the interest of the bee-community, for whom I write, by 
 thus doing. 
 
 Dr. Bevan's work is almost entirely made up of the 
 conflicting views and theories of different authors ; and 
 when one has perused it, he is about as much in the 
 dark, on many important points, as before reading it. 
 
 It is my aim to give a straightforward treatise, with- 
 out vacillating to the right or to the left, to follow this 
 or that author ; but to unfold the truth as it is, and 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 57 
 
 which I have demonstrated, from personal observations. 
 I cannot, however, suffer the fallacies of some of the 
 above authors to go without comment, but I shall be as 
 brief with them as possible. 
 
 PARTICULAR INSTANCES OF DRONES BEING ALLOWED TO 
 LIVE THROUGH THE WINTER. 
 
 Huish further says, — " Huber says, that he has seen 
 drones in a hive in January, and Mr. Duncan supposes, 
 that they were allowed to remain in the hive, on account 
 of the additional heat which they would generate in 
 winter, or perhaps, they may be preserved for the pur- 
 pose of pairing a new queen. Those suppositions, how- 
 ever, of Mr. Duncan have not a tittle of truth to stand 
 upon ; not a drone was ever seen in a hive in January." 
 
 In this case, Huber is right, and Huish shows himself 
 very ignorant on the subject that he discusses. 
 
 It does not admit of a question, that occasionally a 
 few drones are allowed to winter over, in some hives. 
 What these drones are thus allowed to live for, is a 
 question that will never be answered, so as to cover the 
 whole ground. It is not for the additional heat that Mr. 
 Duncan speaks of, because their numbers are so small, 
 that such a thing is out of the question. A hive is 
 never seen with a, full complement of drones in the win- 
 ter. A dozen or so, is the most that I ever heard of, 
 and four is the most that I ever found myself. 
 
 Last spring, in the month of March, I saw four drones 
 issue from one of my hives. — It is true, I never saw any 
 in January ; but those that I saw in March, were in ex- 
 
58 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 istence in January, and if I had driven out the bees, I 
 should have seen them, of course. 
 
 The reason why drones are sometimes left is, that the 
 family is without a queen, or that- the condition of the 
 family is such, as to possibly require them to impregnate 
 a new sovereign. If the queen is not in a healthy and 
 sound condition, the drones, or a few of them, are al- 
 ways allowed to exist. This is right — who could order 
 better ? 
 
 In case of the death of the queen, how important are 
 these drones ! In case of the absence of a queen at the 
 time of the general massacre, and no larvae are left to 
 replace her, the drones are reserved as being needful, in 
 case of the bees being put in possession of a new queen, 
 on which they can make no calculation by any natural 
 means ; yet instinct teaches them to preserve the drones, 
 and trust in Providence for a queen. 
 
 It may be set down as a fact, that when drones are 
 found long after the general extermination, something 
 is wrong, and needs 'the attention of the apiarian; but' 
 in some cases, it defies the knowledge of man, to con- 
 ceive why they are left. In the case in which I saw 
 the four drones, mentioned above, the family was in the 
 most perfect prosperity. The queen was very fertile, 
 and I cannot say why the drones were permitted to 
 winter over, unless something was amiss with the queen 
 in the fall, of which she recovered before spring. 
 
 For the purpose of impregnating a new queen, a few 
 drones would render the act somewhat precarious, but 
 I presume that instinct teaches them in every emergen- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 59 
 
 cy, to so act that the end will be effected, for which 
 nature designed them. 
 
 THE OLD aUEEN ALWAYS GOES OFF WITH THE FIRST 
 SWARM. 
 
 It is not necessary, that the drones should appear in 
 force, until the second swarms issue ; for the reason, 
 that the old queen goes off with the first swarm. This 
 is another point, that has also been disputed ; yet it is a 
 fact, that can never be subverted. This is a circum- 
 stance, that may well excite our admiration. 
 
 Nature is ever careful of the perpetuity of her species 
 of the animate creation ; and in the case of the bee, she 
 is not lacking in that wonderful chain of circumstances 
 that produces one harmonious result. 
 
 In order to effect this object, viz : the sallying forth 
 of the old queens with the first swarms, nature implanted 
 an implacable enmity between all queens, from the mo- 
 ment of their existence ; and even so far, as to force the 
 mother to destroy her own progeny, before it emerges 
 from the cells. 
 
 A young queen, that has not been out of her cell, 
 more than five minutes, rushes upon her sisters in roy- 
 alty, and wrests them from their tenements, while -yet 
 in the pupa state, but for the restraint held over her by 
 the workers, who stand in the defence of their young 
 sovereigns, and when a queen approaches, with deadly 
 aim, they seize her, and hold her a prisoner. This nat- 
 ural instinctive hatred of rivalry in queens, is the basis 
 ^Koii which the rationale of swarming rests. 
 
60 miner's ameeican 
 
 In order to arrive at the point, that I had in view, viz : 
 to illustrate the fact of the old queen going off with the 
 first swarm, as briefly as possible, and not run into a 
 chapter on swarming at this place, I will simply state, 
 why the old queen does thus leave the hive with a pri- 
 mary swarm. 
 
 As soon as the young queens' cells are sealed, or a 
 few days thereafter, say about eight or nine days before 
 the development of the oldest among them, the natural 
 hatred of the rivals, that she has produced, or at least, 
 deposited the eggs in the royal cells for their production, 
 is so great, that sooner than remain to encounter them, 
 she quits the hive, and in her exit, takes a portion of the 
 family with her. If she were to remain in the hive un- 
 til one or more of the young queens should emerge from 
 the cells, she would, from her superior strength and com- 
 mand over the workers, fall upon such queens, in despite 
 of the efforts of the workers to prevent it, and slay them, 
 without the least compunction or mercy. Nor would 
 she stop there — if any queens yet remained in the em- 
 bryo state, she would, in her rage, tear off the seals of 
 their cells, and drag them out, as if they were the dead- 
 liest enemies to her race. Thus would there be no 
 swarming, since the old queen would not go off, and 
 leave the family without a sovereign, and she will spare 
 none, when once her appetite for slaughter has been 
 whetted. There is much of interest that may be said 
 on the general circumstances of swarming, which I shall 
 endeavor to lay before my readers hereafter. 
 
bee-keepbk's manual. 61 
 
 drones said to die immediately aptee coition. 
 
 A remarkable circumstance is said to occur to drones, 
 in their amours with the queen ; which is, that death 
 ensues immediately after coition ! Since it is impossible 
 that man should ever witness the act of connection be- 
 tween the drones and queens, it is a very difficult question 
 to determine, whether the drone dies immediately or not. 
 However, we have analogy, it is said, in some of the 
 insect tribes, to corroborate this alleged fact. 
 
 THE GENERAL MASSACRE OF DRONES. 
 
 The general or usual time that the massacre of the 
 drones takes place is, as I have already observed, in the 
 month of July. There may, however, be instances of 
 their being expelled in June, say the last of the month ; 
 and there may also be instances of their being allowed 
 to exist until August, before any expulsion takes place. 
 The time of massacre or expulsion is earlier or later,', 
 according to the latitude of the location of the apiary^. 
 For instance, the expulsion may take place in the lati- 
 tude of the city of New York, two weeks sooner than 
 in the latitude of Buffalo or Boston. 
 
 Strange as it may appear, the manner in which the 
 extermination of drones is effected by the workers, is a 
 matter of contention among the apiarians and naturalists 
 of Europe. Some assert that the bees use their stings, 
 while others contend that the drones are simply disabled, 
 and then cast out of the hives. 
 
 Huish says, — " It is the opinion of some naturalists, 
 
62 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 that the bee kills the drone by means of its sting, but in 
 the many hundred times that we have witnessed the 
 destruction of drones, we never yet observed that the 
 bee made use of its sting." 
 
 Huber is an advocate of their being stung to death ; 
 he says : — " On the 4th of July, we saw the workers 
 actually massacre the males in six swarms, at the same 
 hour, and with the same peculiarities. The glass table was 
 covered with bees full of animation, rushing upon the 
 drones as they came from the bottom of the hive ; they 
 seized them by the antennae, the limbs, and the wings, 
 and after having dragged them about, or, so to speak, 
 after quartering them, they killed them by repeated sting- 
 ings directed between the rings of the belly." 
 
 The truth is, that both the way of Huish and also that 
 of Huber, is practised by the bees. In some instances, 
 I have noticed that scarcely any were stung, but the 
 bees cut the cords of their wings, and then expelled them 
 from the hives. Drones that have been treated in this 
 manner, may be seen running to and fro upon the 
 ground, every now and then making a fruitless attempt 
 to rise on the wing. On other occasions, when the pa- 
 tience of the workers has become exhausted, they seize 
 the drones, and curving their abdomen in close contact 
 with their bellies, continue to make their deadly thrusts, 
 between the wings, until successful. In this case, the 
 drones may be seen running around the hive, upon the 
 ■"stand, carrying the workers along with them, which never 
 give up their hold until their object is effected. Th& 
 workers do seem to have some mercy at times, for long 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 63 
 
 and enduring is their patience on most occasions, in en- 
 deavoring to drive the drones away, without doing them 
 any bodily harm. In such cases, the drones quit their 
 usual abode and take refuge in other hives, where, in 
 turn, they meet with the same treatment ; finding every 
 hive too hot for them, they return to their original 
 homes, when the workers say, if I may be allowed the 
 term, as the old man did to the boy who was in one of 
 his trees stealing apples. — The old man did not wish to 
 injure the lad, if he could get him out of the tree by the 
 use of moderate means, so he threw a few small tufts of 
 grass at him, and told him that it was wrong to steal 
 apples, and desired him to come down, but this, as the 
 story reads, " only made the young sauce-box laugh." — 
 " Well, well," said the old man, " if neither gentle words 
 nor tufts of grass will do, I'll try what virtue there is in 
 stones, ^c." Now the position of these drone^bees is 
 not wholly dissimilar to the above case. The workers 
 wish to get rid of them, indeed, must get rid of them. 
 They at first push or drive them off the floor-board by 
 gentle means ; finding gentle means ineffectual, they say, 
 " let us try what virtue there is in stings." 
 
 The drones, in rushing for shelter from hive to hive, 
 find the best accommodation in those hives in which 
 recent swarms have been placed, and which have not yet 
 been filled with combs. ^In such hives, they can enter at 
 evening when the bees are clustered above, and congre- 
 gate on the floor, or bottom-board, huddled together like 
 a flock of sheep, not daring to venture up into the hive. 
 In this manner many nights are passed during the heat 
 
64 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 of the conflict, and as soon as day dawns, they are again 
 driven out to wander about frona hive to hive. In cases 
 of artificial swarms being made, in which the queen is 
 not developed, the bees in such hives give the drones a 
 welcome reception ; for the reason that they are abso- 
 lutely necessary to their prosperity. I had a number of 
 swarms of this kind this season, when the persecution 
 of the drones took place, and on raising the hives in the 
 evening, several hundred drones were found on the bot- 
 tom-board, as before stated ; and it is not unfrequent, 
 that the drones perish from hunger while in this situa- 
 tion. I found two hundred drones dead one morning, 
 in one of my hives, in which an artificial swarm had 
 been placed, all lying precisely as they were the previous 
 evening, with their heads towards the centre. In other 
 hives I found many dead drones in the same manner, on 
 different occasions. It is very singular, that every drone 
 in this hive should perish at the same time, but such is 
 the fact ; yet not a hair of their bodies had been dis- 
 turbed by the workers. When I saw this circumstance 
 at first, I was led to believe that some unnatural agency 
 had caused their death ; but subsequently finding them 
 dead in the same way in several hives, I attributed the 
 cause to starvation. It was natural to suppose, that this 
 was the cause, since the unremitting warfare made on 
 them generally, gave them no opportunity to partake of 
 any food; for no sooner did one enter a hive, than he 
 was instantly ejected ; and the hives in which I found 
 them dead, had not a drop of surplus honey, owing to 
 the unfavorable weather at, and before the period of 
 
bee-keefhr's manual. 65 
 
 their persecutions. Had a part of their number been 
 dead, — some dying, and others lively, I should not con- 
 sider it as a singular case ; but every bee was dead, and 
 in precisely the upright sitting posture, in which they 
 had arranged themselves at. evening! 
 
 There is, in the circumstances attending the destruction 
 of drones, much to excite our curiosity and surprise-much 
 to reflect on pertaining to the instinctive agency that is 
 brought into action with the workers, at the period when 
 further swarming is known to them not to take place ; 
 and the intuition that produces a concert of action, and 
 steels their consciences to all feelings of kindred affec- 
 tion in their merciless ejectment of fellow bees, whose 
 agency has been no less important to the welfare of the 
 community, than that of the executioners themselves, — 
 all of which conspires to elicit the admiration of man, 
 and causes him to exclaim, " verily the wisdom of nature 
 is past finding out !" 
 
 One or two points more, and I have done with drones. 
 It has been frequently asserted, that drones have been 
 seen to effect their amours with the queens in the hive, 
 or in tumblers where they had been placed for the pur- 
 pose of experimenting with them ; but the evidence has 
 never been adduced, in so strong a shape, as to be en- 
 titled to credence. One thing is certain, which is, that 
 no person ever confined a queen /rom birth, either with 
 or without drones, that proved fertile. This has often 
 been tried, but no queen has ever been productive, until 
 she was at liberty to leave the hive, consequently, I con- 
 sider that the question ought to be forever set at rest, 
 
66 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 that the impregnation of the queens is exterior to the 
 hive, and of course while on the wing. 
 
 There are two kinds of drones that may sometimes 
 be seen. I refer to a small black drone that occasion- 
 ally appears, differing from the ordinary drone, only in 
 color and size. The difference in color may not, in 
 every case, be very perceptible ; yet they are generally 
 of a darker hue than the larger drones. This kind of 
 drone is supposed to be bred in those cells that immedi- 
 ately connect the full-sized drone with the worker-cells. 
 On inspection, it will generally be found, that a tier or 
 two of cells exist between the drone and worker-cells, 
 of an intermediate size ; and the queen would very na- 
 turally be liable to deposit drone eggs in them ; and in 
 consequence of the size of the cell, the drone has not 
 room for the natural expansions of his body, and conse- 
 quently is of less size. 
 
 This is undoubtedly the true solution of the question ; 
 for it is a well-known fact, that a drone-egg may be put 
 into a worker-cell, by any apiaiian, having an observa- 
 tory hive for experimental purposes, and that it will be 
 nursed by the bees precisely as a worker is treated, and 
 a small drone will be the issue. On the other hand, a 
 worker-egg or larva, being placed in a drone-cell, comes 
 forth an ordinary worker, not a whit the larger for the 
 capaciousness of its tenement. 
 
 It has been said, that drones caress and treat the 
 queen of the hive with great attention and fondness ; 
 but those who have made this assertion, are generally 
 the advocates of the impregnation of the queen by the 
 
bke-keeper's manual. 67 
 
 drones within the hive, and consequently find it con- 
 venient to make out as plausible a story as the case will 
 admit of; but they state, what is not a fact. If the 
 thousand or more drones of a hive, each felt a natural 
 aifection for the queen, she would be so harrassed, that 
 she would not be able to attend to her natural duties.. 
 The drones pay not the least regard to a queen, any 
 more than to a worker. They remain almost motion- 
 less in the centre of the hive, until the middle of the day, 
 when instinct teaches them to depart, as I have already 
 related. This is a wise enactment of nature, in order 
 to preserve harmony within the hive. But no sooner 
 does the drone ascend in his aerial flight, than the in- 
 stinct of his nature is developed, and he then manifests 
 a desire to meet his royal mistress. 
 
 It is with reluctance that I feel myself compelled to 
 draw my remarks to a close, on this subject, which I 
 consider one of the deepest interest in the history of the 
 bee, to make room for other matter of importance ; and 
 if at any time in the progress of this work, 1 shall fail 
 to meet the reader's wishes, in the description of any 
 branch of my subject, on the score of general details, I 
 trust I shall be excused, since the subject, in all its vari- 
 ous phases and bearings, is too vast for an ordinary 
 volume like this. 
 
CHAPTER IV. 
 
 EGGS— LARV^.— TIME TO DEVELOPE, ETC. 
 
 The queen commences laying as soon as tne genial 
 warmth of spring opens. If the weather be very mild, 
 she may commence as early as February, but generally 
 in March and April. She does not, however, com- 
 mence her " great laying," as it has been termed, until 
 about the first of May. At this period, she deposits 
 from 100 to 200 eggs per day, and as it takes just twenty 
 days for a worker to emerge from its cell, fully devel- 
 oped, reckoning the time from the day of laying the egg, 
 it follows that all eggs laid on the 1st of May, will pro- 
 duce perfect bees on the 21st of May. 
 
 For a period of about ten years, my bees have not 
 generally swarmed before the first week in June ; and 
 the second swarms have issued about the I2th or 15th 
 of June ; consequently, those bees that went off with 
 second swarms, must have been produced from eggs de- 
 posited about the 20th pf May, since a bee is able to 
 leave the hive on the first or second day of its leaving 
 the cell. 
 
bke-keeper's manual. 69 
 
 drone-eggs when laid. 
 
 Dr. Bevan says, " the laying of drone-eggs, which is 
 called the great laying, usually commences at the end 
 of April, or the beginning of May." 
 
 The great laying of drone-eggs is always after the 
 laying of worker-eggs, consequently, I think Dr. Bevan 
 has put the laying of drone-eggs too early, but different 
 climates affect the laying in some measure, and perhaps 
 in England the great laying takes place somewhat ear- 
 lier than in this country. The bees, of course, have in 
 most cases of swarming, been in existence several days, 
 yet in cases of first swarms, not over a week, and less 
 time in after swarms, and some bees go off the day of 
 their leaving the cells. The appearance of drones takes 
 place in the latter part of May, and in some instances, 
 a few appear by the 15th of May; but I have never 
 found them in large numbers, before about the general 
 swarming season, viz : the first week in June, and since 
 it requires twenty-four days for drones to mature from 
 the egg, the great laying of drone-eggs must take place 
 about the 10th of May, in the latitude of New York. 
 
 I observed that the laying of drone-eggs always takes 
 place after the laying of worker-eggs, which is a fact ; 
 yet when the laying of drone-eggs is over, the queen 
 immediately resumes the laying of worker-eggs, and at 
 the time of her going off with a first swarm, she is ready 
 to proceed with the laying of worker-eggs for some days, 
 when she again commences the laying pf drone-eggs ; 
 but not so. extensively as at first. 
 
70 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 ROYAL CELLS CONSTRUCTED SIMULTANEOUS WITH 
 DRONE-EGG LAYING. 
 
 There is a relation existing between the commence- 
 ment of laying drone-eggs and the construction of royal 
 cells, worthy of notice. 
 
 When the queen has discharged her ovary of its bur- 
 den of worker-eggs, then she is aware that she will com- 
 mence the laying of drone-eggs ; for, be it known, that 
 the two kinds of eggs are germinated in perfectly dis- 
 tinct and separate bodies, though no organic separation 
 exists in the formation of the ovary, as has ever yet been 
 discovered. How she knows the fact, that her worker- 
 eggs are exhausted, and that for a few days, she can pro- 
 duce drone-eggs only, is not for me to say ; yet she does 
 know that fact, and the workers know it also ; for no 
 sooner does this crisis arise, than they at once set them- 
 selves to constructing drone-cells ; provided, that they 
 be not already constructed, and they build them as fast 
 as the queen requires them, and stop with her termina- 
 tion of laying this kind of egg. 
 
 The secret relation between the laying of drone-eggs, 
 and building royal cells is this. The royal cells are al- 
 ways commenced on the occasion of drone laying, when 
 they are commenced at all. It seems to be a signal for 
 the workers to commence this work ; yet, if the hive 
 be large, and only partly filled with combs, not a royal 
 cell will be fabricated. The reason of this is evident, 
 because the bees well know, that they will not have a 
 bee to spare in swarming ; for all their increase will be 
 
bee-keepek's manual. 71 
 
 wanted at home to complete the labors of their own do- 
 micile. The bees fully understand their business in all 
 its various branches. ^No hive ever yet threw off a 
 swarm that was not full of bees.A 
 
 I say, that my bees generally swarm during the first 
 week in June ; yet I have had numerous swarms issue 
 in May; and on one occasion, a swarm in the early 
 part of April, which I considered a very remarkable 
 circumstance. 
 
 My general remarks on the subject of swarming, with 
 its attendant circumstances, must be reserved for an 
 especial chapter. 
 
 THE OPERATION OF LAYING DESCRIBED. 
 
 After impregnation, the queen begins to lay in about 
 forty-eight hours. Huber says forty-six, but I have 
 found it to be full forty-eight in most cases, in which 
 I have tested the question. There is no use in being so 
 very particular as to the hour and minute. No man 
 will care a fig whether it be two hours sooner or later. 
 A description of the operation of laying is correctly 
 given by Mr. Duncan, an English apiarian. 
 
 Mr.D. says ; — " In the operation of laying, which we 
 have a thousand times witnessed, the queen puts her 
 head into a cell, and remains in that position a second 
 or two, as if to ascertain whether it is in a fit state to 
 receive the deposit. She then withdraws her head, 
 curves her body downwards, inserts her abdomen into 
 the cell, and turns half round on herself; having kept 
 this position for a few seconds, she withdraws her body, 
 
72 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 having in the meantime laid an egg, The egg itself, 
 which is attached to the bottom of the cell, by a gluti- 
 nous matter, with which it is imbued, is of a slender, 
 oval shape, slightly curved, rather more pointed in the 
 lower end than in the other." 
 
 TIME THAT EGGS REMAIN IN THE CELL. 
 
 The egg remains three days before it bursts its integu- 
 ment, and becomes a worm, or larva ; that is, in natural 
 heat of from 60 to 70 degrees of Fahrenheit, and in 
 colder circumstances the time may be prolonged, even 
 to a perfect suspension of vitality for a long period ; and 
 then, on being subjected to the usual heat, the develop- 
 ment takes place in the natural way. 
 
 LARVAE HOW LONG FED WHEN SEALED OVER, ETC. 
 
 After the hatching of the eggs, which is effected solely 
 by the natural heat of the bees in the hive, generated 
 by the workers, the larvae are fed from four to six days, 
 according to the heat within the hive, and the cells are 
 then sealed over by the workers, by making numerous 
 rings of wax, commencing at the outside, and finishing 
 at the centre. When the larvae are sealed over, they 
 commence weaving around themselves a cocoon, or 
 shroud, which requires about thirty-six hours, and from 
 this period until their perfect development, they are called 
 pupa, nymphs, or chrysalis. The covering, or seals of 
 drone-cells are quite convex, resembling a half pea in 
 rotundity. The convexity of worker-cells is much less, 
 — almost flat ; and the seals of honey-cells are concave ; 
 curving inwardly. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 78 
 
 period of development, etc. 
 
 The period of development of the different classes of 
 bees is as follows, viz : — 
 
 Queens from the egg, 16 days. 
 Drones " " " 24 " 
 Workers " " " 20 " 
 
 The formation of queen-cells, as I have stated, takes 
 place on the occasion of the great laying of drone-eggs^ 
 in May ; the manner of the construction of which is 
 pretty well defined at page 28. The construction of 
 these cells takes place about the 20th of May, and con- 
 sequently the young queens are ready to go off with 
 swarms in the early part of June. 
 
 NUMBER OF BEES IN A HIVE. 
 
 Various are the statements in regard to the ordinary 
 
 number of bees in a hive, and the number of bees that 
 
 a single queen usually produces in a single season. As 
 
 regards the number of bees in a hive, it depends much upon 
 
 whether it be a large or small hive, and whether any 
 
 swarms have issued from it. Some queens are much 
 
 more fertile than others, as is the case with the female 
 
 portion of all animated nature. I suppose the following 
 
 statement of what an ordinary queen annually produces, 
 
 to be as near the truth, as we can well get at : 
 
 Bees in a first swarm, . . ; . 6,500. 
 
 " in a second " .... 4,500. 
 
 " remaining in the parent hive, 8,000. 
 
 " produced in the first swarm, 6,000. 
 
 26,000, 
 
74 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 In the foregoing calculation, I have made an allowance 
 of 2,000 bees, as being in the parent hive, on the opening 
 of spring; and consequently, 10,000 is the number I 
 compute, as belonging to the parent hive, after the issue 
 of the second swarm. The above aggregate of 25,000 
 bees from one queen in a single season is moderate. 
 If we take into consideration the number of bees pro- 
 duced by the queen in the second swarm, and also that 
 of the queen left in the parent hive, both of which are 
 the indirect production of the parent queen, through her 
 own progeny, we should then swell the grand total to 
 about 40,000 ; allowing the said two queens to produce 
 15,000 ! 
 
 The above estimate is made on the supposition that 
 two swarms are sent off, and the old queen goes with 
 the first, as she ever does. 
 
 If the family had been in a large hive in which no 
 swarming had taken place, the result would have been 
 the same as in the first case ; for the reason, that the 
 number of bees sent off in both swarms, viz; — 11,000, 
 and the 6,000 that the queen produces with the first 
 swarm, would all have been residents of the original 
 hive, together with the 8,000 produced, and left in the 
 parent hive, according to the foregoing estimate, 
 making in all, as before stated, 25,000. If no swarms 
 are sent off, we lose the 15,000 bees produced by the 
 two queens in charge of them. A queen possesses the 
 power of producing a certain number of eggs in a 
 season ; and whether she remain in the parent hive, or 
 sally out with a swarm, it does not affect the aggregate 
 
BEE-KEEPER'a MANUAL. 75 
 
 of her laying ; provided, that she has room in which to 
 deposit her eggs. 
 
 RELATIVE PROPORTION OF DRONES. 
 
 The relative proportion of drones and workers is 
 about one to twenty, that is, for a family of workers 
 amounting to 8,000 the ordinary number of drones is 
 about 400. Some wi-iters state the number of drones 
 in a hive to be from 1,000 to 2,000 ; but they are beyond 
 the mark, as a general rule. There is no law that 
 governs, the production of drones, so as to enable the 
 apiarian to make any calculation, in regard to their 
 relative proportion, when compared with the number of 
 workers, that may be relied on in all cases. Some fami- 
 lies may have a thousand, while another, equally strong, 
 may have but 500. 
 
 Nature does not, in all cases, operate without a loss, 
 or waste of the animal functions ; for, in the case of the 
 laying of drone-eggs by the old queens, after they have 
 left the parent hive with a swarm, we find that brood 
 entirely useless, coming as it does after the swarming 
 season is past. 
 
 The old queens are aware of the uselessness of this 
 drone-brood, and consequently, the larvae are drawn out 
 of the cells and cast on the ground. Why queens are 
 thus compelled by nature, to lay a brood of eggs, that 
 are worse than useless, some one must answer, more 
 deeply versed in the nature of the bee than I am. 
 
 It may be said, in the case of the drone-brood pro- 
 duced by queens with swarms, that since a swarm some- 
 
76 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 times sends off a swarm, that in such a case, drones are 
 necessary; consequently, nature has ordained, that a 
 thousand queens shall continue to produce drones, and 
 then cast them out half developed, in order to ensure 
 safety to one family that throws off a swarm ; for, not 
 more than one swarm in a thousand does cast a swarm 
 the same season. On the whole, this feature of the case 
 appears reasonable ; because it is the same principle of 
 nature, that is manifested in the production of 500 or 
 1000 drones, to render the fertility of a queen sure, 
 when a single drone would be sufficient, if that drone 
 could be made, through the instinct of his nature, to be 
 on hand, when occasions should demand his services. 
 
 YOUNG aUEENS PRODUCE FEW OR NO DRONE-BROOD. 
 
 In the case of a swarm sending off -a swarm the same 
 season, it is always "a first issue that contains the old 
 queen; and it is she that produces drone-brood; since 
 drones in such a case, would be absolutely necessary to 
 . impregnate the virgin queen. But with young queens, the 
 case is very different, and they produce few or no drones 
 during the first season of their existence ; but after the 
 first season, they produce the regular number. 
 
 POSITION OF EGGS OR LARV.«!. 
 
 The position of eggs and larvse in weak families, 
 where every degree of heat must be economically hus- 
 banded, is worthy of remark. In well-peopled hives, 
 the queen deposits her eggs in such locations as may 
 be free from honey and pollen, without any regard to 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 77 
 
 the locality, since the numbers of bees will always admit 
 of generating the proper degree of heat ; but when a 
 few workers exist, comparatively speaking, the case is' 
 widely different. I have often noticed this circum- 
 stance ; but a particular instance of this nature has 
 very recently come under my observation. In driving 
 a very small swarm into another hive, for the reason, 
 that there were not bees enough to winter over safely, 
 I found in cutting out the combs, a laying in the middle 
 of the centre comb, about as large as the top of a tea- 
 cup, and about as circular. In the centre were the 
 nymphs or crysalis sealed over ; and on the outside of 
 these, were larvae three or four days old ; and exterior 
 to these were larvae just bursting their shrouds from the 
 egg ; and exterior to these were the eggs that had just 
 been deposited. If a needle had been run through the 
 cells of the aforesaid nymphs, larvas and eggs, it would 
 have passed through cells on the opposite side, contain- 
 ing nymphs, larvae and eggs of precisely the same age ! 
 This is only another evidence of the remarkable instinct 
 of the bee ! The nymphs requiring more heat than 
 larvae three or four days old ; and the larvae of this age, ' 
 requiring more heat than eggs, how wisely does the bee 
 arrange her broods to the best advantage ! In this hive, in 
 which the combs were built, there were not bees enough 
 to allow the least heat to be wasted ; and when a cluster 
 of bees is huddled together on one side of a comb, the 
 heat produced is much greater, by Jiaving a corres- 
 ponding number of bees clustered directly opposite. 
 Could human ingenuity devise a better way of economy, 
 
78 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 in the expenditure of animal heat, in the development 
 of the young of this insect ? 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 DIVISION OF LABOR OF BEES. 
 
 Huber's theory in regard to the division of labor is, 
 that the workers are divided into wax-workers, or those 
 that build the combs, nursing bees, and honey-gatherers ; 
 and he contended, that there is a difference in the or- 
 ganic structure of these different classes, so as to render 
 them incapable of doing anything except the particular 
 labor, that nature designed for them ; though such dif- 
 ference in the organic structure is not visible to the 
 naked eye. Huber went a little too far in this assump- 
 tion, since it would puzzle all his adherents to explain, 
 how such a difference in structure is produced, when 
 they all come from the same kind of egg, and receive 
 precisely the same treatment, throughout their whole 
 development. 
 
 But it is true, that labor in a family of bees has its 
 divisions ; — there are wax-workers, nursing bees, and 
 gatherers ; but there is not the slightest difference in 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 79 
 
 their organic structure. Man has found, that in exten- 
 sive laboratories, a division of labor is highly essential : 
 thus, in the manufacture of the pin, a single pin passes 
 through many hands before completion. 
 
 The builder does not cause his layers of brick to bring 
 them to the place of use, nor to compound the mortar 
 in which they are laid. He finds that each branch of 
 labor, performed by persons for that especial business, best 
 tends to harmony and to a rapid completion of the edifice. 
 The bee, in this respect, is not behind man, in its know- 
 ledge of the most efiectual application of labor, since it 
 receives its wisdom from a source that knows no error. 
 Man has studied, and found this truth out by experience — 
 the bee has this instinct implanted in its censorium from 
 the day of its birth. 
 
 When man attempts to properly define the beauty 
 and harmony of the domestic labors of the bee, and its 
 wonderful instinctive powers, he is lost in a labyrinth 
 of amazement ! 
 
 I have, more than once, been inclined to throw down 
 my pen, overwhelmed with the magnitude of the task 
 before me ; yet I trudge along slowly, doing but faiat 
 justice to the subjecVtmsting in the charity of my 
 readers, for an exoneration of having failed to meet the 
 case as it merits. 
 
 DIVISION OP LABOR PROVED. 
 
 When a swarm of bees commence the fabrication -of 
 combs in a new hive, a certain number of bees com- 
 mence the building of them ; and another portion co 
 
80 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 forth to the fields to gather honey and farina ; and as 
 soon as the young brood require being fed, a certain 
 number take charge of that duty. This fact, so far as 
 it relates to wax-workers, and honey-gatherers, may be 
 proved in this manner, viz ; — remove a hive containing 
 a swarm vigorously at work making combs, to a short 
 distance, beyond the reach of its tenants on returning 
 from the fields, and mark the result. In a few minutes 
 not a single bee will be seen to leave the hive, after such 
 discharging bees have left, that were in it at the time of 
 its removal. Scarcely a bee will be seen to leave the 
 hive during the first day or two after its removal, for the 
 wax-workers are patiently awaiting the return of their 
 comrades that bring in the materials. When it has be- 
 come evident to the bees that their comrades are lost, 
 (they have no idea of the removal of their tenement,) 
 then a new division of labor takes place, and the gather- 
 ing is resumed with lessened numbers. I have wit- 
 nessed the above case often, in the formation of artificial 
 swarms from a swarm of such magnitude, that half of 
 its members could be safely spared. The same disor- 
 ganization of labor is found in the new hive that receives 
 the honey-gatherers only, as they return from the fields ; 
 and after a day has past, a portion of the bees that were 
 gatherers to the original hive, now become wax-workers 
 to the new hive that is placed in the position of the ori- 
 ginal one, thus proving that all workers are alike, and 
 equally able to lend a hand, at gathering, nursing, or 
 wax-working. The particulars of making artificial 
 swarms, will be given in a future chapter. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 81 
 
 pollen and propolis gatherers, etc. 
 
 There is also another division of labor in gathering ; 
 for a certain number of bees gather pollen, or farinaJ, 
 which is the same thing, for the food of the larvae ; 
 vfhile others gather honey to store in the cells, and to be 
 used in the fabrication of combs ; and, if need be, 
 others gather propolis, the wax that is used in stopping 
 up crevices and holes in the hive. 
 
 BEES GATHER FROM ONE KIND OF FLOWER ONLY 
 DURING THE SAME EXCURSION. 
 
 Again, a division of labor takes place in gathering 
 honey from different kinds of flowers. A bee that com- 
 mences on the blossoms of the cherry-tree, never leaves 
 that kind of tree for any other, or for any flower, but 
 continues gathering the same kind of honey. So it is 
 with the bee that commences her labors on the apple or 
 pear-tree, &c. In the fields, also, the same flowers are 
 adhered to ; and the bee that gathers from the white 
 clover, does not alight on any other flower during that 
 particular excursion ! I have witnessed this singular 
 fact, when bees gathering from difierent flowers came 
 under immediate observation, and almost in contact with 
 each other ; yet there was no promiscuous gathering by 
 them. 
 
 SENTINELS. 
 
 The duty of guarding the hive against the intrusion of 
 enemies, is another feature in the division of labor. 
 
82 MINER S AMEKICAN 
 
 Come when you will to examine a family of bees, you 
 will ever find, at least, one or more sentinels on duty ; 
 unless it be in cold weather. If the entrance to the 
 hive be small, but a few bees act as guards ; but there 
 they stand, thrusting out their antennae towards any bee 
 that is suspicious ; and let a stranger approach, and 
 there is always some bee on the qui vive to arrest its 
 progress. These sentinels are as regularly relieved as 
 those of an army on duty. 
 
 THE WONDERFUL OPERATIONS OF VENTILATING BEES ! 
 
 Last, not least, is the duty of those bees, that in close 
 sultry weather, ventilate the hive, by causing a current 
 of air to be put in motion, by the vibration of their 
 wings. It has often been a matter of surprise with some 
 people how bees can exist in hives densely populated, 
 and having but a very small entrance, that often appears 
 to be entirely closed by the numerous bees around it, 
 when man finds it difficult to find air for free respiration, 
 during the sultry weather of summer ; and such per- 
 sons have supposed that the bee requires little or no air 
 to successfully prosecute its labors within the hive. If 
 such people could witness the indefatigable labors of a 
 large portion of such famiUes of bees, that night and day 
 toil without cessation, to renovate and purify the air 
 within their hives, their minds would soon be changed, 
 and if they were bee-keepers, measures would at once be 
 taken, to admit a little of the pure air of heaven, that is 
 so very essential to their welfare. I cannot better illus- 
 trate this subject than to give my observations, in a sin- 
 
BEE-KEEFGR S MANUAL. OS 
 
 gle case, of the ventilation of a hive by the bees, in my 
 own apiary. 
 
 Having a swarm lodged _in a hive that I felt particu- 
 larly anxious should prosecute their labors speedily, in 
 consequence of its being an ornamental domicil, and it 
 being quite late in the season when the swarm was put 
 therein, (22d June,) contrary to my custom, the 
 weather being cold, or rather not warm, for the season, 
 I let the hive down in close contact with the stand, only 
 allowing a few small holes for the egress and ingress of 
 the bees, in order to facilitate the internal heat of the 
 hive. The weather suddenly changing from moderate 
 to extremely hot, the bees clustered in large numbers on 
 the outside of the hive, and their labors seemed almost 
 suspended. On opening the door to the hive, that ad- 
 mitted a full view of all the inside, through a pane of 
 glass, the bees having but partially filled it with combs, 1 
 there had a fair and full opportunity to witness the 
 manner in which the bees renew the air of their hives 
 by the vibration of their wings. On the' bottom-board 
 of the hive were arrayed files of bees in platoons, as 
 regularly arranged as an army on parade, all with their 
 heads the same way, and keeping.up a constant motion 
 of the wings. They were stationed in rows from front 
 to rear, thus giving the laboring bees, that went forth to 
 the fields, an opportunity to pass. in and out with the 
 least possible inconvenience ; since the avenues between 
 the rows of ventilating bees converged to a focus at 
 the rear of the hive, at which point the bees had built 
 down their combs near to the bottom ; and hung there 
 
84 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 in a cluster around their works, and resting on the bot- 
 tom-board ; and at this point, the bees took their depar- 
 ture, when leaving for the fields, first running along the 
 lanes, or avenues aforesaid, to the point of egress ; and 
 those entering, pursuing the same pathway. Being 
 anxious to know what result the letting in of a plenty 
 of pure air, would have on the bees engaged in venti- 
 lating, I raised the hive on all sides, three-eighths of an 
 inch, and supported it by small blocks at each corner. 
 I then looked into the hive, through the glass door, and 
 saw after a minute or two, the bees commence leaving 
 their stations by degrees, until every column of bees, 
 engaged in renewing the air, disappeared ! 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 BLACK BEES. 
 
 There is a class of bees denominated " black bees," 
 that occasionally appear, and which have caused much 
 speculation among apiarians — some even denying that 
 such a class do ever exist. That such black bees do 
 sometimes appear, is beyond all question; yet many 
 years may pass with the apiarian, without appearing in 
 
bee-kekper's manual. 85 
 
 sufficient numbers to be observed. They are of the 
 same size as the ordinary workers, differing in nothing 
 relative to their organic structure, that can be perceived, 
 the only difference being the color, which is a jet black. 
 Huber states that a war of extermination is waged 
 against them, and that they meet a violent death in the 
 same manner that drones are expelled and slain ; but 
 this does not coincide with my observations, nor with 
 the observations of any other apiarian, as far as my 
 knowledge extends. 
 
 These black bees, when they do appear, which is sel- 
 dom, are only seen in the summer season, and then in 
 very small numbers. They do not appear to take so 
 active a part, in the labors of the family, as the ordinary 
 workers, and sometimes they seem to do little or nothing. 
 Where they cOme from, or by what cause they become 
 black, has never been shown. Huber thought that they 
 came forth from the cells black, but it is far more rea- 
 sonable, to suppose them to become black from age. 
 We know that the very young bee, is of a light grey 
 color ; and a few days exposure to the atmosphere turns 
 its color to a darker hue, and old age may cause some 
 bees to become entirely black, at the season of the year 
 when such bees appear. Man's locks turn white with 
 age — some much more than others ; and why may we 
 not suppose that age will also change some bees to a jet 
 black, since we positively know, that time does gene- 
 rally give them, in all cases, a darker hue ? 
 
CHAPTER VII. 
 
 POLLEN, OR BEE-BREAD. 
 
 Every bee-keeper knows what bee-bread is ; yet every 
 bee-keeper does not know all in regard to this substance, 
 that ought to be known. Bee-bread is the pollen, farina, 
 or dust of flowers, that is gathered by the workers in 
 the baskets, or cavities of their legs — the yellow sub- 
 stance that is carried into the hives so abundantly, in 
 the spring of the year. Bee-bread is the food of the 
 larvae, or young brood ; and the most abundant gather- 
 ing of it takes place in the spring, when the breeding 
 season is at its height. But this commodity is stored 
 up at all seasons, it being a substance that is not in- 
 jured by age. In the morning, when the dew is on the 
 flowers, the bees are engaged at this labor, because the 
 dampness of the farina packs better upon the cavities of 
 of their legs, and also that at this period of the day, no 
 honey can be gathered. Here is wisdom ! — Man plans 
 his work no better. The bee gathers farina, also when 
 the honey season is past, and when it is not wanted for 
 immediate use. The wants of the following season are 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAX. 87 
 
 cared for, even when the gatherers are extinct, for few 
 live to use the following season, that which is gathered 
 the season preceding. 
 
 BEE-BREAD INJURIOUS WHEN STORED IN SURPLUS 
 aUANTITIES. 
 
 The gathering of bee-bread at all seasons, though 
 showing forth the indefatigable industry of the bee, is 
 attended sometimes, with serious consequences to the 
 general prosperity of the family. It is in this way : — 
 Bees being ever prone to labor, will sometimes gather 
 a large surplus of bee-bread, taking up the room of the 
 hive for years, when there is no possible necessity for its 
 use. The cells that ought to be used for honey and 
 brood, being filled with this substance, lessen the gene- 
 ral prosperity of the. bees, as a matter of course ; and in 
 consequence of this superabundance of farina, the bees 
 require changing from old to new hives, about every 
 four or five years, even if no other cause existed for a 
 removal, which is not the case. 
 
 COLOR OP BEE-BREAD DIFFERENT COLORg KEPT DISTINCT. 
 
 Bee-bread is generally yellow, but it may often be 
 seen of a pale reddish hue, and at other times of a slate 
 color. The colors of this substance, as generally gath- 
 ered, appear to be about the same throughout the world. 
 No change takes place in its hue after being gathered, 
 but it is found of these colors in the nectaries of flowers. 
 A singular circumstance in the packing of this substance 
 in the cells, is worthy of notice. No two colors are ever 
 
88 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 found in the same cell ! How the bees are enabled to 
 keep each color separate arid distinct, is beyond our pale 
 of knowledge ; yet it is but in keeping with their gene- 
 ral habits, and regulations in labor. 
 
 HOW FED TO LAEV^. 
 
 How this farina or bee-bread is fed to the larvae is 
 another mystery — that is, whether it be given dry, and 
 in its original state, or whether it be compounded with 
 other substances ? No man can ever say of his own 
 knowledge, from ocular demonstration, that a combina- 
 tion of different substances does actually take place; 
 yet collateral evidence does exist, showing plainly that 
 water is used in preparing it for use, if nothing more. 
 Water and honey are the only things that apiarians have 
 imagined were compounded with it. 
 
 CELLS ONLY PARTLY FILLED WITH POLLEN. 
 
 Another singular circumstance attends the packing 
 of bee-bread ; it is this : — The cells are never filled be- 
 yond about two-thirds of their depth ! The remaining 
 space is either left unoccupied, or it is filled with honey. 
 When there is a lack of room to store honey, these bee- 
 bread cells are filled with that substance. Some apia- 
 rians have supposed, that the cells are but partially filled 
 with farina, because a covering of honey is necessary to 
 protect it and keep it in good condition. This does not 
 appear to be the case, since a great proportion of the 
 combs containing farina, are generally found to have no 
 such covering of honey. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 89 
 
 The cause is probably this :— the bees in traversing 
 the combs, require a foothold convenient, and perhaps 
 quite necessary. In filling the cells two-thirds, or per- 
 haps, three-quarters full, the bees leave a footing; 
 whereas, if every cell were filled to its fullest capacity, 
 of farina and honey — the honey-cells being sealed over, 
 the bees would undoubtedly find difficulty in passing 
 over the combs with the requisite facility. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 WATER AND ITS USES. 
 
 Writers on the management of bees have hitherto 
 given no elucidation of the necessity of bees having 
 water within their convenient reach, beyond the simple 
 assertion, that they either should have water placed 
 daily in pans near the apiary, or that they should be 
 situated near to some stream, lake or river of fresh wa- 
 ter. What the effect would be to have no water within 
 the ordinary range of their flight, has never been shown ; 
 perhaps for the reason, that an apiary cannot be placed 
 where the bees cannot find fresh water in some place, 
 within the range of their flight, unless it be in a desert. 
 
90 MINERS AMBEICAN 
 
 Even the wells of the neighborhood frequently afford all 
 the water that is required, from the drippings of the 
 bucket, or from the troughs that often stand beside 
 them. 
 
 I have often seen bees around my own well, in great 
 numbers, extracting the moisture from the outside of the 
 bucket, or arranged along the gently-sloping sides of a 
 trough, that I had placed there expressly for them. Bees 
 do not like to descend the vertical sides of a bucket, or 
 of any other vessel to obtain water ; because there is 
 danger of falling in ; but a sloping, shallow trough, the 
 sides of which form an angle of from 30 to 45 degrees 
 with the horizon, suits them much better. 
 
 HOW FURNISHED TO BEES. 
 
 Every bee-keeper should either afford his bees a sup- 
 ply of water at his pump, or well, or place a shallow 
 vessel near the apiary, filled with small stones about 
 the size of a pigeon's egg, in order to give a resting 
 place for the bees, and the vessel then to be filled with 
 fresh water every morning, unless there be a stream of 
 fresh water near, in which case, both modes might be 
 dispensed with. A tin baking pan, about an inch or 
 more deep, is very suitable. Should no stones be put 
 into the pan, many bees would be drowned. I have even 
 known many to be drowned, in cool spring weather, when 
 the stones in the pan were so large, as to admit of spaces 
 or surfaces of water only two inches across ! One 
 would suppose that so small a space as this, would be 
 overcome by the bees at once ; and when losing a foot- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 91 
 
 hold, and falling into the water, they would paddle across 
 to the stones, and soon take wing again ; but such is not 
 the case in cool weather, such as we generally have from 
 March to June. In very warm weather, fewer bees 
 under the same circumstances would perish ; yet water 
 is so benumbing to them, at almost any season, that 
 when once immersed they seldom recover, unless as- 
 sisted by man, in placing them in some warm, sunny 
 place to dry. 
 
 EXPERIMENTAL EVIDENCE OF THE USE OF WATER. 
 
 I will now relate what came under my observa- 
 tion, at my own apiary last spring, (1848,) relative to 
 the use and necessity of water in the labors of the 
 bees. 
 
 Early in April I placed a tin-pan, filled with small 
 stones, on a bench near my hives. .This pan held 
 about a pint and a half of water, when filled with stones. 
 Every morning I filled it with fresh water — sometimes 
 with rain water, and at other times with well water, as 
 it happened to be. I then noted the daily use made of 
 this water by the bees. I had, at that time, but fifteen 
 hives ; yet I found that the pan did not hold enough for 
 them, by once filling every morning. Some days it 
 would be emptied before evening, and on other occa- 
 sions, the quantity was sufficient for them. 
 
 SINGULAR DISCOVERY IN REGARD TO THE USE OP 
 WATER ON VERY WINDY AND WET BAYS. 
 
 I particularly noticed a very singular circumstance 
 
92 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 in regard to the quantity of water taken on very windy 
 days, and also on wet, drizzly days, when the bees could 
 not go to the fields. During such days as the winds 
 were so high, that the bees could not safely go abroad — 
 and we had a few such — the bees crowded around, and 
 into the water pan, in three-fold the number they did in 
 ordinary mild, pleasant weather. My apiary had recently 
 been removed to a high and exposed situation, where the 
 winds had a fair sweep ; and on one or two days during 
 the month of April, the winds blew so hard, that the 
 hair on a man's head, almost, I think I may say, re- 
 quired to be held on. I had erected a board fence on 
 the most exposed sides of my hives, to be let down, 
 when the high spring winds had subsided ; and the 
 water-pan being within this enclosure, the bees could 
 approach that without feeling the effects of the blast that 
 swept past them without the yard. 
 
 It was on the occasion of the prevalence of such high 
 winds, as before stated, that the bees finding it impossi- 
 ble to go forth to the fields, without being in danger of 
 being dashed to the ground, that they turned their atten- 
 tion to the use of watei', to an extent far beyond what 
 they were ordinarily accustomed to use. 
 
 THE USE THAT BEES MAKE OP WATER. 
 
 Here is a question to be solved, viz : — what use did 
 the bees make of this large quantity of water on those 
 windy days ? One would suppose, that when the gene- 
 ral labors of the bees were suspended, that no water at 
 all would be required. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 93 
 
 The solution of this question, in my opinion, is this : 
 Bees are wise insects, with a natural instinct that goes 
 far ahead of the brains of man, in many cases. I mean 
 to say, that a large portion of mankind do not possess 
 the genius to adapt means to ends, so well as the little 
 puny honey-bee, so far as its ramifications of domestic 
 economy extend. This being the case, as I presume 
 will be admitted, by all persons acquainted with their 
 general labors, it follows, that the bee studies economy 
 of labor ; and when the fields can«ot be explored, such 
 labor as can be performed, to advance the general pros- 
 perity of the family, is undoubtedly attended to. 
 
 The agriculturist,, when driven from the fields by the 
 storm, says : — " come boys, let us see what is to be done 
 within doors — our potatoes are to be cut, and prepared 
 for planting ; or fodder for the cattle and horses should 
 be got ready ; the straw cut," &c. 
 
 Now, the bee acts on precisely the same principle. 
 Water is used in compounding the bee-bread, and fitting 
 it for the young bees. In the spring, when the weather 
 is cool, a few days' consumption can safely be made in 
 advance, and it is thus that I account for the more 
 abundant use of water on such occasions, as do not ad- 
 mit of the usual labors of the family being performed. 
 
 WATER USED IN WET WEATHER ABUNDANTLY. 
 
 Not only in windy weather, but also in rainy weather, 
 do bees make use of a more abundant supply of water 
 than usual. I have noticed almost the same rush to the 
 water-pan, on a damp day, when it did not rain enough 
 
94 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 to keep the bees confined to their hives, that took place 
 on a windy day ; even when every plant and leaf was 
 studded with rain-drops. I was somewhat surprised, 
 that the bees should take the water from the pan, when 
 it could be obtained in a thousand other places with the 
 same facility. The same reason that caused the greater 
 use of water in windy weather, led to the use of it more 
 abundantly in wet weather ; and the reason why the 
 bees preferred the pan to other places, in obtaining it in 
 wet weather, I presume is, that the liability to get wet 
 IS more when alighting in promiscuous places, when 
 everything is wet, than when alighting on the stones in 
 the pan. 
 
 DECREASE AND FINAL TERMINATION OP THE USE OF 
 WATER. 
 
 The use of the water from the pan continued through 
 the months of April, May, and a part of June, when a 
 great decrease took place in the use of it ; and this de- 
 crease in the use of water was coeval with the decrease 
 in the production of larvm. Finally, in July the bees 
 frequented the water-pan so little, that I considered it 
 useless to fill it daily, and omitted to pay any further 
 attention to it. 
 
 That the bees use water in preparin^;he food, (fa- 
 rina, or bee-bread,) for their young, is apparent, from 
 the fact, that when breeding declines, the use of water 
 diminishes. 
 
 Now, from the foregoing remarks, it appears that 
 water is a much more important article in the economy 
 
bee-keefeb'b manual. 95 
 
 of the bee, than it has hitherto been considered to be ; 
 and how far the bees are benefitted in their general 
 prosperity, when they have an easy access to it in the 
 spring, is impossible to truly define ; yet there is no 
 doubt that they are greatly benefitted thereby. The 
 case that came under my observation, as above stated, 
 shows that the time was. not lost when too windy or too 
 wet to go forth to the fields ; but it would have been 
 lost, had there been no water placed, especially for the 
 use of the bees, in close proximity to the apiary. 
 
 A CLOSE FENCE AROUND THE APIARY NECESSARY 
 IN CERTAIN CASES. 
 
 It is clearly shown in the foregoing remarks, that 
 where the apiary is placed in a high situation, where the 
 winds meet with nothing to break their force, a board 
 fence around it is indispensable — not too near, but suf- 
 ficiently so to break the force of the winds. Had I not 
 had such a protection, the bees could not have come out 
 for water, on the aforesaid windy days ; therefore, let 
 every bee-keeper, having a large apiary, afibrd his bees 
 a pan of water in April, May, and June ; and those 
 having fewer hives should do the same ; unless the bees 
 can get water in the immediate vicinity. 
 
CHAPTER IX 
 
 SALT— HOW TO. BE USED. 
 
 Various are the benefits ascribed to the use of salt, 
 by the bee-keepers of our country, who profess to have 
 no further knowledge of bees, than that which has been 
 taught them from tradition, or from such experience as 
 they have had in the management of bees, which 
 amounts to letting them take care of themselves, and if 
 they live — well — if they die — it is the same. This is 
 about ail the knewledge, that the majority of the bee- 
 keepers of the world over possess. 
 
 SALT PUT UNDER THE EDGES OF HIVES. 
 
 Salt, say these sapient bee-keepers, should be placed 
 under the edges, and perhaps under the whole hive, as I 
 have seen many instances, to prevent the moths enter- 
 ing I This is a perfect fallacy. No quantity of salt 
 ever yet kept a moth out of the hive- The moth is a 
 winged insect, and enters the hive, without coming 
 in contact with this salt, even if there were a peck of it 
 there. The moth alights on the outside of the hive, — 
 runs in through the entrance, on the upper side gene- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 97 
 
 rally, and turns directly upward,, without touching the 
 bottom-board at all. When the worms are produced 
 from this winged moth, they creep down the side of 
 the hive, and search for a hole or crevice in which to 
 wind up in a cocoon, from which a winged moth is- 
 sues in a few days, to take its turn at entering the hive, 
 if it can. The salt placed under the corners, or edges 
 of hives, as tradition recommends, from time immemo- 
 rial, will keep the worms from winding up in a cocoon, 
 under the edges. -of the hive, where this salt is placed, 
 but the worms have only to crawl entirely out of the 
 hive, and in most cases, they will find a convenient crack 
 or nook to suit their purpose, close at hand. Hence, it 
 follows, that so long as these worms can fiftd any place 
 about the hive, to wind up in, the salt placed under the 
 hives is of little or no use, since a moth leaving its 
 cocoon a rod from the hive, is just as able to gain ad- 
 mission, as one emerging from a cocoon directly under 
 the hive ; for, if the bees are not strong enough in num- 
 bers, to protect themselves in the one, they ,are not 
 in the other case. Even if a place cannot be found to 
 wind up in above ground, these worms will go below the 
 surface of the earth for this purpose ; but it is a last resort, 
 or forlorn hope for them, in such cases, and few winged 
 insects are produced by them in such instances. The true 
 policy of bee-keepers is, to keep everything so snug and 
 close around their hives, as to preclude the possibility ol 
 the worms finding any winding-up place ; then place 
 salt under the hives, and a good result will follow. It 
 is a very difficult thing to place hives in such a position, 
 
98 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 that no winding-up place shall be afforded to moth- 
 worms ; yet it can be effected, and I will hereafter show 
 how it can be done. This chapter is on the use of salt, 
 and I cannot inform you at this place, but I will do so, 
 when I come to a subject to which the construction of 
 bee-stands, &c., legitimately belongs. 
 
 SALT NECESSARY FOR BEES. 
 
 The question, " is salt necessary for bees ?" is asked 
 a thousand times annually, in every State in the 
 Union. That is, is it of any benefit to place a lump of 
 salt within their reach ? 
 
 I answer it is. My reasons are simply these : Every 
 thing in animate nature, that seems to desire the taste of 
 salt, it is beneficial to. The cow and the sheep can 
 hardly do without it, as well as many other animals ; 
 and it seems to be necessary, in a greater or less degree, 
 to all animated nature. The dung-hill fowl craves it to 
 such an extent, as to jeopardize its life by partaking of 
 too much, when an opportunity occurs. I once lost 
 about twenty young fowls, in consequence of emptying 
 into the barn-yard a pork barrel which contained a few 
 quarts of salt ; and I also lost a favorite pet canary 
 bird, by allowing it to come out of its cage, and peck 
 the salt standing on the dinner-table. But bees will not 
 hurt themselves by the use of salt. A lump placed near 
 the hives, under cover, will do no harm, and since the 
 bees will occasionally partake of it, we should judge, 
 that it is best to give it to them. 
 
 I do not consider it of much consequence, whether 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 99 
 
 salt is given to bees or not. I have stated my own 
 views on the subject, and leave the matter to the option 
 of the reader, or bee-keeper, to use it, if he pleases. 
 
 CHAPTER X 
 
 PROPOLIS. 
 
 Here again, we broach a disputed subject, viz ; — 
 whether propolis is a natural or a manufactured sub- 
 stance ? It makes no difference to us, in the prosperity 
 of our bees, to know whether it is the one or the other ; 
 yet we all have an inkling of Yankee inquisitiveness to 
 know more than is absolutely necessary of every sub- 
 ject in which we feel an interest ; and methinks I hear 
 some curious "Jonathan" exclaim — "I wish I knew 
 what it's made of!" Well, perhaps you can guess. If 
 you can, you can do what has never yet been done. 
 
 But it may be well to inform the reader, what sub- 
 stance is meant by the term propolis. Propolis is the 
 glutinous substance, that is used by bees to fill all cracks 
 and crevices about the hive. It is much darker than 
 wax, the substance that the combs are constructed of, 
 and it is of a more adhesive, tenacious nature. The 
 quantity that a family of bees sometimes produce is 
 astonishing. 
 
100 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 I have some singular and interesting remarks to make, 
 on tiie use ^f this substance in particular cases, that 
 came under my own observation, which will come in 
 under the head of the " instinct" or " sagacity"' of bees. 
 
 hubkr's opinion on propolis. 
 
 Huber considered propolis to be a positive genuine 
 production of nature, and not manufactured, but col- 
 lected by the bees from the leaves and branches of cer- 
 tain shrubs and trees, the principal one of which, some 
 apiarians consider to be the tacamabac. 
 
 Ruber's opinion on this subject does not, by any 
 means, set the question at rest. Neither he nor any 
 other person, it is probable, ever saw the bees in the act 
 of gathering this substance ; nor even when gathered by 
 them, on their return to the hives to deposit their bur- 
 dens. The first appearance of this substance is at the 
 places where it is used,^nd since we never see the sub- 
 stance gathered, and know of no shrub, plant or tree, 
 that exudes any precisely such adhesive material, we 
 have no positive proof that it is a natural substance ; 
 still, it seems that it ought to be gathered from shrubs 
 or trees, since so many trees do send out an exudation 
 of analogous features ; but if obtained from trees, why 
 do we not witness the bees returning loaded with it, as 
 they do with pollen ? The fact that we do not see the 
 bees thus returning loaded with it, almost sets the ques- 
 tion at rest, on the score of its being a natural sub- 
 stance. 
 
 According to Huber, the bees have been observed to 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 101 
 
 I 
 
 draw out long threads of this viscous substance from the 
 exudations of trees, and to lodge them in the cavities of 
 their legs, and as soon as one bee had completed its load, 
 another bee was very conveniently at hand to continue 
 the same process, until a sufficient quantity had been 
 obtained. They then bagan to knead and work it like 
 an Irish laborer compounding a heap of mortar, and 
 when in a proper state of attenuation, they proceeded 
 to line and solder their cells. By the way — lining and 
 soldering cells with propolis, is not a branch of labor be- 
 longing to the architecture of the bee at all. Cells are 
 made perfect with wax alone, and Huber has here made 
 an assertion that proves him not to be entitled to what 
 has been awarded to him, viz : the reputation of being 
 an accurate apiarian. 
 
 PROPOLIS AN ELABORATED SUBSTANCE. 
 
 It is probable, however, that propolis is an elaborated 
 substance — to say that it is positively so, would be pre- 
 sumption ; for it is barely a possible thing, to discover 
 the bees in the act of producing it, even admitting that 
 they do make itj so impenetrable to the eyes of man is 
 much of their labors, when clustered in darkness. 
 
 Some apiarians consider it an elaborated substance, 
 of the same nature as wax — even wax itself, but a little 
 more colored; yet this hypothesis cannot be correct, 
 since wax and propolis are so different in tenacity and 
 color, that they cannot be one and the same thing. 
 If it be elaborated, and of a separate and distinct 
 nature, then arise difficulties as to the modus ope- 
 
102 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 randi by which it is produced; and here the ques- 
 tion must forever rest. The bees produce it when it is 
 required, but where they obtain it, or how they make it, 
 must be a secret not for man to unfold. Ruber's asser- 
 tion to the contrary, notwithstanding. 
 
 It has been asserted by apiarians of considerable dis- 
 tinction, that propohs is used in laying the foundation 
 of combs ; but this assertion is at variance with my ex- 
 perience. The first rudiments of new-made combs 
 have come under my observation so many times — even 
 the very first beginning of constructing combs, up to 
 every stage of their prosecution, that what my own eyes 
 have so often beheld, cannot be controverted by the 
 statements of all the apiarians of Europe, should they 
 declare that propolis is used to lay the foundation of 
 cells. I have ever found the first rudiments of cells, to 
 be composed of wax, the same substance that the entire 
 combs and cells are composed of — not the slightest dif- 
 ference in construction and color, could I ever discover. 
 
CHAPTER XI 
 
 WAX. 
 
 Wax is the substance of which the bees construct 
 their combs. This is not an elementary or natural sub-' 
 stance ; but it is produced by elaboration. The most 
 universally-acknowledged theory of the production of 
 wax is, that it is an exudation from the abdomen of the 
 bee, through the openings of the scaly rings which com- 
 pose that portion of the honey-bee, and that honey is 
 the only original substance from which it emanates. 
 This is Iruly a wonderful theory, and without a perfect 
 knowledge of the economy of the bee, relative to comb- 
 making in particular, one might be justified in casting 
 ridicule upon it ; but when we take into consideration 
 all the circumstances attending their labors, in this de- 
 partment of their duties, we find abundant evidence that 
 honey is the original substance from which wax is pro- 
 duced, and that its elaboration takes place within the 
 bee, coming forth in strings of pearly whiteness. 
 
 HONEY AND POLLEN THE ONLY SUBSTANCE THAT BEES 
 GATHEE. 
 
 The only material that bees are known to gather is 
 
104 miner's ameeic'an 
 
 honey and pollen. No other substance was ever seen 
 to be brought in by them ; and the consequence is, that 
 wax is either made of one or the other of these two sub- 
 stances. There is no mistake on this point. Now, let 
 us consider what ground we have for supposing that 
 wax is formed from pollen or bee-bread. Firstly : pol- 
 len is only known to be placed in the cavities of bees' 
 legs — not taken into the stomach of the bee, in its ori- 
 ginal state at all. Secondly : pollen is known to be the 
 food of the larvae, and the manner of gathering this arti- 
 cle shows conclusively to most apiarians, that this is 
 its sole use. 
 
 APIARIANS CONTEND THAT WAX IS MADE OF POLLEN. 
 
 There are a few apiarians who contend that wax is 
 elaborated from pollen, but I consider, from iSie perusal 
 of their arguments, that a desire to contend with higher 
 authorities, has influenced them in the promulgation of 
 their theories. 
 
 Pollen is gathered in the months of April, May and 
 June, in the largest quantities. At this season breeding 
 is at its height, and consequently more of this substance 
 is required. In some hives, during these months, comb- 
 making is carried on extensively; for instance, when 
 ihe bees commence labors in the supers or chambers of 
 their hives, or in cases in which the whole interior of 
 their permanent domicil is not yet filled with combs ; but 
 in no instance did I ever know of a family of bees gath- 
 ering a particle more pollen on account of such comb- 
 
bbe-keepkr's manual. 105 
 
 building, or working in wax being carried on, and I 
 have given the subject my most faithful attention. 
 
 I now affirm, that a hive well filled with combs and 
 bees, having no extra room for wax-working, may be 
 placed along side of a hive, having the same number of 
 bees, but the hive only half filled with combs, and the 
 pollen gathered by the bees of the hive that is filled. with 
 combs, shall even exceed the quantity that is gathered by 
 the bees of the other hive, which shall be vigorously 
 working in wax in filling their domicil with the usual 
 combs. Now, if pollen were the constituent principle 
 of wax, the case would be reversed, and more pollen 
 would be gathered in the hive but partially filled with 
 combs, than in the full one. 
 
 POLLEN ADMITTED TO BE A COMPONENT PART OF ORDINARY 
 BEES-WAX. 
 
 Again, pollen being a di-yer substance than wax, and 
 containing but few adhesive properties as it is brought 
 into the hive ; and the color of wax always being white, 
 while pollen is of various hues, seems to put the question 
 at rest, proving that wax must be made from some 
 other substance. It is true, however, that pollen forms 
 a part of wax ; when the combs are immersed in boiling 
 water for the purpose of extracting it, the pollen then 
 gives it its yellow hue ; but ordinary bees-wax is quite 
 a different substance from that which is used to build 
 combs, and the difference arises from the fact that pol- 
 len composes a large proportion of this latter substance, 
 when prepared for market ; whereas, ihe original sub- 
 5* 
 
106 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 Stance used in comb building, is wax in its purity ; and 
 this original wax is much superior to ordinary bees-wax, 
 for the purposes for which this latter substance is used. 
 Combs, when first built, will melt down to pure wax, 
 without any waste from impure substances, and it is 
 much whiter and better in every respect, than ordinary 
 wax sold in the market. 
 
 BEES, WHEN SWARMING, GO LADEN WITH HONEY. 
 
 When a swarm of bees issue from a hive, it is a well- 
 known fact, that they carry with them as much honey 
 as their honey vesicles or bags will contain. I have 
 often known the boxes in the chambers of my hives to 
 be emptied of their contents, during the night previous 
 to the issuing of swarms from the same hives. When 
 this circumstance is noticed in the morning, viz : the 
 emptying of the cells of the supers or boxes in the cham- 
 bers suddenly, it is a sure sign that a swarm will go off 
 on that day, if the weather continues favorable ; yet it 
 is not an easy matter to make such a discovery, since 
 the bees remain closely packed in the chambers, up to 
 the very moment of sallying forth. 
 
 The object of the bees in thus going forth laden with 
 honey is, to have wherewith to sustain life for several 
 days, and thus be prepared to withstand any unfavorable 
 change of weather that might intervene before a supply 
 of provisions could be secured. Like the traveller who 
 starts on a journey across some desert waste, not only 
 taking provisions for the journey, but also taking a sup- 
 ply to provide against any reasonable contingency that 
 
bee-kekper's manual. 107 
 
 may retard his progress to the land of plenty whither he 
 is bound. 
 
 A FEW BEES JOIN THE SWAEM WITH PELLETS OF FARINA. 
 
 When the swarms thus issuing from their tenements 
 are hived, perhaps a dozen or more bees may be among 
 each emigrating family that carry with them from the 
 old hives, pellets of farina. That there are any bees 
 among them with such pellets, is a matter of chance 
 merely ; for it often does happen, that not a solitary bee 
 thus laden goes off with the swarm. 
 
 NO POLLEN GATHERED THE FIRST DAY OR TWO AFTER 
 . SWARMING. 
 
 Now, the bees, in most cases, commence comb-build- 
 ing within an hour after being settled in their new home, 
 and during the first day, at least, no pollen is brought 
 in ; still, if the bees be dislodged after twenty-four hours, 
 large sheets of new combs will be found constructed. 
 The question then is, what do the bees make these new 
 combs of? It cannot be pollen, for the quantity of that 
 substance carried along with the issue of the swarm, 
 would not construct a half-dozen cells at most, and 
 more likely not a single cell. Nothing except honey is 
 brought into the hive during the first day or two ; still, 
 the comb-making goes on the most rapidly from the be- 
 ginning. It follows, of course, that honey is the elemen- 
 tary principle of wax. 
 
 CHEMICAL CHANGE OP HONEY TO WAX. 
 
 The chemical change that honey undergoes in the 
 
108 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 Stomach of the bee produces it in its proper state for 
 working. I saj chemical change, for the reason that the 
 honey being probably combined with some other fluid 
 natural to the body of the bee, and both substances ex- 
 posed to a gentle heat, produce virtually and truly a 
 chemical change. Nor is it in the power of the bee to 
 stop this chemical change, if the honey remain in the 
 vesicle over a certain length of time, say over four or 
 six hours. No person, to my knowledge, has ever be- 
 fore ventured to make this declaration ; yet, if we look 
 properly into this subject, we are forced to this conclusion. 
 How often have bees commenced the construction of 
 combs upon the branch of the tree where they clustered 
 on swarming, on occasions when they have been neg- 
 lected by their owner, or have not been discovered by 
 him ! The bees certainly must know that they could 
 not exist in such situations l^ng, and it would be con- 
 trary to their well-known habits iji the economy of labor, 
 and their wonderful instinctive wisdom, to build combs 
 where they could be of no use, if they could avoid so 
 doing. 
 
 I do not say that the bees cannot possibly avoid build- 
 ing combs under such circumstances ; yet I say this ; 
 that if the honey-bee fills its honey-bag with honey, and 
 finds no place in which to store it within a certain time, 
 under twelve hours at most, the honey thus placed in the 
 vesicle of the bee, undergoes a chemical change, over 
 which the bee has no control ; — that the new chemical 
 substance, which is wax, exudes through the scales of 
 the abdomen, that lap over each other like the scales of 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 109 
 
 a fish, and is taken therefrom by the bee, in threads or 
 strings, and at once made into combs, or it is cast away. 
 That such exudation is ever cast away by the bees, we 
 have no evidence ; yet they can cast it away if they 
 please, consequently, I cannot say that the bees cannot 
 avoid making combs when their hcney-vesicles have 
 been filled. There are instances in which bees are 
 known to remain twenty-four hours in a new hive, with- 
 out working at all in wax ; but in such cases, it is pro- 
 bable that they were not provided with any more honey 
 than just enough to sustain life. 
 
 EXPERIMENT SHOWING FURTHER PROOF THAT WAX IS 
 PRODUCED FROM HONEY. 
 
 In order to show more conclusively that wax-working 
 is carried on, without the use of pollen, or of any sub- 
 stance except honey. I wi)! narrate an experiment that 
 took place last October. 
 
 I had a couple of weak swarms that had gathered no 
 honey beyond their daily supply, and had built but a 
 few short combs. Their numbers were so small that I 
 had no hopes of their being able to survive through the 
 winter. On going to the apiary on a pleasant day, 
 about the 20th of October, I was surprised to see a 
 swarm of bees in the air. They soon clustered and 
 formed a bunch about the size of a quart measure. I 
 found this to be one of the weak swarms before men- 
 tioned, that had left its original tenement for some un- 
 certain destiny. 
 
 I took a new clean hive, and having, with the aid of 
 
110 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 melted bees-wax, fastened a few pieces of clean, new 
 combs in the hive, and saturated them with honey, I then 
 hived the bees, and set the hive in a new location, and 
 fed them plentifully with pure honey. The next day, 
 another swarm deserted, of the same character ; leaving 
 a little brood and no honey. I hived them also, pre- 
 cisely in the same way, and fed both swarms with as 
 much pure honey as they could consume, or carry 
 away. I found that both swarms began to build combs 
 rapidly, it being very warm weather for the season ; but 
 not a solitary pellet of farina was brought into the hives, 
 as I could discover ; and none being in the combs that 
 I fastened in myself, how can it be possible that wax is 
 formed from any other substance than honey ? I think 
 my own experiments have settled the question, in con- 
 nection with the general economy of the bee in wax- 
 working, that has come under my own observation — 
 that is, so far as my own opinion on the subject is con- 
 cerned, but lest some of my readers should still require 
 further proof, I will now give the experiments of the 
 " Prince of apiarians" on this subject, as a quietus. 
 
 THE EXPERIMENTS OF HUBER, SHOWING THAT BEES WORK 
 IN WAX WHEN CONFINED, AND FED ON HONEY OR 
 SUGAR ONLY. 
 
 He says : " The existence of the organs before de- 
 scribed, and the scales seen under different gradations, 
 induce us to believe them appropriated for the secretion 
 of wax. But in common with other animal and vege- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. Ill 
 
 table secretions, the means by which this is accom- 
 phshed appears to be carefully veiled in nature. 
 
 Our researches, by simple observation, thus being ob- 
 structed, we felt it essential to adopt other methods for 
 ascertaining whether wax actually is a secretion, or 
 collection of a particular substance. 
 
 Providing it were the former, we had first to verify 
 the opinion of Reaumer, who conjectured that it, came 
 from an elaboration of pollen in the stomach, though we 
 did not coincide with him in the opinion that bees then 
 disgorged it by the mouth. Neither were we disposed 
 to adopt his sentiments regarding its origin ; for, like 
 Hunter, it had struck us that swarms, newly settled in 
 empty hives, do not bring home pollen, notwithstanding 
 they construct combs, while the bees of old hives, 
 having no combs to build, gather it abundantly. 
 
 We had, therefore, to learn whether bees, deprived of 
 pollen for a series of time would make wax, and all that 
 is required is confinement. 
 
 On the 24th of May, we lodged a swarm which had 
 just left the parent stock, in a straw hive, with as much 
 honey and water as necessary for the consumption of the 
 bees, and closed the entrance so as to prevent all possi- 
 bility of escape, leaving access for renewal of the air. 
 
 At first, the bees were greatly agitated ; but we suc- 
 ceeded in calming them by carrying the hive to a coal- 
 dark place, where their captivity lasted five days. They 
 were then allowed to take flight in an apartment, the 
 windows of which were carefully shut, and where the 
 hive could be examined conveniently. The bees had 
 
112 MINEe's AMERICAN 
 
 consumed their whole provision of honey ; but their 
 dwelling, which did not contain an atom of wax when 
 we established them in it, had now acquired five combs of 
 the most beautiful wax suspended from its arch, of a 
 pure white, and very brittle. , , . ^ 
 
 We did not bxpect so speedy a solution of the pro- 
 blem ; but before concluding that the bees had derived 
 the faculty of producing wax from honey on which they 
 fed, a second experiment, susceptible of no other expla- 
 nation, was necessary. 
 
 The workers, though in captivity, had been able to 
 collect farina ; while they were at liberty, they might 
 have obtained provisions on the eve, or on the. day 
 itself of their imprisonment, and enough might have 
 been in the stomach or on the limbs to enable them to 
 extract the wax from it that we found in the hive. But 
 if it actually came from the farina previously collected, 
 this source was not inexhaustible; and the bees being 
 unable to obtain more, would cease to construct combs, 
 and would fall into absolute inaction. 
 
 Before proceeding to the second experiment, which 
 was to consist in prolonging their captivity, we took 
 care to remove all the combs they had formed in that 
 preceeding. Buernens made them return to their hive, 
 and confined them again with a new portion of honey. 
 
 The experiment was not tedious. From the evening 
 of the subsequent day we observed them working in 
 wax anew ; and on examining the hive on the third day, 
 we actually found five combs, as regular as those they 
 had made during their first imprisonment. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 113 
 
 The combs were removed five times successively, but 
 always under the precaution of the escape of the bees 
 from the apartment being prevented ; and during this 
 long interval, the same insects were preserved and fed 
 with honey exclusively. Undoubtedly, the experiment, 
 had we deemed it necessary, might have been prolonged 
 with equal success. On each occasion that we supplied 
 them with honey, they produced new combs, which puts 
 it beyond doubt that this substance effected the secre- 
 tion of wax in their bodies, without the aid of pollen. 
 As the reverse of the preceding experiment would prove 
 whether the pollen itself had the same property, instead 
 of supplying our bees with honey, we fed them on no- 
 thing except fruit and farina. They were kept eight 
 days in captivity, under a glass bell with a comb, having 
 only farina in the cells ; yet they neither made wax, nor 
 were scales seen under the rings. Could any doubt 
 exist as to the real origin of wax ? We entertained 
 none." 
 
 Huber also tried the result of feeding on sugar, in- 
 stead of honey, while the bees were confined. The 
 bees produced wax sooner, and in greater abundance, 
 than when fed on honey. 
 
 A. pound of refined sugar, reduced to a syrup, and 
 clarified with eggs, produced 10 drams, 52 grains of 
 wax, darker than that extracted by the bees from honey. 
 An equal weight of dark brown sugar produced 22 
 drams of very white wax — the like came from maple 
 sugar ; that is, two ounces and three-quarters was the 
 
114 bee-keeper's manual. 
 
 greatest quantity of wax obtained from a pound of 
 sugar. 
 
 Having now given the reader a brief view of the pre- 
 liminary features of my subject, I think he is enabled 
 to advance to the more interesting part of the work, and 
 to fully understand the merits of the case. I say " to 
 advance to the ^ more interesting part, &c. — I mean to 
 the practical apiarian, whose sole object is not amuse- 
 ment. 
 
PAET SECOND. 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 A CONSIDERABLE portion of this work will now be de- 
 voted especially to the practical management of bees. 
 Every person who is at all acquainted with the writ- 
 ings of the present day on the honey-bee, will bear me 
 out in the assertion, that there is a perfect vacuum in 
 this, the most important branch of bee-culture. 
 
 Where can the apiarian put his hand on a work that 
 throws aside the shroud, that like a dark pall, hangs over 
 the practical management of bees ? It is true, that the 
 world is well supplied with works professing to dis- 
 cuss this subject in all its ramifications ; but we look 
 and look in vain for aught save the stereotype opinions 
 and thoughts of a few master-spirits, who have given us 
 large volumes illustrating the physiology and natural 
 history of the bee, but when we ask, "where are the 
 rules laid down for the practical management of bees ?" 
 echo answers, "where ?" " How is this," exclaims one. 
 
116 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 "' There are Thacher, Weeks and Townly, who have 
 published works on the management of bees, in our own 
 country ; and there are Dr. Bevan, Bagster and Huish, 
 whose works have circulated here, to some extent — 
 what are these ? I thought everything that the bee- 
 keeper could desire to know, could be found in these 
 works ?" My dear sir, have you read these works ? If 
 you have not, go and read them. You will find nothing 
 to satisfy — ^nothing to fill the void, on the true practical 
 management of bees, that seems to be so much desired. 
 
 Almost the whole vast schedule of works on the 
 honey-bee extant, in the English language, seem to be 
 a stereotype re-echo of each other's sentiments and theo- 
 ries. Huber, the hlind apiarian, bears off the palm, and 
 he is indeed original. He could affirm his discoveries, 
 and his servant could swear to them. Here is one ad- 
 vantage in being blind ; therefore, if any one hereafter 
 wishes to raise his name to the pinnacle of fame, let him 
 become blind, and then employ a servant to verify his 
 theories, and his name will be immortalized. 
 
 "The art of managing bees in this country is probably 
 as little understood as any other branch of rural econo- 
 my ; that is, so far as profit, health and productiveness 
 are concerned. 
 
 It is generally supposed, that bees require little or no 
 care, and if they prove unproductive, or are destroyed 
 from the ravages of the bee-moth, it is a mere matter of 
 chance, wholly beyond the control of the owner. 
 
 This is a gross error. The same care and expense 
 that a farmer bestows on his pigs or his poultry, would 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 117 
 
 produce much larger profits if bestowed on the culture 
 of his bees. But bees are not to be looked after or 
 cared for. When their owner passes the hives, he barely 
 condescends to look at them, as if they were crying out, 
 " noli me tangere !" — Stand off! — Keep your distance, 
 ^ir !" This is not right. Every bee-keeper should cul- 
 tivate a better familiarity with his bees, and know at all 
 times their condition and their wants. The time neces- 
 sary for doing this is CQmparatively trifling. 
 
 Indeed, the cultivation of bees may not only be made 
 a source of moderate profit in all cases, but when pro- 
 perly attended to, a fortune might be accumulated from 
 the labors of this insect alone ! 
 
 CHAPTER XIII 
 
 HIVES. 
 
 During the last twenty years, many new and useless 
 bee-hives have been palmed off on the ignorant and too 
 confiding bee-keepers of our country. Men who have 
 had sufficient brains to devise some new plan and style 
 of hive that did not before exist — who never understood 
 !a single principle of the management of bees correctly, 
 have, by dint of unblushing falsehood and impudence, 
 
118 miner's amekican 
 
 bled the bee-keeping community pretty freely. There 
 seems to be a greater cloud of darkness hanging over 
 the management of bees, than over any other branch of 
 rural economy. Every new-fangled "patent" hive that 
 is brought along, is represented as the ne plus ultra of 
 improvement, and the very acme of perfection ; and the 
 lesson that is so glibly recited by their venders, of the 
 wonderful and astonishing merits of their inventions, 
 often causes one to become duped again and again, 
 until he gives up in despair, and returns to his first love 
 — the simple hox and brimstone management of ages 
 past. 
 
 I have an instance of the deplorable effects of confid- 
 ing too freely in the pretentions of a patent hive vender, 
 in the case of a neighbor, who went to a great expense 
 in building bee-houses, which he filled with hives from 
 an apiarian of the city of New York, at an enormous 
 cost, and now where are they ? From six hives pro- 
 cured several years ago, he has only one now remaining, 
 and when I last saw that one, " solitary and alone," 
 throwing out an occasional pale, sickly bee, in quest of 
 food, while the air of my premises was literally " vocal 
 with music," and the furious dashing whiz that resound- 
 ed about my ears as I approached them, giving indica- 
 tions of power, vigor and prosperity : — I say, when I 
 saw this great difference, in positions only a few rods . 
 distant, I was grieved that darkness should yet hover 
 over the apiaries of thousands who seem indifferent to 
 their success, or rather consider success as a matter of 
 chance rather than of science. 
 
bee-keefkr's manual. 119 
 
 size of hives. 
 
 The first desideratum with the apiarian is, the proper 
 dimensions of hives. As the builder in rearing his edi- 
 fice, sees that its foundation is firmly laid, that the super- 
 structure may not be impaired; so does the apiarian 
 look to the correct size of his bee-hives, that his subse- 
 quent labors may not prove in vain, in the management 
 and culture of his bees. 
 
 Notwithstanding the enquiry has been abroad through- 
 out all Christendom during centuries, in regard to the 
 true shape and size of bee-hives ; yet we stand in the 
 same position that we did a hundred years ago, relative 
 to this important question. Every bee-keeper has his 
 size and shape, and no one is able to set the question at 
 rest. We find hives from the little box of six inches 
 square, made expressly for very small swarms, up to 
 almost any dimensions, even to the size of a barrel. 
 There seems to be a perfect chaos existing in the minds 
 of men on this subject, or rather, that every man's views 
 on this subject, are so vague and undefined, that a cha- 
 otic confusion is the general state of public sentiment 
 on this very important branch of bee-culture. 
 
 Now, can any one reasonably suppose that there is 
 no solution to this query ? Does any one presume, that 
 a small hive or a large hive ; a short hive or a long hive, 
 is all the same ; making no difference at all in the gene- 
 ral prosperity of the apiary 1 No one can thus think, for 
 it is contrary to the general principles of common s,ense ; 
 yet bee-keepers, to a great extent, act on this principle. 
 
120 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 and fill their bee-gardens with every manner of hive, 
 throwing all system to the winds. 
 
 As I look upon this subject, there must be a right 
 size, and a wrong size — a right shape, and a wrong 
 shape. But the grand question is, what is the right size 
 and shape ? There's the rub ! Who can answer ? In 
 my opinion, every bee-hive in the United States should 
 be of a certain size and shape. 
 
 SPACE NECESSARY FOR SWARMS. 
 
 The queen is able to produce a certain number of 
 larvae, or brood, in a season. She requires a certain 
 area of space in which to deposit her eggs, and more 
 than enough is worse than useless. Like the coat upon 
 one's back, a close fit is required ; beyond, or short of 
 this, is either ruinous, or highly disadvantageous. 
 
 It is true, that some queens are more fertile than others 
 — even the same queens produce more larvae some sea- 
 sons than in others. This is quite natural, since a bee 
 is liable to be affected by various vicissitudes of life, as 
 well as any other animate being. But admitting this, 
 we then wish to know what space is necessary to af- 
 ford an average area for a queen's use, giving, as a 
 general rule, as much room as can be used, and at the 
 same time leave no waste space ? 
 
 NUMBER OF WORKERS ADVANTAGEOUSLY EMPLOYED. 
 
 Again, how many workers can -be employed in the 
 same hive to advantage ? There is an answer to this 
 — a definite answer ; yet I never beheld the subject 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 121 
 
 mooted, as well as many other important questions, 
 touching the management of bees, in any work pub- 
 lished in either Europe or America. 
 
 The case lies simply here : — you may put a queen 
 into a hive suited to her requirements, and you may then 
 give her just as many workers as she ought to have ; 
 that is, the number that will readily construct the re- 
 quired complement of combs, and have the various 
 branches of labor pertaining to the family all progress- 
 ing harmoniously, without any branch being retarded, to 
 the detriment of other branches. You may then add to 
 this specific number of bees that constitute just enough, 
 a few more thousand, and you derange all their labors, 
 by an excess of laborers. Every one knows, that when 
 a body of mechanics are at work on any kind of employ- 
 ment, and as many are thus employed, as can conveni- 
 ently find room to labor in, that if another body of men 
 be thrust in to aid them, that instead of being an aid to 
 them, they would actually retard the work. So it is 
 with a family of bees. When once a family have 
 enough laborers, more are worse than useless, and they 
 retard the labors of the family, by crowding among the 
 combs, and also farther injury is done, in consuming the 
 stores in a greater ratio to their increase, than when the 
 proper number of bees only occupy the hive. 
 
 A LACK OF WORKERS DISASTROUS TO THE FAMILY. 
 
 The same, or rather equally disastrous effects follow 
 the lack of a sufficient number of bees to perform the 
 necessary labors of the family. The queen requires 
 
122 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 some five or six combs, about twelve inches square, in 
 which to deposit her eggs ; and on taking possession of 
 a new^hive, on swarming, she requires these combs as 
 soon as they can be constructed. If the swarm be 
 small, these combs are not built until the season is so far 
 past that they are of little use, and the chances are, that 
 they are not built at all. Some four or five segments of 
 combs, of about half the usual size, are all that are built 
 generally. In these combs the queen finds but a small 
 portion of the space, that she would use, as a receptacle 
 of her eggs, if she had the necessary room ; and even 
 what space she has, under such circumstances, cannot 
 be devoted to the young brood, since the sparseness of 
 the laborers of her family calls for so many to be con- 
 stantly abroad, that but a very few remain at home ; 
 consequently, the necessary heat to develope the brood 
 cannot be generated, and the queen knowing this, will 
 only deposit a few eggs in the centres of such few combs 
 as she has, and do the best she can. In such cases, the 
 queen may confine her laying to two or three places, 
 where the most warmth can be generated, of about the 
 size of a tea-cup, when, if she had a hive full of combs, 
 and workers enough, she would cover some five or six, 
 or more combs, twelve inches square ; and produce more 
 bees in one month in this way, tljan in a year, as before 
 stated. 
 
 The only way for such families, short in numbers, to 
 make up their complement, is to await another season, 
 when, taking time by the forelock, they will have the 
 usual numbers by midsummer. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 123 
 
 In the foregoing case of a superfluous number of bees, 
 it is not advisable to give more room, for the reason, that 
 when we determine what is the exact size of a bee-hive, 
 we should adhere to that size in all cases. 
 
 EFFECTS OF TOO SMALL AND TOO LARGE HIVES. 
 
 Various are the reasons for making all hives of the 
 same size. If we make them too small, the bees are 
 more liable to perish from the effects of an unfavorable 
 winter, and from the ravages of the bee-moth, in conse- 
 quence of the weak condition of the family. The queen, 
 in such cases, as before stated, is curtailed of her neces- 
 sary room, and not as many bees will be produced ; and 
 and whatever operates as a check to the production of 
 larvae, is a fatal error in the management of bees. 
 
 If we construct our hives too large, the bees will re- 
 quire two years to fill them ; and the natural increase 
 by swarming is much lessened, and, in some cases, en- 
 tirely prevented for a series of years. Hives of this 
 character are those made about fourteen inches in diam- 
 eter, by about fifteen or eighteen inches in length. Such 
 a size I consider to be entirely at variance with the na- 
 tural requirements of the bee. 
 
 On the other hand, hives made about a foot in diame- 
 ter, by six or eight inches deep, or eight or ten inches in 
 diameter, by a foot in length, I consider equally fatal 
 to the prosperity of the bees. Such hives do not afford 
 the area of combs that a queen requires ; and hence, 
 she is debarred the opportunity of giving that increase, 
 that she otherwise would. Such small families do not 
 
124 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 winter as well ; as it has been thoroughly tested, that 
 strong stocks winter better, and consume less honey 
 than weaker ones ! This may appear strange to those 
 who are unacquainted with this subject ; yet it is true, 
 for the reason, that the bees are less exposed in 
 strong stocks, to the various winter changes of weather, 
 to which our climate is subject. 
 
 A few warm days in winter will put the whole of a 
 small stock in motion ; whereas, a strong one is much 
 less affected ; and when a family of bees is once aroused 
 from their lethargy, they consume double the quantity of 
 honey that they do when in a state of quietude. But 
 setting this matter entirely out of the question, there are 
 yet good reasons for having larger hives. When bees 
 are placed in hives adapted to their natural wants, 
 giving no excess of room, nor curtailing the use of such 
 space, as they actually require, they then cast off their 
 first swarms of such numbers as nature teaches them 
 are best adapted to prove prosperous ; and it matters not 
 how large your hive may be, if a swarm be cast, which 
 is seldom with families in large hives, it will not be in 
 proportion to the size of the hive, but in accordance 
 with the laws of nature, governing the bee. 
 
 Now, to come to the point, with as few words as pos- 
 sible, and do justice to my subject, I will say, that I have 
 found, from many years of close application to the,;4pa- 
 ture, economy, and general management of bees, that 
 hives about one foot square in the clear ; that is, in the 
 inside, conform more to the natural habits and acquire- 
 ments of bees, than any other size. 
 
bee-keepek's manual. 125 
 
 the instinct and nature of the bee unchangeable. 
 
 There is not a solitary feature pertaining to the do- 
 mestic honey-bee of the United States, that is not found 
 just as fully developed in Siberia, Russia, China, Africa, 
 Greenland, or in any other part of the world. Kingdoms 
 may perish, and the giant oak may thrive amid the ruins 
 of cities now teeming with life and gaiety, but the in- 
 stinct and wisdom, and natural habits of the little bee, 
 implanted in hercensorium from the beginning of the 
 world, will stand as immutable as the great Creator of 
 all. Not all the art and genius of man can teach the 
 bee one jot or tittle of knowledge beyond what God has 
 given the impress of! Nor does she need man's wis- 
 dom. Perfect in every work, she stands forth an exam- 
 ple for man, at least in^her habits of industry. In her 
 architecture, no man can imitate her. From her un- 
 changeable course, that has marked her career since the 
 creation of the world, no power on earth can cause her 
 to deviate. The folly of man is now busy in prescribing 
 limits, in forcing her to act contrary to her wonted na- 
 ture, or rather surrounding her with useless contri- 
 vances, to force from her what nature has not bestowed 
 upon her, in great and extraordinary labors and products 
 of the mellifluous juices ; but it is all time spent in vain. 
 The honey-bee is capable of doing just so much, when 
 she has wherewithal to do with ; and it requires no 
 stimulus from man to bring her to her task. All that 
 man can do, is to give her a tenement suited to her 
 wants, and if the fields afford honey, she will gather it. 
 
126 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 There is no such thing as laziness with the bee. Far 
 more depends upon the bee-pasturage and season than 
 upon anything that man can do ; yet we have our part 
 to do also, and it is only by a proper attention to our 
 duties, that the bee is protected in her labors, that result 
 in her own prosperity, and to our own advantage. 
 
 RESULT OP THE AUTHOr's EXPERIENCE IN LARGE HIVES. 
 
 In 1842 I had a few hives made 12 by 18 inches in 
 ■the clear ; that is, 12 inches wide, and 18 inches long. 
 In speaking of the size of hives, I refer to the body of 
 the hive for the dwelling of the bees, without any regard 
 to what are termed supers* for storifying. I found that 
 it took the bees two seasons to fill my large hives ; and 
 when filled, they did not swarm at all some seasons ; for 
 the reason, that however great the quantity of bees may 
 be in a hive, in the summer and fall, they dwindle away 
 before spring, to a certain quantity ; and thus leave a 
 vacant space at the bottom of the hive, of some six 
 inches or more, to be filled up with the increase of 
 spring ; while smaller hives are full, and are throwing 
 off" swarms in profusion. Here lies the philosophy of 
 adapting the hive to the natural wants of the bee. I 
 will illustrate this point by a supposable case. 
 
 An apiarian places a swarm of bees in a hive, say 14 
 inches in diameter, by two feet in length ; the bees might 
 possibly fill the hive with combs, the second year, but 
 
 * Supers are such hives, or boxes, as are placed above the regu- 
 lar hive, and receive the surplus gatherings of the bees, aad may 
 be removed at pleasure. 
 
BEE-KEEPEtt's MANUAL. 127 
 
 swarming is entirely out of the question with a family of 
 bees in such a hive. The increase of every succeed- 
 ing year would disappear before the following spring, or 
 rather numbers equaling the increase ; since all the 
 bees existing in hives in the spring of the year, save the 
 queen, were the young of the preceding summer and fall. 
 Now, ten years have past, and this hive is in precisely 
 the same condition that it was in nine years ago. Not 
 a solitary swarm has ever issued therefrom. Ten gene- 
 rations of bees have existed, nine of which are past 
 away. 
 
 We now pass to what would have been the result, if 
 said swarm had originally been put into a hive about 12 
 inches square. 
 
 The second year, a swarm would have issued, without 
 doubt, and perhaps two ; but we'll say one, in order to 
 be on the safe side, as it is not my intention to give an 
 over- wrought picture in anything I that may discuss. We 
 will now take the very reasonable, and low estimate, of 
 one swarm from every stock, every season, and count 
 up how many would be the result at the end of ten years. 
 The second year, 2, in all ; the third year, 4 ; the fourth 
 year, 8; the fifth year, 16 ; the sixth year, 32; and so 
 on — the tenth year showing five humdeed and twelve 
 families from a single swarm ! ! ! In this calculation, we 
 allow no drawbacks to the prosperity of the bees, such 
 as destruction by the bee-moth, &c. ; yet the usual cas- 
 ualities attending the culture of bees, I contend, can be 
 almost, if not wholly prevented by proper management. 
 So confident am I, that 512 families of bees can, in ten 
 
128 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 years be produced from a single swarm, that I should not 
 hesitate to enter into heavy bonds, (the uncertainty of 
 life considered,) to produce that number, or forfeit the 
 whole actually produced. 
 
 512 stocks of bees are worth, at least, five dollars per 
 stock, amounting to the enormous sum of $2,560, while 
 the same swarm, from which so vast a profit arises, if 
 placed in too large a hive, at the end of ten years, is 
 worth but the paltry sum of #5, with no increase ! I 
 leave the reader to his own reflections, on the wretched 
 management of bees, as too generally practiced in every 
 part of the country. 
 
 HIVES DIMINISHED IN LENGTH. 
 
 In regard to my large hives, I saw the fallacy of such 
 dimensions, and concluded to try the experiment of 
 cutting them off, nearly filled with bees as they were, 
 which I performed with a common hand-saw; the man- 
 ner of doing which, was as follows : — 
 
 It was in the month of April, that I performed the 
 operation. I ought to have done it in February or 
 March, but the idea did not occur to me, until those 
 months had past. On a cool morning, I examined my 
 hives, and found a vacant space of about six inches at 
 the bottom of each hive, unoccupied by bees. I then 
 set them, one at a time, on a table with the bottom- 
 board up, in close contact with the hive, giving the bees 
 no opportunity to escape. Having my saw put in prime 
 order, and having secured the table against a sup- 
 port, to render it firm, I was then ready to operate. 
 
bee-keeper's MANUAL. 129 
 
 Here allow me to say, that a man's success in almost 
 any undertaking, depends upon his calmly surveying the 
 whole ground, and foreseeing this or that result before 
 he gets through; and being fully prepared and commen- 
 cing aright. Had I taken a dull saw, and commenced 
 this operation without securing my table ^^rmZy, I should 
 have probably failed in my attempt ; besides, by some 
 mishap, perhaps I might have been mortally stung. 
 These are small matters, it is true, yet in all of our ope- 
 raticms with bees, it requires a nicety of calculation and 
 philosophic view of the case ; that we may coolly per- 
 form our task, and know what effect every move we 
 make will have upon that insect, so tenacious of her 
 rights. 
 
 Having marked off the part of the hive to be cut 
 asunder, and having made niches on the corners of the 
 me in order to set in the saw the more easily, I cut 
 fently on one side, until I felt the saw perforate the combs. 
 I then placed small wedges in the seam at the corners, 
 and commenced on another side ; when this side was 
 also sawed through, I inserted wedges as before, and so 
 on until I had completely cut the hives in two. The 
 bees did not seem to be molested much, if any. I then 
 took a small wire, about a yard long, and having wound 
 the ends around sticks, to serve as handles, I then drew 
 it gently and carefully across the combs, through the 
 aperture made by the saw, taking especial care to 
 have the wire sever them across the edges, rather than 
 the sides ; since that course would displace the position 
 of them less, and much less disturb the bees. Having 
 
130 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 cut the combs entirely off, nothing remained to be done 
 but to place the hive in its proper position in the apiary. 
 I allowed it to remain fifteen minutes, to quiet the 
 bees, and then went out and placed it in its position ; 
 and not a bee seemed to know that a change had taken 
 place in the size of the hive, so tranquil and' peaceable 
 were they. 
 
 The time had now arrived for the bees to sally out, 
 and I deferred the operation of another hive until the 
 following morning. I thus continued cutting one off 
 every morning, until all were finished. ,^ - 
 
 Thus, it will be seen, that if any of my readers should 
 have hives of a size that a portion of their length would 
 be desirable to cut off, the manner of accomplishing it 
 is easy. 
 
 After cutting off my large hive^, I found that they 
 contained no more bees than hives one foot square, that 
 I possessed; and those of that size actually swarmeffl 
 first, and had also swarmed the preceding season, while 
 my large hives had not cast a swarm for a period of two 
 or three years ! 
 
 This result renders it conclusive to my mind, that it 
 is folly for the apiarian to pay no regard to the proper 
 size of hives, or rather suppose that the size has but a 
 secondary bearing upon the prosperity of his, bees. The 
 size, sir, is everything; and until you learn this fact, 
 and act upon it, your time is spent in vain. 
 
 SMALL HIVES NOT APPROPRIATE FOR SMALL SWARMS. 
 
 Some apiarians consider that the hive should conform 
 
bee-kekper's manual. 131 
 
 to the size of the swarm ; rather than place small swarms 
 in ordinary hives, and allow the bees to remain therein 
 until they are filled by the natural increase of the family. 
 
 This is a great error ; but, say they who defend this 
 principle : — " A large family requires a large house, and 
 a small family, a small house." This is true of people, 
 but it has no bearing at all on the room suitable for a 
 swarm of bees, if future prosperity and gain are to be 
 taken into the account. 
 
 L|t us take a rational view of this question. So far 
 asHR mere comfort and convenience of the swarm is 
 concerned, during the first season, I admit that hives 
 of such size as the bees can just fill with combs, during 
 the first summer of their existence are best; but we 
 must look beyond the first year, if we expect the greatest 
 prosperity that is attainable. 
 
 In the first place, we must entirely discard the idea, 
 Rhat if a swarm be very large or very small, at the time 
 of issuing from the hive, its existence and prosperity in 
 succeeding years is thereby eifected. I say its existence 
 in succeeding years ; but I mean the existence of suc- 
 ceeding generations of the same original family; because, 
 no swarm of bees ever lived through two seasons. 
 
 In order , to more fully illustrate ;this point, we will 
 suppose that A has a very large . swarm issue from 
 one of his hives, say about double the usual numbers ; 
 and B has a very small swarm also issue, about half the 
 usual size. A obtains a hive of double the usual size, 
 for his swarm, and B looks about for a very small hive 
 for hfs swarm, to suit the bulk of it. 
 
132 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 The bees are hived and they go to work freely. At 
 the end of the season, A finds that he has a fine hive of 
 bees, with a good supply of honey for winter use, and 
 on raising his hive, he finds that it is about three-quarters 
 filled with combs. (If you give a large swarm double 
 the usual room, it is not generally all occupied the first 
 year.) B examines his little family and finds his little 
 hive full of combs, but from the weight of it, he con- 
 cludes that he'll have to feed the bees, in order to carry 
 them through the winter, and he begins to wish that he 
 had not been to the trouble of hiving them at ^^and 
 almost wishes that he had found them all dead ; since 
 the prospect before him, of feeding his little family, so 
 as to enable it to safely pass the winter looks cheerless 
 and forbidding. Well, the v/inter is past, and the genial 
 warmth of the sunny month of May, arouses the bees 
 to great activity. The medium-sized hives are throw- 
 ing ofi" swarms in profusion, and A wonders why hii 
 family in the large hive does not swarm ! " I '11 get a 
 rouser out of that hive when it does come," said A, one 
 day to a neighbor. He might well say, " when it does 
 come ;" for, if he had known anything about the science 
 of bee-management, he might have known that a swarm 
 would never be thrown off" from a hive of such unnatu- 
 ral dimensions. 
 
 A watched in vain for a swarm : — none^came off, and 
 on turning up the hive on the 1 0th of June, lo ! he dis- 
 covered that the bees had not added any new combs 
 to those built the season before, and there was yet a 
 large space of spare room unfilled by them. The 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 133 
 
 second, third and fourth seasons passed away, and A's 
 " rouser" had not made its appearance, and not a bee 
 more could be discovered in the hive, at the end of that 
 period, than he had at the commencement. 
 
 Now for B and his family, B expected one or two 
 good swarmg from his little 5 by 7 box, but he found the 
 young bees produced in this hive were few, compara- 
 tively, in numbers, and when every other family on his 
 premises had thrown off very large swarms, and some 
 ten ^i^s beyond this period had past, a little weak, 
 sick^TOoking swarm did issue from this small hive, and 
 B was sent for in great haste. After he had surveyed 
 it for a moment, said he ; " You can go. I'm not going 
 to fuss with another goose-egg swarm, and feed it, to 
 get it through the winter." He suffered the bees to 
 perish on the branch where they clustered. 
 
 Year after year past, and B derived no manner of 
 
 Jjtvantage from his little hive. It seldom swarmed, and 
 
 ^when it did throw one off, it was very late in the season, 
 
 and the swarms were so small, that they were seldom 
 
 hived. 
 
 The result of the foregoing imaginary cases, is pre- 
 cisely what would be the consequences, of such a course 
 of actual management. The swarm in A's hive could 
 not, with all its natural increase, so fill the hive in the 
 spring, as to be able to spare a single bee, since it is an 
 invariable principle of the bee, to never suffer emigra- 
 tion, while an inch of their domicil remains unfilled with 
 combs, and unfilled with bees. Let this remark be 
 deeply impressed on your minds, ye who know it not, 
 
134 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 and much time and anxiety in regard to the swarming 
 of your bees may be averted. 
 
 Had I been present when the aforesaid two swarms 
 of A and B issued, I should have advised them as fol- 
 lows : — 
 
 Gentlemen, by all means, put your bees into the regu- 
 lar-sized hives. Yours, Mr. A, is now large, and perhaps 
 3'ou may, during this very warm weather, think that a 
 common hive cannot possibly afford room for them ; but 
 you may depend upon it, that they will all find accomo- 
 dation therein. They appear to be more numeroraRhan 
 they really are, in consequence of the heat of the weather 
 causing them to extend in clustering, in order to allow 
 a current of air to pass through them. When hived, it 
 you find a large portion to cluster outside the hive, do 
 not be alarmed ; the first few cool days we have, will 
 drive every bee in, and next September you will ac- 
 knowledge that what I say is right. 
 
 And you, Mr. B, do throw that 5 by 7 box into the' 
 fire, I entreat you. It always gives me a fit of the ague, 
 to see the management of bees thus butchered, if I may 
 be allowed the use of that term. Do get one of your 
 foot-square boxes, and let them fill such a portion of it 
 as they can. They will not more than quarter fill it 
 this season, but, sir, next year, you will have as good a 
 stock of bees as any in your apiary. You may have to 
 feed this swarm a little in the fall ; for, small swarms 
 never do lay up much honey, but when the time comes 
 for feeding,! will inform you how you can, for twenty-five 
 cents, feed them enough in one day, to carry them safely 
 
bke-keeper's manual. 135 
 
 through the winter, and then you will have a stock that 
 will be worth something. 
 
 CHANGE FROM BARGE TO SMALL HIVES DECEPTIVE 
 
 APPEARANCES OF SWARMS, ETC. 
 
 When a bee-keeper is accustomed to use very large 
 hives, or the hollow trunks of trees, called gums in some 
 parts of the country, and in Virginia, in particular, the 
 swarms are sometimes somewhat larger than those issu- 
 ing f^m the proper-sized hives ; but, as I before stated, 
 if they pass certain dimensions in their hives, they sel- 
 dom get any swarms at all ; and when such large 
 swarms do issue, if the weather be very warm, the bees 
 extend so much, in order to allow the air ,to circulate 
 among them, when in a cluster, that it is thought impos- 
 sible to hive them in boxes 12 inches square. I have 
 been written to on this subject, from various parts of the 
 country, by those who have made use of hives that I 
 have recommended, and the complaint was, that their 
 swarms were so large that hives of my size could not 
 afford the bees room ; and in some instances, the bees 
 deserted them. To persons thus circumstanced, I 
 answer, that appearances are very deceptive sometimes 
 in hiving a swarm of bees. A moderate-sized swarm, 
 in a very warm day, appears much larger than it would 
 on a cool day ; and when a swarm enters a hive during 
 very warm weather the bees find the atmosphere within 
 insupportable, and a large portion of them are compelled 
 to cluster on the outside of the hive, until the combs are 
 so far advanced as to protect the interior of the hive to 
 
136 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 some extent. On such occasions, should the hive be 
 raised, it might appear to be filled with a solid mass of 
 bees, when, in reality, not half of an ordinary swarm 
 are there. The deception is produced by the bees 
 clustering on each side, within the hive, and then throw- 
 ing a sheet of bees across the bottom, connected with 
 festoons of bees from the top of the hive. In such 
 cases, almost the whole of the interior of the hive is an 
 open, unoccupied space. I have often witnessed this 
 delusion, and in nine cases out of ten, bee-keeper|jWOuld 
 suppose that the hive was filled to a perfect jam. This 
 case often occurs when a large body of bees cluster 
 outside ; and one would say that it was utterly im- 
 possible that the hive could afford sufficient room for the 
 whole family ; but let the weather change — let the wind 
 veer around to the north, and let the sun be shut out by 
 cold, damp clouds, and presto ! what a change ! Why, 
 a person not in the secret, would say positively, that 
 half of his bees had deserted their tenement ! Instead 
 of a hive full to overflowing, a snug, compact, moderate- 
 sized swarm, is closely formed in the top of the hive, 
 through which the white tips of a row of beautiful 
 pearly combs appear. 
 
 Bee-keepers should, in very warm weather, be particu- 
 lar in shading the hives of new swarms fully and effec- 
 tually, and in case of having swarms that appear to be 
 hard pressed for room, an abundance of fresh air should 
 be admitted at the bottom of the hive — even raise 
 it on blocks, at each corner, one inch high. This 
 proceeding will prevent the bees from clustering on the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 137 
 
 outside of the hive, and when the bees have been at 
 work about a week, the blocks at the corners may be 
 removed, and the hive lowered down to its proper po- 
 sition. 
 
 I cannot, however, Bly that cases may not happen 
 in which all of my prescribed rules will avail nothing. 
 I refer to cases where two, and even three different 
 swarms issue at the same time, and cluster together on 
 the same branch. In such cases, if the apiarian be not 
 present when the bees swarm, he very reasonably con- 
 cludes, that the whole mass is but one large swarm. 
 Hives 12 inches square are of no use in such cases ; 
 that is, for the whole of them together, neither is any 
 hive suitable for the whole of them. They should be 
 divided, and the way to do that will be developed, when 
 I come to a chapter on " swarming." 
 
 DR. Sevan's opinfon on the size of hives. 
 
 That no portion of my readers may think that I am 
 decidedly wrong in recommending hives so small as one 
 foot square, in the . clear, I here quote a few remarks 
 of Dr. Bevan, an English writer on the honey-bee, whose 
 work was re-published in this country some years ago, 
 and circulated to a considerable extent. 
 
 He says : " In a former edition of this work, a prefer- 
 ence was given to those of Keys, but subsequent infor- 
 mation and experience induce me to recommend their 
 diameter to be three-eighths of an inch less than his, 
 viz : eleven and five-eighths' inches square, by nine 
 inches deep in the clear." 
 
138 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 Here we have hives recommended more than one- 
 quarter less in size than those that I recommend. 
 
 I have had several of Dr. Bevan's hives, or such as 
 appear in his work, engraved, and I shall lay them be- 
 fore the reader ; not that I appRp^e of them at all, but 
 being the nearest approximation to hives in use in the 
 United States, and, perhaps, identical with many in use 
 in this country, I think it expedient to comment on their 
 qualities, in order to cover the whole area of my subject, 
 or so much of it as is practicable. 
 
 BEVAN S CROSS-BAR HIVE. 
 
 The above engraving represents what is termed a 
 cross-bar hive. The object of this kind of hive is to 
 guide the bees in their comb-building ; that combs may 
 be more regularly constructed, thus affording more 
 brood-combs than are generally built, when the bees are 
 left to themselves, and less irregularities in their archi- 
 tecture. It is intended, that the bees shall construct 
 their combs on the bars. The centre bars are placed 
 suitably for brood-comb, and the outside bars are wider 
 apart, and adapted to store-combs. This is all very 
 well, provided the bees will follow these bars ; but they 
 will not. They must have one or two guide-combs 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 139 
 
 attached, before they will follow the bars at all ; and 
 with this trouble on the part of the bee-keeper, not half 
 of the time, will the bees pay the least regard to the 
 bars, but will build combs directly across or transversely, 
 and every other way that can be imagined. 
 
 This kind of hive is entirely too complicated for gene- 
 ral use in this country, as well as scores of pthei' kinds 
 that I shall not condescend to notice. It is entirely 
 useless to attempt to introduce into general use, 
 any kind of hive, but such as is easily and cheaply 
 made, and that does not require an engineer to put in 
 order and oversee, as many of the gim-cracks of the 
 present day do. But a wise Providence has so ordered, 
 that the bee requires merely the simplest tenement. 
 Screens, ventilators, valves, &c., are but hindrances to 
 their natural prosperity, and the thousand and one com- 
 plicated inventions of the day ares but so many decep- 
 tive tricks of the astute and keen, to filch our pockets of 
 a few spare dollars. 
 
 I will let Dr. Bevan tell his own story relative to ad- 
 justing the bars, &c., of his hive. 
 
 He says : " The sides of the boxes should be an inch 
 thick, and have the upper edges of the fronts and backs 
 rabbeted out half their thickness, and half an inch deep, 
 to receive a set of loose bars upon their tops, which 
 should be half- an inch thick, one and one-eighth of an 
 inch wide, and seven in number. If the distances of the 
 bars from each other be nicely adjusted, there will be 
 inter-spaces between them of about half an inch. The 
 precise width of the bars should be particularly attended 
 
140 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 to, and also their distances from each other ; as any de- 
 viations in this respect, would throw the combs wrong, 
 particularly if that deviation gave an excess of room. 
 It would be better, therefore, for them to be somewhat 
 within the rule, than to exceed it by ever so littlej for 
 whenever the bees evince a disposition to depart from 
 the prescribed dimensions, its tendency is generally to 
 make the combs approximate. This has induced me to 
 have my boxes surmounted by bars varying a little in 
 their relative distance, thus : the three centre bars are 
 ..placed at the distance of only seven-sixteenths of an 
 inch from each other, while the rest gradually recede 
 from that distance, so that the two last inter-spaces on 
 either side of the box, are nine-sixteenths of an inch in 
 width. The same precision must be observed in the 
 length of the bars, as it is of great importance to have 
 them indiscriminately applicable to every box; and in 
 case the joiner should exceed the specified dimensions 
 of a box, the extra space must be thrown to its sides." 
 
 After these bars are adjusted, a cover is placed on the 
 hive, of the usual thickness, and screwed down, so as to 
 admit of being taken off at any time. Through this 
 cover, a hole may be made some three inches square, and 
 a super placed thereon, as in other cases. 
 
 He claims this advantage in this hive over ordinary 
 ones ; that at any time a leaf of comb may be withdrawn, 
 and in this manner the surplus honey is obtained, or 
 from the supers as may be desirable. Let those try this 
 hive who choose, it is not very expensive ; but I must 
 say, that I can see nothing valuable about it. 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 
 
 141 
 
 In regard to causing the bees to build their combs 
 with regularity, it is truly important to devise some 
 method to produce such a result, and the only effectual 
 method that can be practiced without trouble, will be 
 given when I come to speak of my own hives, or such 
 as were planned by me. 
 
 I condemn Dr. Bevan's hive, on account of its bars, 
 and also on account of its size. Put three inches more 
 on its depth and take out the bars, and it would then 
 answer the purpose very well. 
 
 SUBTENDED HIVE. 
 
 Here is a cut of a kind of hive that is in use to some 
 extent in this country. This is also from Bevan's work ; 
 and the size of each box is presumed to be the same as 
 the bar-hive, viz : eleven and five-eighths inches deep, 
 by nine inches wide. Through the two lower boxes, 
 holes about four inches square are cut, with a slide to 
 
142 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 shut off the opening when the supers are not placed in 
 position. The doors in front open to admit the apia- 
 rian to observe, through a pane of glass, the operations 
 of the bees. These glass windows may be dispensed 
 with, if one choose to do so. The opening or entrance 
 for the bees, as seen in front, was not in the original 
 drawing of this hive, in Bevan's work, but I have placed 
 it there as essential, as the reader will hereafter observe, 
 The glass windows may be in front or in the rear of the 
 hives, according to the desire of the apiarian. If the 
 hives be placed against a fence or wall, they should be 
 in front ; but should there be a passage-way between 
 the hives and such fence or wall, then the doors should 
 be on the backs of the hives, in order to observe the 
 labors of the bees, without the least disturbance of them. 
 There is a hive on this principle now in use in some 
 part of New Jersey, and perhaps in other States also, 
 with which some savan is deluding the good people, by 
 causing them to believe that it is original, and the very 
 best hive in existence, of course. 
 
 HOBBY OF A PORTION OF THE ITINERANT BEE-HIVE 
 VENDERS. 
 
 The hobby of a portion of the itinerant bee-hive ven 
 ders of the United States is, " an easy method of renew 
 ing the combs every third year." The idea has struck a 
 few of those geniuses, that in consequence of the difficulty 
 to the inexperienced bee-keeper attending the transfer 
 or change of families of bees, from old to new hives, 
 when the combs have become blackened- and vitiated 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 143 
 
 from several years' use, that if anything could be " got 
 up" that would obviate the necessity of such a change, 
 even if it ruined every other principle of correct man- 
 agement, money could be made by the operation, before 
 the bauble would burst. This, of course, is a gratuitous 
 assertion ; yet I may, perhaps, be able to " look as far 
 into a mill-stone," as any man. 
 
 TWO KINDS OP SUBTENDED HIVES. 
 
 There are two kinds of these " subtended " humbugs 
 now offered to bee-keepers in the vicinity of New York, 
 and to what extent they are used, I cannot say. 
 One kind is on the principle of the foregoing cut, as I 
 before stated, and the other only varies from the first, 
 in substituting drawers, that slide in and out in a frame. 
 The size of these drawers is somewhat smaller, I think, 
 than the boxes that are placed over each other ; yet the 
 principle is the same. 
 
 RULES FOR MANAGEMENT IN SUBTENDED HIVES. 
 
 The rules for managementan the foregoing hives, as 
 I have it from those bee-keepers whj have purchased 
 them is, that the bees are hived in the lower box, and 
 when this is filled, add a second, and if that be also 
 filled, then add a third box. If all be filled with 
 combs and honey, then at the proper season, the two 
 upper boxes may be removed, and the bees expelled 
 therefrom to return to the lower ' one, where the whole 
 family should pass the winter. This is all very well in 
 theory, and even in practice, the first and second years ; 
 
144 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 but we shall meet with this damper to our fond hopes, — 
 an ordinary swarm will not in one case in ten, go be- 
 yond the first box, during the first season, if they mea- 
 sure about nine inches by twelve. If they be smaller 
 than this, they will ascend to upper ones; but there is 
 ruin in hives under the above-named size, in the sequel, 
 as I think I shall fully show. 
 
 In speaking of swarms entering supers or boxes above 
 the one in which they are hived during the first season, 
 and working therein, I would observe, that in different 
 parts of the country, the labors of bees vary accord- 
 ing to the bee-pasturage about them. In a location 
 where the white clover {Trifolium repens) abounds pro- 
 fusely, as in Herkimer county, State of New York, and 
 some other great grazing counties, a swarm will produce 
 much more honey and wax, than on Long Island, where 
 the honey harvest is not so abundant. 
 
 We now return to our " subtended " hive ; and we 
 will suppose that three years have past, and we now 
 wish to change our stock or family, into a new tene- 
 ment, the old combs having existed long enough ; an- 
 other year, however, would not affect the prosperity of 
 the bees, according to my experience. 
 
 Well, how is this change or transfer to be made ? In 
 the first place, you remove the box containing the bees 
 far enough to admit of an empty one to occupy its posi- 
 tion. You then remove the slide of the empty one, and 
 set the/wZZ one over it. We will suppose that this ope- 
 ration is performed sometime during the month of April. 
 The bees soon begin to increase rapidly, and when the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 146 
 
 original box becomes crowded, they descend and com- 
 mence their labors in the lower one, having from the 
 beginning, to pass through the lower box, to and from 
 the hive. During the season, the lower one is filled 
 with combs and bees, and if the hives be quite small, 
 perhaps a third may also be filled, which may be 
 placed on the top, or the top one may be raised, when 
 two boxes only are in use, and the third placed in the 
 centre. • 
 
 October arrives, and the two upper hives may be 
 removed, and the bees driven out, which will return to 
 the bottom box, where they are to winter as before 
 stated. The honey in the two supers removed, is the 
 owner's gain. These supers may be removed before 
 October, even as early as the first of August, at which 
 time, the combs will be much whiter, and the honey 
 better. An empty box may then be placed on the first, 
 provided that the bees are crowded, and if any farther 
 harvest may be expected. In the vicinity of New York, 
 the honey-harvest is entirely past at this period, save 
 what little the bees may gather for their daily supply. 
 
 Now we come to the grand " hobby," — the great dis- 
 covery ! The bees are now in a hive with Tiew combs ! — 
 just what is desired, and no trouble at all ! No smoking 
 out ! No driving or whipping out ! The bee-keeper is 
 in extacies ! Presently comes along the great inventor 
 himself — " Mr. (Jenius, why, how do you do ? Let me 
 put your horse in the stable, and you come in and stay 
 with me, to-night. You must come. — ^John, put Mr. 
 7 
 
146 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 Genius' horse in the stable — brush him down — water 
 and feed him. 
 
 Mr. Genius passes the night with our extatic friend, 
 talks over the astonishing merits of his invention, and 
 when they part in the morning, Mr. Bee-keeper bids 
 him farewell, adding, "you're a lucky man, your for- 
 tune's made !" 
 
 A few days subsequent to this occurrence, a gentle- 
 man passing that y^ay, called at Mr. Bee-keeper's door 
 to ask the favor of a glass of cool water. Mr. Bee- 
 keeper was standing at his well, and had just raised a 
 bucket of water. " Certainly," replied he, " water is as 
 free as air." 
 
 " You have a fine apiary, sir, — some patent hives, I 
 presume." 
 
 " Yes, sir, and they can't be beat." 
 
 " Pray, sir allow me to examine them ; I have spent 
 much time in studying the history and economy of the 
 bee, and there is nothing that attracts my attention so 
 quickly as a bee-garden." 
 
 " With pleasure, come in, and I'll show you my ' sub- 
 tended' hive; — one of the greatest inventions of the 
 age!" 
 
 " I think I have seen the same kind before. If I mis- 
 take not, every third year you can change your bees 
 from old to new combs." 
 
 " Exactly so, sir ; and here's a hive changed in that 
 manner. Last spring the old combs of this hive were 
 as black as your bat, and now see, (turning up the hive,) 
 what beautiful white combs they have!" 
 
bee-keeper'3 manual. 147 
 
 " Just so, sir, but pardon my familiarity — there are 
 some things connected with this change, that will sooner 
 or later ruin your bees !" 
 
 " Ah ! (looking serious,) indeed ! Ruin the bees, do 
 you say ?" 
 
 " Yes, ruin them — destroy them — annihilate them 1" 
 
 " Mercy on me ! are you sure." 
 
 " Aye ! positive." 
 
 " Pray, sir, what is it ?" 
 
 " Look here ! (turning up the hive,) do you see these 
 thick, irregular combs." 
 
 "I do." 
 
 " You are aware that such combs are unfit for breed- 
 ing?" 
 
 " For breeding ? — why, yes — no, don't know as I am." 
 
 " Well, sir, not a solitary bee will ever be produced 
 in these combs. There are one, two, three, yes, three, 
 and perhaps four combs in this hive, that the eggs of the 
 queen may be deposited in. They are these thin, regu- 
 lar combs that you perceive in the centre of the hive, 
 which are called brood-combs. The others are store- 
 combs, and are only made for the reception of honey. 
 Next spring, the queen will do what she can to increase 
 her family ; but she must be restricted to three or four 
 combs, or parts of combs, for none of them appear to be 
 of a regular shape, as they should be ; and her increase 
 will not equal one half the number that she would pro- 
 duce, if she had a hive filled with the proper combs. 
 Where is the hive that they were in last season ?" 
 
 " Here it is, with the combs undisturbed." 
 
148 siiner's americav 
 
 " Now, do you perceive how regular each comb is 
 constructed, — ^just so far apart, and every comb about 
 one inch thick. Every comb here would be used by 
 the queen, and three times as many bees would be 
 brought into existence in this hive as in that. Here are 
 the drone-combs on one side, a little thicker than the 
 worker-combs. Let us examine the other hive. — Not 
 a single drone-comb !" 
 
 " Well, now, I will give up. I thought that I had got 
 a kind of hive that would be just the thing. Ah ! well, 
 it's of no use to try any of the new inventions, now- 
 a-days. I see, sir, what you say must be so — I see — I 
 see." 
 
 " Well, that is not all, sir, I'll lay a wager there is no 
 queen in this hive." 
 
 "No queen?" 
 
 " Aye ! no queen." 
 
 " What next ! — John ! John ! (calling at the top of 
 his lungs,) if you see old ' Genius' go past to day, tell 
 him I want to see him. Don't let him go past, anyhow. 
 Now, sir, be so good as to tell me — what was it ? Oh ! 
 the — the queen, that's it — the queen — No queen, did you 
 say ?" 
 
 "Exactly so. You see that these bees are not at 
 work bringing in pellets of farina, or what you call bee- 
 bread. That hive is not so. See how busy they are ! 
 There come half a dozen with farina at once; but 
 you see nothing of that here. The fact is, sir, that 
 when you took off the two upper boxes, the queen was 
 in one of them, and on being driven out of the box with 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 149 
 
 the rest of the bees, she was lost, not being accustomed 
 to going out lilie worlcers, she did not know the position 
 of the hive where she ought to have entered. Queens 
 are Hable to be lost in this way, since they go out but 
 once during life-time, and then they mark carefully the 
 appearance and position of their hive. She probably 
 entered the wrong hive and was killed by the queen be- 
 longing to it." 
 
 " Astonishing ! What a fool I am ! Are the queens 
 always in the upper boxes ?" 
 
 " Not by any means. The queen passes from one 
 box to another, and always makes it her home where 
 the greatest portion of brood-combs exist ; consequently, 
 she draws the most of the bees after her, if there be 
 room for them. The hive that you just showed me 
 filled with brood-comhs, she was in undoubtedly." 
 
 " But they say, that if a queen is Jost, it makes no 
 difference ; that the_bees will make another queen." 
 
 " That is true, if the bees have anything in the hive to 
 make a queen from. They want eggs or larvae under 
 four days old. There were both eggs and larvae in the 
 hive where she made her residence, without doubt ; but 
 it is very doubtful whether any were in either of the 
 other boxes, so late as October, when you drove out the 
 bees, and there would be no positive safety in perform- 
 ing that operation, even in August or September, for 
 the reason, that there would ever be the uncertainty of 
 having eggs or larvae as before stated; and if they 
 should happen to be left in the lower box, and a queen 
 should be made, then she is to be impregnated by the 
 
150 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 drones, and if no drones exist, how is that to be ef- 
 fected." 
 
 " I see ! I see ! You talk like a book. I've been 
 humbugged, and no mistake I" 
 
 The reader will excuse the foregoing digression from the 
 regular train of my remarks on " subtended" hives, since 
 an illustration of this kind is often more forcible than 
 can be given in any other manner. 
 
 The "subtended" hive that I was speaking of, having 
 drawers, operates in all its ramifications like the hive 
 just described. 
 
 CASE IN WHICH TWO OR MORE BOXES MAY BE USED. 
 
 I have no objections to the use of two or three boxes 
 together, provided that the lower one be about one foot 
 square in the clear ; in which case, as many boxes above 
 as you please may be used ; but one is as many as will 
 be filled generally, and not even that in many parts of 
 the country, if it contain over twenty or twenty-five 
 pounds of honey. I hear of two hives, or boxes, each 
 one foot square, being used in the western part of the 
 state of New York, near Buffalo, with success. The 
 family winters in one, and in the spring it is supered by 
 the empty one which is generally filled full during the 
 season, affording from forty to sixty pounds of honey. 
 
 I disapprove of transferring the family by a change of 
 boxes, in order to place the stock in hives with new 
 combs, as before illustrated. This course, I contend, is 
 absolutely ruinous to the prosperity of the bees, in 
 placing them in hives filled with combs, not at all 
 
dee-keei'er's manual. 151 
 
 adapted to breeding ; and where the natural increase of 
 the bees is prevented, the prosperity of the family is at 
 an end. My method of effecting this change is by 
 driving out, and it is attended by no difficulty whatever, 
 and I consider it the only way that it can be done safely. 
 
 REMARKS ON SUPER AND NADIR* HIVING. 
 
 The reason why the combs built in a box placed un- 
 der or above the main hive, are not fit for a permanent 
 residence of the bees, is, that the bees in ascending into 
 a super, look upon such space in the light of a stoi-e- 
 room, and the combs built in such places are almost 
 always thick, and especially adapted to the storage of 
 honey ; being constructed in all manner of thickness and 
 shapes. The same may be said of hives placed under 
 the family to a certain extent. There is not so great a 
 deviation from regular brood-combs, in hives placed un- 
 der, as in those placed over the family ; yet the devia- 
 tion is enough to render such hives unfit for a permanent 
 abode. The bees, when originally hived, are actuated 
 by certain fixed principles in the construction of their 
 combs, — the production of brood-combs always being the 
 most prominent, since their prosperity lies wholly in the 
 certainty of a rapid and extensive increase. But when 
 bees are driven from their usual habitation into hives 
 immediately connected therewith, or rather, when such 
 extra, room is afforded them, they take possession of it, 
 and if there be a surplus population in the main hive, a 
 portion of the bees will commence comb-building in 
 * A hive placed under the stock. 
 
152 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 such extra space tendered them ; and, as I before stated, 
 they will regard such room as a space for laying up their 
 winter stores ; paying but little regard to the form and 
 thickness of their combs, and disregarding the building 
 of brood-combs, in some instances entirely. This is 
 perfectly natural, and proper that they should do so; 
 since the idea that their home, or main tenement, is to 
 be taken away, and they driven out, never enters their 
 craniums. Having already constructed all the brood- 
 combs that the queen can use, what necessity have they 
 for more ? The' regular drone-cells, so important to the 
 welfare of every family, or of its descendants, in supers 
 and nadirs are disregarded. It is true that their store- 
 combs are built in cells otthe ordinary size of drone- 
 cells ; but they are not suited to the raising of drones 
 by any means. Some of said combs measuring three 
 inches in diameter, while a regular drone-comb is not far 
 from one inch thick. There may be instances in which 
 the combs in a nadir may be built with considerable re- 
 gularity ; yet to trust to such for the purpose of giving 
 bees a change of combs, once in three or four years, is a 
 mistaken fallacy. 
 
 Again, we are subjected to the loss of the queen, as I 
 have already shown ; and I was recently informed by a 
 gentleman, who had practiced this method of change, on 
 his being made acquainted with my objections to the 
 plan, that he had no doubt that he had destroyed the 
 queens to his hives, in the aforesaid manner, several 
 times ; but that he should never have known what the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 
 
 153 
 
 difficulty was with them, had not my remarks opened 
 his eyes to the true state of the case. 
 
 BOX-HIVE AND SUPER. 
 
 Above I give a cut of a hive well suited for general 
 use ; and especially for the use of those bee-keepers who 
 have not the means to construct hives, that do not come 
 within the most economical prices. This hive is made 
 of pine boards, one inch thick. The lower section is 
 entirely separate from the upper one. Its dimensions 
 are twelve inches square, in the clear. The top board, 
 or cover, projects a little to render it easier to carry, 
 when filled. A couple of sticks, about a half an inch 
 thick, are crossed in the hive, running from the comers 
 to each opposite corner, and put in the centre of the 
 hive, or as near it as may be. The same may be said 
 of every other hive here described. 
 
 Nothing remains to be done now but to make the ap- 
 7* 
 
154 miner's ameeican 
 
 pertures in the top for the bees to pass through into the 
 box above, when the upper box is on. I use an inch 
 and a quarter bit, and make_^ue holes; one in the cen- 
 tre, and one about half way from the centre to each 
 corner, always being sure that all the holes will come 
 within the diameter of the super, and have some space 
 to spare. These holes I stop with plugs made to nicely 
 fit, and leave the ends out far enough to take hold of, 
 and with a slight tap of the hammer, be able to remove 
 them at pleasure. I allow them to reach through the 
 thickness of the cover, or top of the hive, but no farther. 
 They should be made to fit so close, that water will not 
 pass into the hive, through the holes when plugged. 
 
 The super, or upper box, I construct of the same di- 
 ameter as the lower one, but only eight inches deep, in- 
 stead of twelve, the depth of the lower box. I allow the 
 top board of this also to project a little, say an inch. 
 The looks of the hive is much improved by this projec- 
 tion, and the boxes are removed from place to place, 
 when necessary, much more easily. When I put a 
 swarm into the lower box, I generally leave off the upper 
 one during the first season, because here on Long Island, 
 the bees generally have as much as they can do the first 
 season to fill the lower one ; but in many places, both 
 boxes would be easily filled. The spring following, I 
 unstop the holes and put on the super. As the bees in- 
 crease they enter it, and by swarming time I generally 
 find it half filled with combs, and sometimes quite filled, 
 and the bees densely packed within it. When a swarm 
 goes off, the super is emptied of its bees, and sometimes 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 156 
 
 of its honey, as I alluded to previously. I do not find 
 these supers to prevent swarming, unless it be second 
 and third swarms. I generally get one good swarm, 
 and sometimes two. I consider that one good swarm is 
 enough, and better than more. 
 
 The foregoing hive, it will be seen, stands on a stool 
 about 18 inches from the ground. This stool will be 
 fully described when I speak of " bee-stands," in an es- 
 pecial chapter on that subject. 
 
 The reader may observe, that this hive rests on small 
 pins or legs at the corners ; giving the bees an oppor- 
 tunity of entering, and sallying forth on every side of 
 the hive. This is one of the fundamental principles of 
 my management, which I discussed in. the American 
 Agriculturist, during the years 1846, '47 and '48; to- 
 gether with much other matter, as some of my readers 
 may recollect. The way in which these hives may 
 be raised is, by driving pieces of stout wire as thick 
 as a pipe-stem,- into the corners of the hives, so as to 
 leave just three-eighths of an inch of the pin projecting 
 from the wood. The ends of the pins should be filed off 
 smooth, or nearly so, that the weight of the hive may 
 bear alike on all corners, and not sink any one part into 
 the wood beyond another. These pins will support ten 
 times the weight of the hive, without sinking into the 
 bottom-board, if the ends be flattened. 
 
 The reason why such iron pins are recommended 
 is, that the smaller the pin, the less liability there is 
 of the moth-worm, that leaves the combs in the spring 
 of the year, to find a convenient place to wind 
 
156 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 up in a cocoon, or return back to the combs, when 
 once precipitated upon the floor-board. If wooden 
 blocks should be used at the corners, these worms would 
 be more apt to run up into the hive again, by the way 
 of these blocks, than by the way of the iron pins ; and 
 I have often found the moth-worm wound up in its co- 
 coon, in the corners made by such small blocks of wood, 
 say half an inch long and three-eighths of an inch thick, 
 being inserted under hives; yet such blocks may be 
 used when it is not convenient to get the pins. Even 
 nails or screws would do ; yet I can recommend nothing 
 that makes an imperfect job. 
 
 The reader perceives a small orifice about two inches 
 long, and half an inch wide, in the centre of the bottom 
 of the lower section of the hive. This opening is ex- 
 pressly for use in cold weather, and in the spring and 
 summer, when the hive stands on its iron pins, or 
 wooden blocks, this opening is closed with a tin or zinc 
 slide, perforated with holes to admit the air into the hive, 
 at certain seasons during the winter, when the bees are 
 to be shut in. This opening has a greater bearing on 
 the prosperity of the bees, than any one would imagine. 
 I would not do without it, or a substitute, for any con- 
 sideration ; since, from a misapplication of the uses of 
 this orifice, all other measures might fail to produce a 
 prosperous state of our apiaries. The value of this open- 
 ing will appear in the " winter management" of bees. 
 
 The reader may be at a loss to conceive how the bees 
 are to be shut in, with an opening all around the hive, 
 besides the aforesaid orifice. It is done as follows ; four 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 157 
 
 small holes are made in the floor-board to suit the size 
 of the pins at the corners, in such positions that the 
 whole four pins can at any time be lowered therein. 
 When this is done, the only place of ingress and egress 
 for the bees, is .the small door- way, as seen in the cut, 
 and run the slide over this, through the wire staples 
 placed to receive it, and you have the bees imprisoned. 
 It is important to have an opening, with a slide per- 
 forated with holes, on both sides, that is, in the front 
 and in the rear of the hive ; to admit a free circulation 
 of air under the bees in the winter. This is another 
 important principle of my management ; but I must not 
 digress too far > you shall hear the whole in due time. 
 
 When small blofcks are used instead of pins, the bee- 
 keeper has only to pull them out, let down his hive, close 
 the opening in front and rear, and the bees are shut in 
 as before. 
 
 We now come to the upper structure or super, and it 
 will be perceived, that a glass window is placed on one 
 side. This is placed in that position to save expense. 
 It would, perhaps, be a little better to place it in the 
 centre ; yet the joiner who made hives for me, informed 
 me, that a considerable time could be saved in placing the 
 windows in this position, with a sliding door to run in a 
 groove. The sliding door may be seen in the cut drawn 
 out. They who have but a few hives to make, would 
 not save much in this way ; and I should recommend 
 the door to be placed in the centre, and hung with very 
 small butts. Indeed, this door may be altogether dis- 
 pensed with, by those who may so choose ; yet these 
 
158 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 windows are important for other purposes besides look- 
 ing in to see the operations of the bees. 
 
 The foregoing remarks on the pins or supports of the 
 hive, as well as those on the glass-windows, are appli- 
 cable to every hive that I shall illustrate, except such as 
 are suspended, and which do not rest upon floor-boards. 
 
 CHAMBER-HIVE. 
 
 I here give a cut of a chamber-hive adapted to the 
 natural requirements of bees. The design and principle 
 are not ney? ; but I have improved on the shape and di- 
 mensions. The main body is one foot square, in the 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 159 
 
 clear ; the same size as the preceding box-hive. The 
 chamber is eight inches deep, with a door hung on butts, 
 and shutting with a small hook and staple. A glass 
 window is shown in front, which may be omitted, if you 
 please, as before stated. Two boxes are made of very 
 thin boards, each with a pane of glass covering the 
 whole front, and let into a groove in the sides cut for 
 that purpose. There should be no bottoms to these 
 boxes, but they should rest on the floor of the chamber, 
 through which three inch and a quarter holes should be 
 made under each box. When filled with honey, a long 
 slender knife run under them, will easily detach such 
 portions of the combs, as may be built down in close 
 contact with the chamber floor or division board ; and 
 when the boxes are taken out, the bees are much easier 
 driven out of them, than they could be, if they were 
 enclosed on every side. If the apiarian does not sell 
 any of his honey, it is preferable to have but one box to 
 fill the whole space, because bees will work better in a 
 single box, and lay up more honey, as a general rule, 
 than in two small ones. 
 
 The door to the chamber, and the glass window ap- 
 pear in this cut to be in front, yet you can have either 
 side to be the front, that you please. Both sides are 
 adapted to be the front, or the back of the hive. 
 
 This hive is made twenty-two inches high, and four- 
 teen inches broad. These dimensions allow one inch 
 for the top, one inch for the division-board or chamber- 
 floor, and two inches for the thickness of two sides 
 
 that is, one inch for each. The two sides of full length 
 
160 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 on either side of the chamber, are rabbeted out half an 
 inch, so as to admit the door of the chamber to shut 
 against the rabbet, making a better job. 
 
 The top of the hive should project all round, about 
 an inch or more. 
 
 This hive is made to be suspended, or to set down 
 upon a stand. There are a couple of bars, about an inch 
 thick, placed on each side of the hive, near where the 
 division-board separates the lower from the upper sec- 
 tion, as may be seen in the engraving. These bars 
 should be screwed on ; yet, for a common hive, nailing 
 may do very well. The use of these bars is to support 
 the hive, when the apiarian wishes to suspend it, rather 
 than rest it on a floor-board, as the preceding cut repre- 
 sents. 
 
 This, as well as every other kind of hive that I shall 
 illustrate, when resting on a floor-board, should rest on 
 pins in the summer season ; and in the winter season, 
 the bees should enter the small openings, in the front 
 and rear only, as directed in the case of the box-hive, in 
 the preceding cut ; and be subject to the same manage- 
 ment in every particular. 
 
BEE-KEEFEK S MANUAL. 
 
 161 
 
 SUSPENDED CHAMBER HIVES. 
 
 The above engraving represents a couple of chamber- 
 hives, suspended on arms nailed across joists, (timber, 3 
 by 4 in.) This mode of suspending hives is original ; 
 no one but myself ever adopting it, that I know of. I 
 have also shown in the next engraving, another mode of 
 suspending hives, of my own invention ; that, for some 
 reasons, is superior to this method. 
 
 The manner of suspending, on the above plan, is as 
 
162 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 follows : — Take any timber, about three or four inches 
 thick, say 3 by 3, 3 by 4, or 4 by 4, and cut off pieces 
 six feet long ; such timber generally being about twelve 
 feet Ibng, one strip makes two pieces. Then sink one 
 end in the ground, at least two feet, leaving the other 
 end four feet above the ground. Then nail a strip of an 
 inch board across the top of the post, as seen in the cut, 
 on the side of the post towards the hives, and even with 
 the top of it. Said cross-bar should be as small 
 as it can be, and be strong enough to support one-half 
 of a loaded hive, with a roof above, as will be shown. 
 It should be broader in the centre, and taper towards the 
 ends, as represented in the cut, in order to give greater 
 strength. The length of this cross-bar should be about 
 four inches longer than the width of two hives and the 
 post ; in order to allow the hives to stand off some two 
 inches from the post. When a post is thus set, and the 
 cross-bar adjusted, taking care to have the bar rest hori- 
 zontally, and also to have it face the exact direction that 
 the hive should front ; then you have only to set a cor- 
 responding post directly in the rear of the front one, 
 supposing that to be the one first set into the ground, 
 and place your cross-bar thereon, as before directed, and 
 your stand is complete. You have, however this calcu- 
 lation to make, viz ; the exact distance that the posts 
 should be set from each other, so that in sliding in the 
 hives, a close fit may be secured. Let us suppose that 
 our hives measure fourteen inches wide, then •allowing 
 two inches for the two bars, it follows that the posts 
 should be sixteen inches apart. As the foregoing cut 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 
 
 163 
 
 only shows the front view of the stand, only one post 
 appears ; the other must be imagined to stand directly 
 behind it. 
 
 
 xs ^ 
 
 ROOF FOR SUSPENDED HIVES. 
 
 This cut represents a convenient roof for hives sus- 
 pended on the foregoing plan. That every bee-stand 
 should have protection from the scorching rays of the 
 sun, is evident to every apiarian. I will not discuss this 
 subject here; but "will simply show how to construct a 
 roof on the above plan, which I consider all that is ne- 
 cessary ; or rather that this answers the purpose, with a 
 little more attention on the part of the bee-keeper, of 
 more costly roofing. My object is to show how these 
 things may be done economically, as well as expensively. 
 
 According to the above cut, we take pine boards, one 
 inch thick, and fifteen or eighteen inches wide, cut them 
 inJength».of /oMr/ee^, then strap two of them together, 
 as seen in the cut ; first, securing them from warping, 
 by cleats nailed across them, on the under side, with 
 wrought naits, and clinched. The ends of such cleats 
 may be seen in the cut. The straps that hold the boards 
 together at the top, may be stout leather, or butts, as the 
 apiarian may choose. When the roof is finished, some 
 blocks of wood may be placed on the top of each hive, 
 in order to give a slight inclination to the sides of the 
 roof; otherwise the two boards would rest horizontally 
 
164 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 on the hives. If the hives front the south, this roof 
 should be drawn forward past the centre of them, 
 and thus shade the side that needs protection, while the 
 north side requires no shading. In the spring, when 
 all the heat that the sun produces is beneficial, the roof 
 may be moved back, so as to allow the sun to strike the 
 hives, with the full force of his rays. 
 
 This kind of roof will, perhaps, require some fasten- 
 ing as security against very high winds, when fences and 
 trees are prostrated. A strap, or strong cord secured to 
 each side, directly over the posts, and then brought down 
 and secured to the posts would be effectual. I would 
 recommend, that an auger-hole be made both through 
 the posts and the roof, when constructed for that pur- 
 pose. 
 
 I recommend the roof to be in portions oi four feet, 
 for the reason, that such lengths are just sufficient for a 
 single stand of two hives ; and such are removed with 
 more facility than longer portions. If there are only 
 two hives suspended, then, no longer roof can be conve- 
 niently used, nor is a longer one necessary ; but in case 
 that a half dozen stands are existing, then longer roofs 
 might be used, but not to advantage. 
 
 On this plan, a single hive cannot be suspended, since 
 it requires two to effect an equilibrium. When more 
 than one stand is erected, the adjoining ones should be 
 placed at such distance, that the hives can be easily put 
 in, and taken out, without coming in contact with the 
 hives in the neighboring stands. If, for instance, our hives 
 are fourteen inches wide, we should allow about sixteen 
 
bee-keepbe's manual. 165 
 
 inches space between the ends of the cross-bars of tHe 
 different stands ; thus affording facility for placing a hive 
 in position, or removing it to another location, at pleasure. 
 The timber used in the posts should be equal in dura- 
 bility to chestnut, and chestnut joists 3 by 4, are the very 
 best that can be used. It is necessary to have body to 
 the timber below the ground ; but above it is not neces- 
 sary to be so strong. There is a Way to economize, and 
 at the same time beautify these posts, as follows, viz : — 
 take a piece of 3 by 4 joist, eight feet long, and at a dis- 
 tance of two feet from the end, set in your saw obliquely 
 till you come to the centre of the stick ; then running 
 the saw along through the centre four feet, you stop, and 
 on the opposite side to that, on which you commenced 
 sawing, you cut off the stick, thus giving two posts, six 
 feet long, each with a shoulder two feet in length of full 
 size, to be set into the ground, while the diminished por- 
 tions, four feet long, above the ground, are quite strong 
 enough, and much improved in beauty by the operation. 
 The end of one piece will have to be squared at the top, 
 in consequence of the necessity of cutting obliquely, to 
 get the saw into the centre of the stick. If the joists are 
 just twelve feet long, and by this operation the extra 
 four feet become useless, nothing is gained on the score 
 of economy ; yet something is gained in the looks of the 
 posts when erected. If joists can be obtained sixteen 
 feet long, then a saving may be made, or if the apiarian 
 chooses to lessen the height of his hives, perhaps three 
 feet above, and eighteen inches below the ground, would 
 answer; and in such a case posts only four feet six 
 
166 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 irtches, are required, and an ordinary joist, thirteen feet 
 long, would sufSce for four posts. 
 
 It must not be supposed that this kind of bee-stand 
 is the most beautiful that can be devised. I am now 
 talking to the man of moderate views, who wishes a 
 snug, plain bee-stand, at a moderate cost ; yet as good 
 as the best in practical utility. 
 
 When I come to the gentleman of leisure, with a 
 purse ready to burst for the want of an exit-valve, I 
 shall then unfold a magnificent diorama to his view; 
 but here, among the plain every-day hives, I must stifle 
 the utterance of these sublime views, which are re- 
 served for those who enjoy their otium cum dignitate. 
 
 It may be thought by some apiarians, that stands or 
 posts, on the foregoing plan, bring the hives too close 
 This is not the case. The distance will be about eight 
 inches for the two hives occupying the same stand ; and 
 the hives of the adjoining stands will be much farther off". 
 
 It is true, that bees do not thrive so well when pladed in 
 hives on a stand close together,- resting on a floor-board, 
 for the reason, that they are apt to run to and fro to 
 each other's hives ; but when the hives are suspended, 
 this difficulty is avoided/and a bee is no more likely to 
 enter the adjoining hive in this case, than if it were ten 
 feet off) 
 
 There is a feature pertaining to hives suspended, not 
 belonging to those resting on floor-boards, it is this : the 
 alighting-boards for the bees to rest on, as they enter the 
 hives, are in the position of an inclined plane. 
 
 Here is a side view of a suspended hive, with the 
 
BEE-KEEPERS MANUAL. 
 
 167 
 
 floor-board suspended under the hive by little wire 
 hooks and staples. See the bees entering at the side. 
 They enter at every side, but much more in front than 
 elsewhere, because that part of the floor-board projects 
 two inches beyond the hive. 
 
 It is not absolutely necessary that the bottom-board 
 should have an inclination from back to front in this 
 manner ; yet it is better than to have it hanging hori- 
 zontally, for various reasons ; one is, that it allows the 
 water that may beat in under the hives, in storms, to 
 easily run off"; also any moisture from the interior of the 
 hive that may drip down, readily finds its way to the 
 ground. Again, any substances or insects that the bees 
 havef,tft thr#t from the hive, can be expelled with much 
 greater facility, since any one knows, that a great stone 
 
168 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 may be rolled down hill, that cannot be moved on level 
 ground. The moth-worm, in the spring of the year, is 
 dragged out of the hive much easier, with floor-boards 
 on this plan. This inclination may be about an inch ; 
 that is, take half an inch from the back of the hive, and 
 add it to the front. It is not best to have any" projec- 
 tion except in front, as the sif sponsion would thereby be 
 attended with more trouble. The sides and back of the 
 floor-board coniing even or flush with the outer surface 
 of the hive, the wire hooks secure it in its proper posi- 
 tion much better than if it projected an inch or two all 
 round. 
 
 The winter management of such hives is precisely the 
 same, as I stated for hives resting on stationary floor- 
 boards ; so far as closing up the entrance on all sides, 
 and compelling the bees to enter the narrow apperture 
 in front is concerned. The method of closing the whole 
 general entrance around the hive must be different, of 
 course; yet the same narrow passage-way for use in 
 cold weather, is reserved in hives suspended, as well as 
 those not suspended. The manner of raising up the 
 bottom-boards in the fall, when cold windy weather sets 
 in, say in November, is by having two sets of staples, 
 one for lowering down and the other for raising up the 
 floor-board; or a projection of the floor-board in the 
 rear, may be left, so that by sliding it forward, it will 
 close itself; when a wooden button placed at the back 
 of the hive, near the centre of the bottom, may be turn- 
 ed on its pivot and hold the floor-board firm in its closed 
 
bee-keepee's manual. 169 
 
 position. The distance that a floor-board is hung from 
 the hive is three-eighths of an inch, in all cases. 
 
 It will be observed, that in the foregoing cut of the sus- 
 pended hives, no door or window appears in front. In 
 this case, the door of the chamber is supposed to be on 
 the back of the hive, and that of the glass window below, 
 on the same side. If there be a passage-way back of 
 suspended hives, it is best to have these things in the 
 rear. For the use of the thorough, practical apiarian, 
 the glass windows in the body, or lower section of the 
 hive, are of little value ; but for the amateur apiarian, 
 let them be inserted, if he is willing to pay for the extra 
 expense that it will incur, of about fifty cents each, or 
 perhaps less. 
 
 Every hive, whether suspended or otherwise, would 
 be benefitted by having a floor-board on the inclined- 
 plane principle; yet it is attended with some trouble 
 to have such, when the hives rest on a bench or stool. 
 I have, however, obviated that difficulty, in a new hive 
 th^t I have recently constructed, denominated the 
 "Equilateral Bee- Hive," the engraving of which ap- 
 pears in this work. It is effected by beveling off" the 
 floor-board on every side, forming a slight cone in the 
 centre, with the inclined sides diverging therefrom. 
 
170 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 SECOND PLAN OF SUSPENDED HIVES. 
 
 I now introduce a second method of suspending hives, 
 which I consider preferable to the first, on some ac- 
 counts. On this plan, only three posts are used for sus- 
 pending two hives ; whereas, on the other plan, four 
 are necessary. In this case, the bars that are attached 
 to the hives to support them, are placed on the sides, 
 instead of on the fronts and backs. Then correspond- 
 ing bars are nailed across the ends of the posts, even 
 with the tops of them, and of the same length and size 
 of the bars on the hives. The ends of these bars are 
 seen in the cut, as they appear when correctly adjusted. 
 The posts, on this plan, stand opposite the centres of the 
 hives ; and the cross-bars on the posts being so placed that 
 an equal length projects on each side. The weight of 
 the hive, bears on the bars where- they are nailed to the 
 posts ; or rather, the weight is equal on each side of the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 171 
 
 fulcrum or centre, and the bars are able to sustain a 
 very great weight. 
 
 The remarks relative to posts, the hanging of the bot- 
 tom-boards on an incHned plane, the construction of a 
 roof, &c., are all applicable to these hives, as well as those 
 hung on the first-mentioned plan. 
 
 ^ The door to the chamber, and the glass window in 
 the lower section of the hive, here appear in front. 
 They can, as I before observed, be on either side ; yet 
 I think hives have a better appearance to have them in 
 front. 
 
 It is desirable in erecting a bee-stand, to have as little 
 shelter for insects as possible, and here lies the advan- 
 tage of this stand, to some \iU\e extent, over the one first 
 named. Everything fits very closely in the above 
 method, affording less crevices for moth-millers, spiders, 
 &c., than the other mode. The difficulty in the first 
 case, merely lies in the necessity of the cross-bars being 
 much wider than those of the second case ; and as the 
 posts will gradually work out of position, in a small de- 
 gree, openings between the said bars and the hives will 
 appear ; and unless the apiarian uses a brush to clean 
 out these crevices quite often, they become filled with 
 spiders' webs, and various insects that do no good to 
 the apiary ; yet with care on the part of the attentive 
 bee-keeper, there is nothing to fear. If a channel ap- 
 pears between the bars and the hives on the above plan 
 a brush-broom will clear out any insects that may get a 
 lodgment there very easily ; but in the first case, there 
 
172 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 is more difficulty in effecting a dislodgment in conse- 
 quence of the greater depth of the opening. 
 
 There is another method of suspending hives, quite 
 common. It consists in setting two parallel tiers of 
 posts in the ground, three in number, of such height as 
 may be desired ; and then nailing long strips of boards, 
 three or four inches wide, and in length, say twelve feet, 
 if such length is desired. The posts are so arranged, 
 that when the boards are attached, the hives may be 
 slid in at the ends, and rest on the bars, as in the two 
 cases that I have adduced. The difficulty in this case 
 is, that when half a dozen hives are thus suspended, and 
 it becomes necessary to remove any but the two occu- 
 pying the ends of the stand, it cannot be easily done, 
 unless the bottom-boards are taken off, and the hives 
 raised up perpendicularly, which is not convenient. 
 Some persons may suppose that hives need not be re- 
 moved at all, at any time ; yet such is not the case. 
 Hives should never be removed in the spring or sum- 
 mer season, unless an artificial swarm is to be made, or 
 some operation performed that is necessary ; and every 
 thorough, practical bee-keeper will often see the neces- 
 sity of removing his hives for such purposes occasion- 
 ally. 
 
 townly's hive. 
 
 Mr. Edward Townly, <jf the city of New York, has, 
 during the last ten years, disposed of many hundreds of 
 his " patent premium hives," as I have been informed. 
 I have not thought it expedient to furnish an engraving 
 
bek-keeper's manual. 173 
 
 of his hive ; for the reason, that they who have them in 
 use would not be benefitted thereby; and they who 
 have not used them, had better not see them. I under- 
 stand that Mr. Townly has recently removed to the 
 west, since the merits of his hives have become generally 
 understood in this vicinity. This is, indeed, strange! 
 Many a tyro in apiarian science will now seek to throw 
 away a V on a hive worse than useless, and will find no 
 one to accommodate him. But not so with our western 
 apiarians ; they will see hives paraded on the walks of 
 some western city, with tumblers nicely adjusted in the 
 chambers, a part filled with beautiful combs, and a part 
 unfilled, containing these words written thereon, " Not 
 to he filled," as if to show some mystic charm that keeps 
 the bees in abeyance ; filling such only as contain no 
 spell-bound mandate ! But, alas ! " Othello's occupa- 
 tion's gone." The schoolmaster is abroad. Men's 
 eyes are now open, and no longer can humbug stalk 
 among us without being denuded of its assumed qual- 
 ities. 
 
 In sober reality, I do not think Mr. Townly's hives 
 of any value, except for kindling-wood. This language 
 may appear too severe ; yet I but "speak the words of 
 truth with soberness." If any gentleman would make me 
 a present of a dozen of these hives, and a ten dollar 
 lank hill with each, and bind me to use them in my 
 apiary, I would not accept of the donation. 
 
 After this exordium, I presume that the reader will 
 expect to hear my objections to these hives ; and I will 
 state them as briefly as possible. 
 
174 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 The dimensions of Townly's hive are, for the lower 
 section, where the bees have their permanent abode, about 
 ten hj fourteen inches ; and since I discussed the size of 
 hives in the Am. Agrt., in 1846-7, I learn that he has 
 constructed some of his hives nearer my size, about one 
 foot square. The chamber, or super, projects over the 
 main body of the hive, on every side, some three inches, 
 being raised to admit the boxes. It turns on hinges 
 placed on one side. The communication from the body 
 of the hive to the boxes in the super is by holes some- 
 vsfhat similar to my own method. At the botttomof the 
 hive is a screen made of wire, which is represented as 
 affording fresh air, and at the same time, protecting the 
 hive against the bee-moth. About an inch from the 
 bottom of the hive a tube is inserted, about six inches 
 long, with a bore about an inch and a half in diameter, 
 through which the bees enter and depart. Near the 
 top of the hive, in front, another similar tube is placed, 
 for the ingress and egress of the family. 
 
 Now, in the first place, if he still makes his hives 10 
 by 14 inches, as at first, I consider that size as entirely 
 too small. The solid contents of such a hive is much 
 less than a hive 12 by 12 in., because \he, fourteen inches 
 is the depth, not the breadth of the hive. In the next 
 place, I condemn his wire screen as ruinous, rather than 
 beneficial, to the bees ; at least, doing no good at all. 
 The only way to ventilate hives is by giving ingress and 
 egress on every side of the hive, as I have shown in the 
 suspended hives, before illustrated. 
 
 Again, the upper tube is downright ruin to any 
 
bee-keefer's manual. 175 
 
 family of bees. On this principle, a current of air 
 is constantly passing up through the brood-combs, 
 where the bees are doing all that lies in their power 
 to get up a high degree of heat, in order to de- 
 velop the larvae. If a man were to try his best to 
 invent something that would prove the most destructive to 
 bees, and he should produce a hive with a large tube, or 
 opening near the top of it, I should award him a pre- 
 mium for the best article offered, or that could be offered. 
 I could state many things pertaining to Townly's hive 
 that I disapprove of, but it would be a waste of space 
 and time. There is nothing but the novelty of it that 
 enables the patentee to sell them, and it only requires, to 
 have the merits of this invention fully understood, from 
 a few years actual use, to cause the proprietor to 
 vend them in parts unknown. 
 
 weeks' VERMONT HIVES. 
 
 Mr. Weeks, of Vermont, has invented several hives in' 
 his day, and he has also published a small work on the 
 honey-bee, and so, indeed, has Townly. Both of these 
 little works are of sterling merit, so far as they go ; but 
 they are but introductions to the subject, and I am as- 
 tonished, that gentlemen having the means of unfolding 
 the interesting habits, economy, and management of 
 bees, should have stopped on the very threshhold of their 
 subject ; but so it is, and they stand not alone. Others 
 have done the same, and perhaps I am following them ; 
 but I think the reader will, on wading through these 
 
176 
 
 MINERS AMERICAN 
 
 pages, when he comes to "finis," exclaim, "enough — 
 enough — / want no more." 
 
 Mr. Weeks' "hive, properly denominated the " Ver- 
 mont Hive," is on the same principle of my suspended 
 hives, as illustrated at page 167. The size and shape 
 of his hive is different, however, from mine. His bot- 
 tom-board is suspended by wire hooks and staples in the 
 same manner As I have described, He also has a cham- 
 ber to his hive, in which two boxes are placed with 
 glass fronts, on my plan ; but in order to obtain a greater 
 surface for these supers, or boxes, and not destroy the 
 symmetry of the hive, he has (as I presume) given an in- 
 clination to the back of it. Here is a side view of one 
 of them. 
 
 Now, this shape is not necessary at all ; but if a man 
 expects to have his hives " take" with the public, there 
 must be a mystery about them, — a grand secret, and a 
 novelty pertaining to them. Thus reason men of the 
 present day, in a great measure ; yet, after all, " honesty 
 is the best policy." 
 
 Mr. Weeks gives as a reason for having the back of 
 
bee-kbeper'b manual. 177 
 
 his hive incline in the above manner, that it is 
 expressly to hold the combs up, and also to carry off the 
 sweatings, or drippings from the interior of the hive, 
 which sometimes occur. This inclination is of about 
 the same relative value as & fifth wheel to a wagon, — of 
 no use whatever. If Mr. Weeks' hive has merits, it is 
 independent of this inclination ; yet anything for nov- 
 elty ! I disapprove of the shape of Mr. Weeks' hive, 
 and think the size of the lower section too large ; beyond 
 these objections, it is very near what a hive ought to 
 be ; and it is far preferable to Townly's hive ; indeed, if 
 no worse hives than Weeks' " Vermont Hive," is palmed 
 off on the public, we ought to think ourselves well off. 
 
 Mr. Weeks has also constructed another hive termed 
 the " Non-Swarmer," which is entirely too unwieldly, 
 and too costly for general use. We cannot afford to 
 employ engineers to work our hives ; and I do hope, that 
 hive inventors will hereafter bear this in mind.' Let us 
 have something plain, simple, original, compact, and 
 economical, and then you'll go it. 
 
 The principle on which Mr. Weeks' " Non-Swarmer" 
 is based, is upon the principle of collateral hiving, or in 
 other words, the placing of boxes at the sides of the 
 main hive, instead of under, or on the top of it. He 
 also supers this hive, at the same time, and thus prevents 
 swarming. 
 
 I shall discuss the relative merits, of collateral hiving, 
 nadiring, and supering, in a chapter devoted to that sub- 
 ject. 
 
 It is hardly worth my while to comment on the merits 
 
178 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 of every hive that has had its brief existence, since I 
 know of none, that is of any particular value. 
 
 colton's hivh. 
 
 A Mr. Colton has invented a hive, that I saw repre- 
 sented in the Albany Cultivator. How far this hive has 
 been introduced, I am unable to say ; but it cannot be 
 of any real, practical utility. The principle on which it 
 is constructed is something like this : — 
 
 The main body of the hive is of a triangular form ; 
 with one of its sides horizontal with the ground. On 
 each side of the angle, are placed three boxes, in posi- 
 tions somewhat like the steps of stairs, each with its com- 
 munication with the main hive. These boxes, which must, 
 of course, be small, constitute the supers of the hive, 
 and if the bees would fill all of them annually, it would 
 be a very profitable hive ; but this they will not do. I 
 speak from a knowledge of what a family of bees ordi- 
 narily can perform, and if I should be shown a hive with 
 double the room in the chamber, that a stock of bees can 
 generally fill, I should condemn it as impracticable, how- 
 ever much to the contrary the inventor might assert. 
 
 GATIORD AND TUCKEe's HIVE. 
 
 This is a hive invented by a gentleman residing at 
 Poughkeepsie, or somewhere up the North River, if I 
 mistake not. It is on the " subtended" principle, of 
 placing boxes over each other. I have only to remark, 
 in regard to this, as well as all other hives on this prin- 
 ciple, that if it be intended to transfer the bees from old 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 179 
 
 to new combs, in the manner as shown at page 142, then 
 they will prove a failure, if the most of them have not 
 " blown up" already. 
 
 There is another style of hive in use, to a considera- 
 ble extent, that has no principle that is particularly at 
 variance with my chamber-hive, represented at page 158, 
 except the floor-board has a double inclination. It is 
 done thus : the bottom of the hive is level ; that is, hav- 
 ing no inclination from back to front. 
 
 The bottom-board, or boards, are then placed with an 
 inclination from the centre of the hive, about two or 
 three inches from the bottom, towards each side ; so 
 that when the hive is viewed with the floor-boards in 
 their places, two of them appear; one projecting in 
 front some two inches, and slanting up into the hive to 
 near its centre, from front to rear, and as I before 
 stated, about three inches from the bottom of the hive ; 
 then, another projecting in the rear, or on the back of 
 the hive, having the same inclination upward as the 
 other. This description is given from a hasty exami- 
 nation, and I may possibly not be correct, as regard dis- 
 tances ; but the general features of the alighting-board, 
 I think, are as above represented. This hive is termed 
 a " patent hive," in the section of country where I saw 
 it in use. I infer, that some one, desirous of " raising 
 the wind," by introducing a hive with some new " gim- 
 crack" about it, that would look mysterious and novel, 
 has taken the common chamber-hive, that is public pro- 
 perty, and open for any man's use, and attached this, 
 
180 miner's AMEEICAN 
 
 humbug of a bottom-board, to make it " take" with the 
 public ! 
 
 STRAW HIVES. 
 
 Straw hives are not much used in this country ; and 
 they never would have been made in any country, but 
 for their cheapness. The peasantry of Europe, who are 
 not able to furnish their apiaries with wooden hives, still 
 continue in the use of those made of straw. I consider 
 this kind of hive as wholly unfit for the use of people 
 who live in a land of plenty, and who are able to make 
 wooden ones at a rate but a little dearer than those made 
 of straw. Straw hives are only worthy of a state of 
 abject poverty, and I hope that I shall never see one in 
 use in this land of milk and honey, where every man 
 can sit down to his " roast beef and plum pudding," and 
 go to bed with his pockets jingling with " mint drops." 
 
 LOG HIVES. 
 
 Every one, I presume, has seen hives made from hol- 
 low trees, by cutting aS the log of a suitable length, and 
 then nailing a board on the opening at the top. This is 
 a much better hive than those made of straw. These 
 log-hives are called "gums," in some parts of the coun- 
 try. I recommend this kind of hive to those who wish 
 to keep bees without any expense whatever. There is no 
 principle of the habits and economy of the bee, that 
 conflicts with log-hives ; yet when boards are as cheap 
 as they are, in tho^e sections of the country that abound 
 
BEE-KKEPER S MANUAL. 
 
 181 
 
 in logs, I think that boards should be used, even by the 
 poor man, who studies economy in all his labors. 
 , The log-hive is preferable to many patent hives now 
 in use ; and I can name several of them that I would 
 not as soon use as the hollow log, if I were compelled 
 to use either. 
 
 miTrmTiT- TT^ 
 
 Vi'i ■ a Tirt-fi 
 
 ■ ■■■piiilit -sr « H-i 
 
 miner's EaUILATEEAL HIVE. 
 
 The above cut represents a hive that I have con- 
 structed, with the view to combine beauty with utiliti/. 
 During many years of experimenting on the correct 
 
182 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 size of hives, I have demonstrated certain requisites, that 
 every hive should possess. 
 
 Firstly, hives should be of such a size as nature will 
 admit the bees to keep full, and yet have room enough 
 to perform every ramification of their labors to the best 
 advantage. 
 
 Secondly, facility to be afforded the bees in ascending 
 to the supers. If we have long and narrow hives, the 
 bees find much more difliculty in forcing their way 
 loaded, through a long space crowded with bees, than 
 they would through a less space. This is so reasonable, 
 that the mere avowal of it is convincing ; consequently, 
 we must give a more compact form to our hives, and 
 shorten the distance to the supers as much possible, and 
 not interfere with any other principle of management. 
 
 Thirdly, the supers should be so arranged, that the 
 honey stored therein, may be taken with the greatest 
 possible facility. Every apiarian is aware, that most of 
 the hives now in use, do not offer the facility of perform- 
 ing this operation, that is desirable. It is true, that with 
 a bee-dress, the removal of the boxes is not attended 
 with any particular trouble, unless it be in the chamber- 
 hives, where the boxes are a tight fit, and are hard to 
 loosen from their positions ; but everything should be so 
 arranged, that the bees will receive little or no disturb- 
 ance. It is not the mere operation of removing supers, 
 at the time that it is being performed, that we should look 
 to. If we irritate the bees, they will not forget it for 
 several days ; and when we do not expect it, one may 
 plant its sting in our face ; saying, as it were, " there^ 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 183 
 
 take that, for the way you jammed and knocked us about 
 the other day." 
 
 In my equilateral hive, I have effected all that I 
 think can be done, in the way of improvement in respect 
 to the foregoing considerations. The easy manner in 
 which the boxes in the upper section may be removed, 
 when filled with bees, and the communication shut off 
 with the family below, by a simple and beautiful contri- 
 vance, are very prominent features of its merits. I 
 offer no novelty ! — no grand discovery ! — no wonder- 
 ful invention, that allows the bees to produce great and 
 unprecedented harvests of surplus honey ! But I claim 
 to have simplified, and divested the management of bees 
 of its complexity, and rendered the business easy to the 
 inexperienced apiarian. 
 
 Connected with the foregoing important results, I have 
 beautified the general appearance of my hive, so as to 
 render it an ornament, at the same time that its utility 
 is admitted, and not increase the expense of making it 
 to any amount worth taking into consideration. 
 
 The foregoing cut gives a tolerably correct view of 
 one style of ornamenting ; but I have another hive that 
 I think surpasses this in beauty ; that is, the ornamental 
 portion, but the size and shape are the same as that re- 
 presented by the cut. On either of these two hives, a 
 handsome wooden urn may be placed, if desired, which 
 will greatly improve their appearance. 
 
 This kind of hive may be made without any glass 
 windows, and thereby lessen the expense somewhat, but 
 gentlemen wishing but a few hives, should not stand for 
 
184 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 the extra trifle that it will cost to have the windows 
 made. 
 
 The cost of making my ornamental hives is no more 
 than the common chamber hive ; and the difference in 
 appearance is very great. Nothing could exceed the 
 beauty of a row of these hives handsomely arranged 
 on a well-made platform, or on stools suitably con- 
 structed, and with a tasty roof to protect them from the 
 heat of the sun at noonday, which is all that hives re- 
 quire. I am strongly opposed to close bee-houses, as 
 the reader will learn by my remarks on that point here- 
 after. 
 
 My equilateral hive is intended to rest on a floor- 
 board, beveled on its sides as before alluded to, and pro- 
 jecting two or three inches all round the hive. The 
 small entrance for the bees seen in front,-is for use in 
 winter, and during cold spring weather. In the sum- 
 mer, the hive rests on four small pinions or legs, three- 
 eighths of an inch high, as represented in describing the 
 box-hive at page 153. When it is necessary to lower 
 down the hive, the legs are let into small holes in the 
 floor-board made expressly to receive them, and very 
 near to the position of them, when the hive is raised up 
 as it stands during the summer. 
 
 The full particulars of every part of this hive cannot 
 be given here, and do justice to myself It is a true 
 saying, that " the laborer is worthy of his hire." The 
 production of this hive has caused me much mental 
 labor, and I think that I am justly entitled to reap the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 185 
 
 benefit, to a trifling extent, that will result to the public 
 from its adoption. 
 
 I intend to offer this hive for sale at a very moderate 
 rate : and also to furnish full and complete drawings of 
 every part thereof, to gentlemen residing at a distance, 
 or otherwise, accompanied by a neat pamphlet, giving 
 the most ample details in regard t6 every thing con- 
 nected with it, or pertaining to its construction ; as well 
 as the proper management of bees in this kind of hive — 
 all for the reasonable sum of two dollars, which will 
 entitle the applicant to make as many hives as he may 
 require for his own use. As this book will exist, when 
 the author has past to " that bourne whence no traveller 
 returns," the above remarks apply no longer than it may 
 please God to spare his life. An advertisement will 
 probably accompany each edition of this work, rela- 
 tive to furnishing the before-named hive, or the engra- 
 vings, &c., which may be found at the sequel of the 
 treatise. 
 
 COLLATERAL HIVING, ETC. 
 
 Besides supering and nadiring, there is yet another 
 method of obtaining the surplus honey gathered, termed 
 collateral hiving. This system consists in placing boxes 
 at the sides of the hives, instead of over or under them. 
 The following cut represents a couple of boxes on this 
 plan. 
 
186 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 In one of the above boxes the family of bees is sup- 
 posed to be permanent residents ; and if success is to 
 crown the efforts of the owner, as I view the subject, 
 the box where the bees pass the winter, should be a 
 foot square, or near it. Some apiarians think, that a 
 certain number of inches in width will cause the bees 
 to construct a certain number of combs ; that is, a box 
 twelve and a half inches square will admit of nine combs 
 being made, whereas, one twelve inches square will only 
 afford room for eight leaves. According to the width 
 of brood-combs, and the interstices between, there is an 
 abundance of space in a box one foot square, to con- 
 struct nine combs ; but the bees will only make eight, 
 because the outside leaves are generally store-combs, 
 and thicker than those btiilt expressly to rear the larva 
 in. No more than eight combs, as a general rule, would 
 be built if the other half inch were added. I have a 
 remedy for this difficulty, which will appear hereafter. 
 
 The English method of collateral hiving on the above 
 plan, is to have two boxes about ten inches square, and 
 to be put together with hinges on one side ; and when 
 closed, secure them by a hook and staple. The com- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 187 
 
 munication from one box to the other, is by two or three 
 such horizontal openings as appear in the cut, besides 
 that at the bottom. The sides of the hives that come in 
 contact, are but half an inch thick, instead of one inch, 
 the thickness of the other portions of them. The covers 
 or tops, are screwed on, and the loose bars are used as 
 represented in the cross-bar hive at page 138. When 
 the honey is taken from the collateral box, the lid is 
 taken off, and the leaves of combs extracted, when the 
 bees return to the original box. 
 
 RELATIVE MERITS OF SUPEEING, ETC. 
 
 The foregoing plan of obtaining the surplus honey 
 bears no comparison to supering or placing the box over 
 that occupied by the family. There is not a solitary 
 feature pertaining to it, that recommends its adoption. 
 The hives take up double the usual room ; and the 
 quality of the honey is inferior to that stored in supers, 
 being subject to much more bee-bread and larvae, and 
 besides this, the bees will not produce as much honey 
 and wax on this plan, as when supered or nadired. 
 
 There is no plan equal to supering, when we take 
 everything into consideration. ) The queen seldom as- 
 cends ; but she will go into collateral hives, and into 
 those placed under her domicil, and absolutely destroy 
 the honey with her brood, so far as a ready sale or the 
 beauty of its appearance is concerned. 
 
 There are instances in which the bees seem to dis- 
 relish ascending into supers, even when there is no lack 
 of numbers ; and the same is the case with collateral 
 
188 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 boxes and hives placed under the family ; but there is 
 generally a good reason fur their not entering and work- 
 ing in wax, that our eyes are closed to. In all cases of 
 supering, one or two guide-combs should be secured to 
 the top of the boxes, at the sides, and in the natural po- 
 sition. By this course, the bees are attracted to the 
 boxes sooner than if no guide-combs were inserted, I 
 do not wish to be understood, that guide-combs are ab- 
 solutely necessary ; because the bees will work in the 
 supers, whether there be any such combs or not; pro- 
 vided there be a supernumerary portion of workers 
 existing ; yet they are inclined to commence their labors 
 as I before observed, somewhat earlier with them. 
 
 COLLATERAL HIVES JOINED. 
 
 When the two boxes are closed, they present the 
 above appearance, with the exception, that no hook in 
 front is here shown to hold them together. 
 
 If any of my readers should feel inclined to try this sys- 
 tem, since there is nothing like learning by experience, 
 I would recommend that the boxes be secured together 
 wholly by hooks and staples ; say, one on top, and one 
 on each side, at the centre. Have nothing to do with 
 
BEE-KEEPEll's MANUAL. 189 
 
 cross-bars ; but when you take away the honey, separate 
 the boxes a few inches, during 24 hours, and the most of 
 the bees will return to the old combs ; unless there be a 
 large quantity of larvae among the new ones. 
 
 If it be found that the bees do not desert the new 
 combs at all, perhaps the queen may be among them, in 
 which case, she would draw a portion, if not all of the 
 bees in the other box after her, as soon as they might 
 become aware of their isolation. A very good way is 
 to cause a commotion among the tenants of both boxes, 
 by shaking or beating the hives, when the separation 
 takes place ; and the bees will at once, from instinct, 
 endeavor to ascertain whether the queen be safe, and 
 among them, and the box that does not contain her will 
 be certain to be evacuated in a great degree; and 
 whoUy, if there be no larvae therein. 
 
 BEES KEMAINING IN COLLATERAL BOXES HOW GOT 
 
 RID OF, ETC. 
 
 When a few hundred bees remain among the combs 
 of a collateral box, they may be so frightened, as to be 
 rendered perfectly harmless. All you have to do, is to 
 beat the box well with a rod ; and every comb may be 
 cut out with the greatest facility ; and as each comb is 
 withdrawn, brush off the bees with some soft brush, 
 which should be kept for the use of the apiary. An or- 
 dinary window brush, with a handle a foot or eighteen 
 inches long, is what is wanted. 
 
190 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 CASE IN WHICH A TRANSFER FROM OLD TO NEW COMBS 
 MAY BE EFFECTED. 
 
 If it should happen, that the new combs in a collateral 
 box, or even in any other, whether placed above or be- 
 low, should be regularly constructed ; that is, such as are 
 used for brood-combs only, and devoid of those ill- 
 shapen, thick store-combs, that generally occupy all 
 extra room afforded the bees, in such a case, it would be 
 safe to effect a transfer from old to new combs, on the 
 " subtended" plan, which I so emphatically condemn. 
 There is no general rule without its exceptions ; and 
 cases may occur in which a transfer may be safely made, 
 if it be done in a manner that will not endanger the 
 safety of the queen. The regular drone-cells would be 
 lacking, but the bees would change, or cut down a por- 
 tion of the store-cells, for the production of drones in the 
 following spring. I do not wish to be understood as fa- 
 voring this system at all, except in cases where we know 
 that no injurious consequences can arise, which are not 
 likely to occur. 
 
 ONLY ONE SUPER TO BE PUT ON AT A TIME. 
 
 In placing hives over each other, it is best to place 
 but one super at a time, and when that is filled, place 
 another box in its position, and raise the first one over 
 it. The bees, in this case, having filled the upper one, 
 and that box probably containing some larvae, they will 
 still adhere to it to some extent ; and the spare room, 
 being afforded between two bodies of bees, is sooner oc- 
 
b«e-keeper's manual. 191 
 
 cupied than when placed over all, or when the first box 
 is removed away, and the second occupying its position, 
 with nothing above it. 
 
 BOXES IN CHAMBERS NOT UKELY TO BE FILLER TWICE. 
 
 I would also observe, that in placing boxes in the 
 chambers of hives of a small size, it is not advisable to 
 place any dependence on having them filled twice or 
 three times the same season, as some apiarians assert ; 
 because the bees manifest a dislike to commence labors 
 anew, when they are robbed of their treasure. The 
 safest way is to give them all the space that they can 
 probably fill at first, and not disturb them at all, until the 
 season of general deprivation. Bees will, however' 
 often fill two sets of small boxes in a good season ; but 
 it is bad policy to trust to their doing so. 
 
 TIME TO TAKE AWAY SUPERS. 
 
 The question may here arise, at what time should the 
 supers be taken off? It depends, to some extent, upon 
 the nature of the bee-pasturage in the vicinity of the 
 apiary ; that is, the main reliance of the bees for their 
 gatherings. If it be white clover mainly, the first of 
 August is the proper time ; or perhaps at any time du- 
 ring that month. If the supers be left until September 
 or October, the combs are apt to become blackened, in 
 consequence of the bees constantly passing over them. 
 There are instances often, when the boxes in chambers 
 may be removed in June; and where the boxes are 
 found perfectly filled, and the cells sealed over, it 
 
192 miner's AMEKICAN 
 
 is as well to remove them at once, and substitute 
 others with a guide-comb, and if you get another har- 
 vest, very well ; if not, no harm is done. 
 
 The honey, if left in boxes, should be covered with 
 paper, or cloths, perfectly tight, in order to keep out in- 
 sects. If the boxes be intended for market, bottoms 
 should be made for them, and laid aside, and put on 
 when the supers are withdrawn from the chambers, after 
 driving out the bees. 
 
 HOW TO DRIVE BEES FROM THE BOXES, ETC. 
 
 You would, perhaps, like to know how to get the bees 
 out of the boxes with the least trouble. In order to dis- 
 turb the family as little as possible, carry your boxes to 
 any dark place, where the bees can find their way out, 
 by a little light being admitted near them, and in the 
 course of the day the most of the bees will have depart- 
 ed, and returned home. Care must be taken not to 
 leave the boxes where other bees will scent them out, 
 and be attracted to them; unless you wish to divide 
 pretty freely with them. You can, if you please, drive 
 out the bees at once, with a rod which should be applied 
 pretty freely to the sides of the boxes, with the open bot- 
 toms upwards. This way requires a person to be well 
 protected by a bee-dress ; but it makes the bees more 
 irritable than the other method. In taking out the 
 boxes, the greatest care should be observed to not crush 
 many bees, as this arouses their anger to its greatest 
 height. 
 
bse-keeper's manual. 193 
 
 OBSERVATORY HIVE. 
 
 Every apiarian who has leisure to study the habits 
 and economy of the bee, should have one observatory 
 hive ; that is, a hive with only a single comb, of suffi- 
 cient magnitude to afford space for the entire operations 
 of a moderate-sized family. This hive, of course, must 
 be very narrow, merely affording the necessary room to 
 build one comb, and that must be brood-comh; and 
 allow space on each side for the bees to labor, but not 
 to cluster thickly. 
 
 The ordinary width of a brood-comb is about an inch, 
 and the bees require at least three-eighths of an inch 
 space on each side ; consequently, the distance between 
 the glass sides should be, say, one inch and three quar- 
 ters. One and five-eighths inch wide will do very well, 
 and perhaps just as well as to add the other eighth of an 
 inch ; yet I think the safest way would be, to make the 
 width as I first stated ; because, if the bees should be 
 pressed into too close quarters, it would, perhaps, affect 
 their regular labors materially. 
 
 The area of the sides of such a hive should be, at 
 least, two feet long, and eighteen inches high ; but a 
 single comb of such large dimensions, would require a 
 support in the centre of the hive. Here is a cut show- 
 ing the form of such a hive, with cross-bars through the 
 centre both ways, as a support to the combs. 
 
194 
 
 MINERS AMERICAN 
 
 These bars should be about one inch wide and half 
 an inch thick, supporting each other in the middle, at 
 the junction. This size would simply occupy the same 
 space in width that the combs will ; consequently, the 
 bees will have perfect freedom in passing over any part 
 of the interior of the hive. 
 
 The above cut represents the comb in progress of 
 construction in each division of the hive. The bees 
 will often do this in this manner, when unable to work 
 to advantage at a single point. They will even work 
 upwards, when no other means affords labor to the 
 whole of the family. Here is a cut showing the manner 
 in which they work upwards and downwards at the same 
 time. 
 
 The cross-bars in these two cases afford them an op- 
 portunity of working upwards and downwards ; when, 
 if no bars were inserted, the bees would be compelled 
 to work from the top only, since the distance from the 
 roof to the floor, would deter them from commencing at 
 
BEE-KEEPERS MANUAL. 
 
 195 
 
 the bottom. So perfect is the skill and architecture of 
 this insect, that the parts of combs are united at the 
 apex of each, with such astonishing workmanship, that 
 it is impossible to perceive where the union takes place, 
 or any difference from a comb worked down entirely in 
 the usual way. 
 
 In fitting in the cross-bars, care should be taken to 
 have, at least, three-eighths of an inch space between 
 the edges of them and the glass sides of the hive ; since 
 a less space than that would, not give the bees a pas- 
 sage-way of suificient diameter. 
 
 From this kind of hive, piftses of brood-comb may be 
 easily taken, when larvse are wanted to form artificial 
 swarms, or for the purpose of replacing a lost queen. 
 In order to obtain easy access to the combs, the glass 
 sides should be hung on hinges, so as to be opened at 
 any time, and admit the apiarian to perform any opera- 
 tion within, that he may choose. The glass sides or 
 vnndows should be divided in the centre, and open each 
 way, or right and left. Here is an engraving of one side 
 of the hiv^, with the two glass doors closed. 
 
 The doors should be hung with small butt-hinges on 
 each side, being secured in their places when closed, by 
 
196 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 a wooden or -J^rass button in the centre of the upright 
 standard, against which, in a rabbet made for that pur- 
 pose, they close. The glass doors will each contain a 
 pane of glass about one foot wide and 18 inches long, 
 allowing that the inside of the hive measures two feet 
 by 18 inches, as it should measure. The frames for the 
 doors may sink into a rabbet, planed out of the main 
 frame of the hive, and thus admit of glass being used in 
 them, of such size as to cover almost the entire surface 
 of the hive. The frames for these doors should be as 
 light as possible, and be durable and firm. 
 
 Outside of the glass doors, are to be a couple of close 
 shutters ; since the bees will not carry on their labors 
 when exposed to the light, for any considerable length 
 of time. The outer doors are to be hung with butts, 
 also, and they should sink into a rabbet in the frame, 
 exterior to that made for the inner doors. The frame 
 for the body of the hive should be made of inch and a 
 quarter plank, pine if you please ; and every joiner can 
 make his own calculation, relative to the proper width 
 and thickness, to render the whole substantial, when 
 finished. The diameter between the two glass doors, is 
 to he one inch and three-quarters. This is a "fixed 
 fact," we will suppose. The frames for said doors need 
 not be over half an inch thick, and the glass can be 
 secured in the frame, and be flush, or even with the in- 
 side thereof. The outside doors need not be over half 
 an inch thick also, with clamps nailed across the ends, 
 to keep them from warping. Now we have ope and 
 three-quarters inches to begin with, for the diameter of 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 197 
 
 the inside, half an. inch for each door, and being two on 
 each side, make three and three-quarters inches, as the 
 whole diameter of the frame, allowing that all the doors 
 are sunk into rabbets equal to their several thicknesses. 
 A joiner must be dull indeed, who cannot now make the 
 frame-work of an observatory hive, from the foregoing 
 illustrations. 
 
 The outside doors, when closed, may be secured in 
 their places by a button at the top, on the frame of the 
 hive. 
 
 In the foregoing cut, the outside doors are shown as 
 being thrown open. 
 
 After this observatory hive is made as already de- 
 fined, the question arises, how is it to be supported in 
 its upright position? This is very easy to perform. 
 Take a board, say two and a half feet long and eighteen 
 inches wide ; plane and smooth it nicely ; nail, if you 
 please clamps across each end, to prevent its warping ; 
 then attach it to the under side of the frame of the hive 
 with screws, having the frame in the centre of the board, 
 lengthwise. The board may be narrower or wider than 
 the before-named diameter; but it should be of such 
 width as to prevent the hive from falling over. This 
 kind of hive should be placed entirely under cover, be- 
 yond the reach of rains and the rays of the sun, during 
 the heat of the day. 
 
 There is yet another important consideration before 
 we finish with this hive. We have it finished except 
 the entrance for the bees, and that is quite necessary. 
 The- places of ingress and egress may be made by cut- 
 
198 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 ting out an apperture from the lower section of the 
 frame, under the two doors. This passage may be six 
 inches long and half an inch deep, on each side of the 
 hive ; thus affording the bees the facility of passing out 
 in two directions. 
 
 The object of a hive^of this character is, to witness 
 the operations of the different classes of bees, — to see 
 how the workers discharge their burdens — ^how the lar- 
 vse are fed, if you can — how the queen is treated by 
 drones and workers — how she deposits her eggs — her 
 treatment of young princesses, when sacrificed by her — 
 her power to excite the bees to swarm, and many other 
 interesting developments of deep interest to the scien- 
 tific apiarian. 
 
 ruber's observatory hive. 
 
 Huber constructed an observatory hive, consisting of 
 eight frames, hung on butt-hinges, and secured by hooks 
 and eyes when closed. There were glass windows in 
 the outside frames only. When he wished to witness 
 the labors of the bees in the interior of the hive, he 
 opened the leaves as we would those of a book. The 
 bees having become accustomed to have their hive 
 opened in this manner, were not annoyed by the opera- 
 tion. In opening the leaves of such a hive, the opera- 
 tor must be very steady in all his movements, as sudden 
 jars tend more to arouse a family of bees, than any other 
 interference with them. A hive full of bees to its great- 
 est capacity, may, at any time, be turned over carefully 
 and set down on its top, without any protection to the 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 199 
 
 operator ; provided, that the hive receives no jar in the 
 operation. The setting down of the hive on its top, 
 must be done in so careful a manner, that the bees will 
 not feel the force of it. Let but a slight mishap occur 
 from inattention on the part of the apiarian, and a hun- 
 dred bees will dart at his face and show him no mercy. 
 The success of all operations with bees rests on the use 
 of a steady hand. Not the least attention should be 
 paid to their attacks upon you, when you are perfectly 
 protected ; and you should never attempt to do any act 
 pertaining to them, involving the least liability of being 
 stung, without full protection to every exposed part of 
 your person. Running and dodging to get out of the 
 way of bees, is but an incentive to still further attacks 
 from them. 
 
 I have not considered it expedient to give a cut of 
 Huber's leaf hive, for the reason, that I do not believe 
 that any of my readers would ever attempt to construct 
 one of the kind. It is expensive, cumbrous and useless ; 
 since all that we desire to see may be v/itnessed by the 
 use of the single leaf hive, that I have described. 
 
 In the use of my leaf hive as before described, there 
 may be some difficulty in getting a swarm to enter, pro- 
 vided the bee-keeper has had no experience in this busi- 
 ness. A large swarm should never be selected for a 
 leaf hive. The opening for the bees to enter on each 
 side, should be much larger than those that I have dis- 
 cribed for other hives, to be used in winter, in order to 
 afford the greater facility to the swarm in entering the 
 hive. These openings may be cut on a bevel, sloping 
 
200 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 down -to the board upon which the frame stands. If the 
 apiarian choose, he may make any openings for the 
 swarm to enter, that his own judgment may suggest ; 
 for instance, holes may be bored an inch in diameter in 
 the end pieces of the frame, and near the floor of the 
 hive, and when the bees are hived, they can be plugged 
 up or left open. I should leave them open in very warm 
 weather. If it be found that the bees will not readily 
 enter, one door may be opened a few inches, and a cloth 
 thrown over the hive, to extend down to within an inch 
 or two of the bottom ; then the bees will enter, and at 
 evening when they are fully clustered within, the door 
 may be closed. Perhaps the door may have to be closed 
 by degrees, say partly at evening and fully in the morn- 
 ing, in consequence of a portion of the bees clustering 
 along the rabbet, into which the door closes. 
 
 There are many things pertaining to the management 
 of bees, that must ever be treated according to the best 
 of the apiarian's judgment. Every case that may come 
 within the scope of his experience, cannot be anticipated 
 in any work on this subject; therefore, if any one 
 should, at any time, find himself in a dilemma in his 
 management of this insect, and find no especial rule in 
 this Manual for his guidance, let him use the best of 
 his judgment, according to the general principles here 
 laid down. I do not think that anything of a serious 
 nature will ever occur to any one engaged in the cul- 
 ture of the bee, from which I shall be accused of with- 
 holding information, that I ought to have given to the 
 public. That I shall omit some things that would be 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 201 
 
 well to .insert, I have no doubt. Indeed, to write a work 
 of this character, and not do so, would be beyond the 
 power of man. 
 
 Here is something in point. I came very near for- 
 getting to inform you, that before you place a swarm in 
 your observatory hive, you should attach two or three 
 pieces of guide-comb to the roof of the hive. Take the 
 tips or edges of any new comb that you can obtain ; 
 say pieces two or three inches long, by an inch or more 
 wide ; cut them off evenly and smoothly, with a sharp 
 carving-knife ; and then, with the aid of a little melted 
 bees- wax, attach them in the centre of the upper section 
 of the frame or roof of the hive. Perhaps I may as well 
 inform you at this place, how to melt the bees- wax in 
 the best manner, and how to attach the comb. 
 
 In the first place, you want a little tin pan about six 
 inches long, and three or four inches wide, and one inch 
 deep. Place your bees- wax into this pan and melt it ; 
 then take a small brush, about as large around as a pipe- 
 bowl and lay some of the melted wax, as quickly as pos- 
 sible, upon the place where your piece of comb is to be 
 attached; and before the wax thus laid on has time 
 to cool, you should dip that edge of the piece of comb 
 to be secured in position, into the pan as quickly as 
 possible, taking it out quickly to prevent its melting, and 
 as soon as a coating of wax is obtained, then join it to 
 that laid on the roof of the hive, taking particular care 
 not to move the comb in the least, after its first adjust- 
 ment. This whole operation must be done with a dex- 
 trous hand, while the wax is yet pliable, on the roof, as 
 
202 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 well as on the comb to be attached. The first trial will 
 prove a failure with the amateur apiarian, I have no 
 doubt. "With old combs, the difficulty of attaching is 
 not so great as with new combs, that are tender and 
 brittle. New combs will melt, when put into the hot 
 wax, very easily ; and it requires considerable skill to 
 perform the operation successfully. When the piece of 
 comb is attached in its position, which must be in pre- 
 cisely the same place that the bees require it, always 
 giving about half an inch space on either side for the 
 bees to pass over, then it may be necessary to give it 
 further security, since the weight of the cluster of bees 
 will often disconnect it, when we think it perfectly firm 
 in its attachment. The further security may be given 
 by dipping the brush into the melted wax, and rubbing 
 a little on at the ends of the combs, which being pressed 
 firmly by the thumb in connection with a few of the 
 end cells, the whole, when cooled, will afford perfect 
 security. 
 
 The brush that I use, is a small paint-brush, but any 
 one can make a brush with bristles or hair, to answer 
 the purpose. When no brush is at hand, a swab made 
 by tying a rag on the end of a stick will do in the place 
 of something better ; but here I am doing wrong to ini- 
 tiate the apiarian into habits of carelessness, in not hav- 
 ing such things at hand, as he should have, in order to 
 operate with facility and success. I condemn half-way 
 work ; and a man that feels interest enough in bees to 
 purchase a swarm, should feel interest enough in their 
 proper management, to have such things as are neces- 
 9* 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 203 
 
 sary, to carry that management into successful opera- 
 tion, when the cost and trouble of obtaining them is not 
 of the least account. 
 
 EUROPEAN HIVES. 
 
 The majority of bee-keepers of the old world still use 
 the common straw hive, in consequence of its cheap- 
 ness, or from prejudice. I say the majority — this in- 
 cludes the cottagers, who compose a majority of those 
 who keep bees in the old world. The hives used by 
 the many scientific apiarians of England, France and 
 Germany, are mostly of wood, and of every shape and 
 size that can be imagined. The box-hives, as repre- 
 sented at page 141, are in use to a considerable exent — 
 that is, the same principle ; but no two bee-keepers unite 
 on the same dimensions ! Huish adheres to straw hives 
 still, with a cover on top to be raised, and having cross- 
 bars to his hives, as represented at page 138; he cuts 
 out one or two leaves or combs when the bees can spare 
 them, and in -t-his manner takes all the surplus honey 
 that the bees can afford. I consider this method unwor- 
 thy of notice, except to show the folly of men at this late 
 day, in thus adhering to a custom that is founded in 
 ignorance and prejudice. 
 
 Of all the various styles of hives used in England, and 
 on the continent, I find none that I can recommend to 
 the bee-keeping community. There is the same de- 
 sire for experiment and novelty, exhibited there, that 
 is manifested here. Occasionally a hive is brought 
 forth as doing wonders; but a few years' experience 
 
204 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 consigns it to oblivion. The same spirit is extant there, 
 that in our own country cries " vive le bagatelk ;" and 
 inventors are never at a loss to find a public to fleece of 
 their loose cash, in exchange for halves, not worth the 
 nails that hold them together. 
 
 POLISH HIVES. 
 
 As a matter of curiosity, I will give a brief descrip- 
 tion of the kind of hive used in Russia, Poland, and 
 other adjacent countries. It is made of staves like a 
 churn, being largest at the base. Its length is about two 
 feet, and its breadth at the base about 15 inches. The 
 staves are thick and clumsy, and the dimensions inside 
 are not much over ordinary box-hives. The upper half 
 of the hive is wound closely with rope ; in order to pro- 
 tect it from the heat of the sun and from dampness. A 
 board closes the opening at the top. In the fall of the 
 year, the cutting out of a portion of combs takes place, 
 according to the productiveness of the season. A stave 
 is removed which does not extend beyond the lower 
 coil of rope, and the cottager, with knife in hand, and 
 smoke apparatus convenient, commences operations. 
 When the bees come out rather furiously, a whiff of 
 smoke drives them in again, and in this manner he takes 
 away as much honey as he thinks can be safely spared, 
 and have enough for winter use ; and this method is 
 considered the acme of perfection. 
 
 DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING HIVES. 
 
 Good, sound inch, pine boards, thoroughly seasoned, 
 
bee-kegfer's manual. 205 
 
 are suitable fm* bee-hives. Some recommend inch and 
 a quarter plank ; but such are not necessary. In south- 
 ern latitudes, the hives will require being better secured 
 from the heat of the sun, than at the north ; but no dif- 
 ference in the material for their manufacture is required. 
 It is true, that plank will make a better hive than boards ; 
 yet, as a general rule, boards must be used, since plank 
 do not come of a proper width in all cases ; and, besides 
 that^ objection, they are dearer than boards. Plank 
 makes a heavy, clumsy hive, and they are objectionable 
 on that point. Nothing less than boards full one inch 
 thick, will answer ; or rather, boards of a less thickness 
 should never be used, because the different changes of 
 heat and cold would affect the bees much more in hives 
 made of thiner ones. 
 
 There has been some controversy in regard to the 
 best material for the construction of hives. Some apia- 
 rians have recommended one kind and some another 
 kind of boards for their manufacture ; but after all, the 
 grand secret of success in bee-culture lies not in the 
 wood of which the hives are made. Dr. Smith, of Bos- 
 ton, an apiarian of considerable celebrity, strongly 
 recommends red cedar for the especial purpose of keep- 
 ing out the bee-moth. I have no doubt of red cedar 
 being an excellent material to make hives of; and were 
 it as plenty and as cheap as white pine lumber, I should 
 say, use it by all means. In regard to its keeping out 
 the moths, I do not believe any such thing. I believe, 
 that if any wood possess an odor so offensive as to pre- 
 
206 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 vent a bee-moth from entering a hive, the same odor 
 will drive away every bee also. 
 
 DIRECTIONS TO THE JOINER. 
 
 The joiner, in constructing the hives, should be very 
 particular to have close joints ; as every open joint will 
 be filled by the bees with propolis, at a great expense of 
 their valuable time. The nailing of the hives should be 
 particularly attended to, as they are liable to spring open 
 after being exposed to the weather a few months. No- 
 thing less than tenpenny nails will answer the purpose ; 
 and then, some of them should be driven obliquely, or 
 v/hat the joiner calls toed, which will prevent the joints 
 opening. The safest way, however, is to halve out, or 
 rabbet the edges of the boards, so that when put together, 
 they may be nailed both ways. 
 
 The doors to the windows should be beveled on every 
 side, except where they are hung ; and the door- way of 
 the hive should have a corresponding bevel. This pre- 
 vents open joints, and the doors not closing in damp 
 weather. Every door should be clamped at each end, 
 to prevent warping, and so should the floor-boards also. 
 
 Where hives are exposed to the sun a portion of the 
 day, it requires the greatest care to keep many parts of 
 them from warping out of their proper shape. 
 
 A thin strip may be run around the inside of the 
 window, with a rabbet, to receive the glass. Let this 
 strip be as thin as possible. When the glass is in its 
 place, a brad driven in against it will keep it in its posi- 
 tion. Don't forget the cross sticks to be placed in the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 207 
 
 hives, to run from corner to corner diagonally, and in 
 the centre. A brad in each end will hold them fast. 
 These sticks should be half an inch square, or more. 
 
 In making the box-hive, as shown at page 153, the 
 super or upper section will require dowelling ; that is, a 
 couple of wooden pins at two of the corners, to sink into 
 holes made in the roof of the lower section, in order to 
 hold the super in its proper position. The pins should 
 not be sunk into the roof over half an inch, and they 
 should be placed at the diagonal corners. 
 
 The boxes for the chambers of hives represented at 
 page 158, should be made of the thinest materials that 
 can be obtained. Whitewood will do very well, but 
 any material of the thickness of segar boxes is much 
 better. A groove is plowed out near the front end, to 
 receive the glass. No bottoms are required for these 
 boxes, as I have already explained, in the description of 
 chamber-hives. There is a difficulty arising, when the 
 boxes are withdrawn from the chambers filled with 
 honey, in the manner of cutting out the combs with fa- 
 cility. What we then wish is, to be able to sever the 
 combs from the top of the box. It is quite easy to cut 
 the ends and sides, but unless we have a knife made with 
 a right angle, we cannot separate the attachments on 
 the upper side, without taking an end or a side off. 
 Now, it is necessary that every apiarian should have 
 such a knife, with an angle, as I shall give a cut of here- 
 after ; but not one in ten will probably ever provide one ; 
 consequently, I must give such directions in making 
 
208 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 these boxes, as to obviate, in a measure, the necessity of 
 such an instrument. 
 
 The way to construct the boxes, is simply as follows, 
 viz : let the back ends of them be covered by the end 
 pieces over the ends of sides and bottoms ; that is, in 
 such a manner that they can be taken off with the great- 
 est facility. If no directions be given on this point, the 
 joiner will slide the ends down between the sides ; but 
 this is wrong ; they should be on the outside of all, so 
 that they can be removed easily. Every part of the 
 boxes, except the ends, should be fastened with inch 
 brads, but the ends should be secured with the smallest 
 brads that will hold them in their place, and as few to 
 be used as possible. When the honey is to be taken 
 out of a box thus arranged, a knife is to be run down at 
 the end and sever the combs ; then take off the end, and 
 run the knife along the top of the box horizontally, and 
 the work is done at once : then replace the end of the 
 box, and it is ready for use again. 
 
 PAINTING HIVES. 
 
 When your hives are made, you will wish to know 
 what color they should be painted. Some apiarians 
 recommend white as the proper color, since that color 
 does not draw the rays of the sun ; but others object to 
 white, because it attracts the moth-miller in the night, 
 more than darker colors. I do not think it makes a 
 whit of difference, whether your hives are white, red, 
 black or grey, so far as the general prosperity of the bees 
 is concerned. We should have a durable color; one 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 209 
 
 that will stand the weather well. I have used a choco- 
 late color with good results. I make it thus : — take 
 white lead and raw oil, with which mix Venitian red 
 and lamp-black, to produce the color desired. The rela- 
 tive quantities of each can be ascertained by any per- 
 son, when the same is mixed. The white lead and oil 
 should be mixed first, then add the lamp-black to pro- 
 duce a lead color ; then the Venitian red, and you have 
 the shade desired. Raw oil stands exposure to the 
 weather much better than boiled oil ; yet if you wish to 
 have your hives dry speedily, and if the weather be not 
 very favorable for such a result, you can use a little 
 litharge, or, if you please, a little boiled with the raw oil. 
 
CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 BEE-HOUSES. 
 
 The above engraving represents an ornamental bee- 
 house, from an original design, executed expressly for 
 this work. It is not intended for general use, but as an 
 ornament to gentlemen's grounds or flower gardens. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 211 
 
 This is the first design of this nature, that has been laid 
 before the public, to the best of my knowledge. In all 
 the various works on the honey-bee, published in the old 
 world, I find nothing but the ordinary bee- stands of ages 
 past, or simple sheds of no more beauty than a pig-sty 
 or a hen-roost. That such a structure would truly be 
 an ornament to the flower garden, every one will admit. 
 Why, then, should such bee-houses not be erected ? 
 The cost will not be much. Fifty dollars will suflBce to 
 cover it. 
 
 SHAPE, ETC. 
 
 It will be perceived, that the foregoing cut represents ^ 
 an octangular building ; that is, one having eight angles 
 or sides. This aSbrds accommodation for eight hives, 
 or one to each angle. The height should be sufficient 
 to allow a person to walk under the lower extremity of 
 the roof with facility, and no higher ; consequently, the 
 posts should be about seven feet long. The roof should 
 project over beyond the posts two feet, at least, in order 
 to shade the hives during the heat of the day. The 
 style of architecture may vary according to the taste of 
 the owner ; yet the style of the foregoing cut is not un- 
 becoming, by any means. Instead of having a floor, as 
 is here represented, the posts may be inserted in the 
 ground about two and a half feet ; and the area within 
 the posts, may be graveled, so as to have a neat and tidy 
 appearance. The portion of the posts placed in the 
 ground, should be left untouched, and as large as possi- 
 ble. These posts may either be turned, as they appear 
 
212 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 in the cut, or they may be boxed in, and made with 
 suitable mouldings, to look very well. If they . be set 
 into the ground, they should be of some kind of durable 
 wood ; and the ends to be put below the surface, ought 
 to be charred with fire, to prevent decay. With box- 
 columns or posts, the style of architecture should be 
 changed. A cornice should be run around the struc- 
 ture ; a dental cornice, perhaps, would look well. Every 
 builder, however, will know how to give the best effect 
 to the general appearance of the structure. If the posts 
 be not inserted in the ground, let the floor be laid, and 
 ordinary joists measuring three by four inches, will do 
 for the columns, if boxed in. In this case, it will, per- 
 haps, require some support to prevent the structure from 
 being blown over in a gale. Three or four posts sunk 
 into the ground even with the floor, and made fast 
 thereto, would be all that is necessary. 
 
 ROOF HOW PAINTED, ETC. 
 
 The roof of this structure should be of tin, and painted 
 a brown or stone color, or any shade that may be de- 
 sired. If, however, it can be covered with shingles, let 
 it be done. Shingles will look as well as tin, if neatly 
 put on. 
 
 There may or may not be, a ceiling under the roof. 
 It will look better with one, and the cost will be but a 
 trifle. 
 
 SIZE, CIKCUMFERENCE, ETC. 
 
 The size of the house should be about twenty feet in 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 213 
 
 circumference, so as to allow full two feet between the 
 columns. This is the smallest space that hives can oc- 
 cupy to advantage. The circumference of the base of 
 the roof is much more than the foregoing .dimensions, 
 in consequence of its projection. 
 
 HEIGHTH OF HIVES FLOOR-BOARDS, ETC. 
 
 The hives may be set from two to three and a half 
 feet from the ground. The higher they are placed, the 
 more they will be protected from the rays of the sun 
 and from storms. The stand upon which they are to rest 
 should be made of a single board in width, if possible, 
 and bracketed on the under side, to prevent warping. 
 In joining the floor-boards of hives, there is danger of 
 affording cracks for the use of the moth-worm to wind 
 up in. 
 
 The width of hives is, say about fourteen inches on 
 the outside ; and the bees require, at least, two inches 
 space in front to alight on ; and the whole width of the 
 stand would be, according to this calculation, 16 inches, 
 which would be its least possible diameter. There may 
 be separate floor-boards for each hive to rest on, if the 
 owner choose, on the bevel plan, that I have described 
 at page 169. This would be better than to have the 
 hives rest on a level floor, when rains beat in under 
 them ; because a level floor is apt to warp some, at best. 
 I dislike to multiply the fixtures of a bee-stand ; for the 
 reason, that every addition furnishes some crevice, 
 sooner or later, for insects to breed in. If separate floor- 
 boards are furnished, let them be two inches, at least, 
 
214 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 wider on every side, than the hive, and clamped at the 
 ends to prevent warping; then, I recommend in the 
 place of the level floor-boards stationary in the structure, 
 as above alluded -to, to simply have a couple of string- 
 pieces, say two inches wide, by one inch thick, placed 
 about a foot apart, and upon these lay your bevel floor- 
 board, strewing salt where they come in contact, plen- 
 tifully. If the level floor be used, a division between 
 each hive is necessary ; that is, a board six inches broad, 
 to be set on its edge vertically, half way between the 
 hives. This prevents the bees running over to gossip 
 with their neighbors, where the only welcome they get, 
 is certain death, if they enter their neighbors' domicil ! 
 
 The stand for the hives should be constructed wholly 
 inside of the columns, resting against them. This 
 throws the hives back, and more out of the reach of the 
 sun. It will do the hives no harm to have the rays of 
 the sun strike them in the morning, until about 10 
 o'clock ; and from 3 to 7, P. M. Indeed, it is quite 
 necessary, that the sun should shine on, or near the hives 
 in the morning. 
 
 HIVES REPRESENTED IN CUT OPEN BEE-HOUSES 
 
 PREFERABLE, ETC. 
 
 The two hives represented in the foregoing cut,. are 
 intended to represent my EauiLATERAL hive, as shown 
 at page 181. These hives have a beautiful appearance, 
 and if surmounted by a wooden urn, handsomely turned, 
 the decoration would be complete. They rest on pins 
 or legs, as before described, during the spring and sum- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 215 
 
 iner, and in the winter they are let down, and the open- 
 ings in the front and rear are used. The general rules 
 for the management of bees in other hives, apply to 
 these with the same force. One greai advantage in an 
 open apiary of this nature is, that it affords the least 
 possible facilities for insect breeding. Every part is 
 exposed, and the broom or the brush applied once a 
 week, thoroughly, will root out every vestige of moths, 
 spiders, wasps, &c. 
 
 I am aware that I take new ground in advocating 
 open bee-houses ; yet I hope to be able to convince my 
 readers, that the ordinary close houses, fronting the 
 south, as they generally do, are downright ruin to the 
 prosperity of bees. It is a mistaken idea, that bees 
 should be kept in a warm, sunny place. There is but 
 one season of the year, that this principle will apply with 
 benefit to them ; and that is in the spring, during the 
 months of April and May. From June to October, they 
 want the same temperature around their hives, that ex- 
 ists in the open fields — no exposure to the scorching 
 rays of the sun, beside a close fence, that keeps off" the 
 current of air that elsewhere exists, nor to be penned up 
 in a close bee-house, fronting the south, where the heat 
 is sufficient to broil a steak ! My remarks on the labors 
 of bees, to ventilate their hives, when thus exposed, as 
 given at page 83, may here be read with profit. 
 
 I will simply ask the reader, if he does not prefer 
 laboring in the shade, when the thermometer ranges at 
 90° ? Well, so does the bee. Watch them on an after- 
 noon, while clustering on their tenement, when the rays 
 
216 IWmER's AMERICAN 
 
 of the sun are most oppressive. Do you see them re- 
 maining 'exposed to the sun, or do you perceive them 
 changing their position to the shady parts ? They re- 
 move to the shady sides of the hive, of course, and why 
 is it ? Because the rays of the sun are too powerful ; 
 and many bees that cluster on the outside of the hive 
 would be at work within, but for the insupportable heat 
 there. From these considerations, we should infer, that 
 hives should not be exposed to the full force of the sun's 
 rays in the summer ; nor be so situated, that the air will 
 have no circulation around them. 
 
 THE HEAT OF THE SUN DISADVANTAGEOUS IN WINTER. 
 
 Perhaps of all thei innovations upon the established 
 rules of bee-keepers, that I shall make in this work, none 
 will be more repugnant to their views than the asser- 
 tion, that bees should not be exposed to the rays of the 
 sun in the winter. Nothing in the whole management 
 of bees is susceptible of being more clearly established, 
 than this fact ; and though I shall not at this place dis- 
 cuss the question in all its bearings, yet it is necessary, 
 that I should state, that close bee-houses with a southern 
 exposure, should never be constructed. Where is the 
 bee-keeper who has not witnessed the loss of his bees, 
 when coming forth frorti jhe hives when the ground was 
 covered with snow ? Now, what is it that allures them 
 from their tenements ? It is the warm rays of a 
 winter's sun falling on the hives, where, perhaps, the 
 northerly winds find no entrance. The poor bees see 
 the light penetrating their domicil, and come down to 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 217 
 
 snuff the balmy breeze. They look out, and a warm sun 
 greets them, saying, as it were, "come forth and meet 
 me ; no chill pervades the air. All is bright and glit- 
 tering ; and old boreas is chained to northern icy shores." 
 They come forth. All is calm and serene around their 
 tenement. They rise on the wing, and sweep the fields 
 while yet warm from their abode, and suddenly the cold 
 winds that they imagined were hushed, come whistling 
 past. They feel a chill that benumbs them, and they 
 endeavor to return. The glittering snow blinds their 
 vision, and they fall to rise no more. How great the 
 destruction of life is, in an apiary thus situated, from the 
 above cause, every person is well aware, who has kept 
 bees in a northern climate. If there be instances in 
 which large numbers of bees have perished in the above 
 manner, and yet it has made no apparent difference in 
 the prosperity of the apiary the following season, it was 
 because the hives were well tenanted, and could, with- 
 out destruction, spare a portion of their numbers ; yet 
 every bee that thus perishes, is a loss.. A hive contain- 
 ing two thousand bees, that loses two hundred in the 
 above way, decreases in value 10 per cent., and in the 
 same ratio for the loss of any number or proportion of 
 the family. 
 
 I will now introduce the' reader to a bee-house that 
 may be enclosed when necessary, and avoid all the fatali-" 
 ties of close houses, as they are usually constructed. 
 
 10 
 
218 
 
 MINER S AMERICA!* 
 
 ■i » 
 
 
 The above cut represents a house twelve feet long, six 
 feet high, and five feet wide. The ends and back are 
 enclosed, except a space one foot wide, directly oppo- 
 site the lower section of the hives. This space is pro- 
 vided with a shutter, hung on hinges, and during the 
 months of March, April and May, it should be closed. 
 The remainder of the year, it should be open, unless in 
 certain circumstances of very heavy winds existing, 
 when it would be proper to close it again for brief 
 periods. The shutter here alluded to, is made from any 
 board measuring 12 feet long by one foot wide, and 
 bracketed to prevent warping.. During the heat of sum- 
 mer, a breeze will constantly be playing around the 
 hives, when arranged on this plan, giving the bees health 
 and activity ; and during the winter, they will stay at 
 home, where they belong. 
 
 It may be perceived in the preceding cut, -that a por- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 219 
 
 tion of the structure is closed below the roof in front. 
 This portion of the front thus covered, is about two feet 
 wide. It is not intended to be permanently fast, but 
 one foot of it, at least, in width, should swing on hinges 
 and be susceptible of being raised ahd lowered at plea- 
 sure. In the spring of the year, it may be raised, and 
 the sun let in, as the heat of this orb, at that period, is 
 beneficial in aiding the bees to raise the temperature of 
 the interior of the hives suiRciently to develop the brood. 
 
 HIVES TO BE BROUGHT WITHIN THE RAYS OP THE SUN 
 AT CERTAIN SEASONS, ETC. 
 
 A very good way to bring the hives within the rays 
 of the sun during the spring months is, to so construct 
 the floor-board, as to admit of its being brought forward 
 or moved back at pleasure. For instance, in March, 
 April, and May, bring it forward parallel with the front 
 of the house, where the sun will stfine with full force 
 upon the hives. When swarming is over and the heat 
 becomes oppressive, let it be moved back, so far as to 
 be beyond the reach of the rays of the sun ; and in the 
 winter, the farther back it is moved the better, for the 
 reason, that no inducement should then be afforded to 
 cause the bees to leave their homes, and at this season the 
 front should be closed partially ; that is, the board that 
 hangs on hinges should be let down. The rear being 
 open in winter, causes a cool current of air to pass 
 around the hives, and if at any time the bees leave their 
 domicils, they do it with their eyes open, or in other 
 \yofds, they are not deceived in regard to the actual 
 
220 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 temperature without, unless it be, that they find it much 
 warmer than they anticipated, from which no evil can 
 arise. 
 
 The removal of the floor-boards from front to rear, 
 and vice versd, will not involve the necessity of disturb- 
 ing the hives. It can be effected by shoving*along the 
 whole together. 
 
 DIVISION-BOARDS NECESSARY BETWEEN HIVES, ETC. 
 
 It will be perceived, that in the cut a division ap- 
 pears between each hive. This is necessary, as before 
 spoken of. A board a few inches wide, placed on its 
 edge, is all that is requisite. 
 
 Tfiey who prefer it, may have their hives set on stools 
 in structures of the foregoing character; and in this 
 way, have better access to them, and facility in passing 
 around them, &c. I am inclined to think, that setting 
 them on stools would be the better way. 
 
 The suspended hives, before illustrated, may be en- 
 closed in a house of this description. There is no hin- 
 drance in the least. Every apiarian must consult his 
 own convenience and taste in many things, and not fol- 
 low any written rules ; or rather, he will have to do so, 
 in the absence of instructions, since to state every thing 
 pertaining to thts subject, is out of the question. 
 
 COST OF BUILDING. 
 
 A bee-house on the foregoing plan, can be built for 
 $30, and in good style, too. A handsome cornice around 
 the roof, to suit the size of the structure, should be in- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 221 
 
 eluded in that sum. The posts should be about 4 by 4 
 inches, with the corners taken off an inch, except six or 
 eight inches of the tops and bottoms. If the posts should 
 be boxed in, they would appear much better ; but for an 
 economical house, it is not at all necessary. 
 
 FLOOR NOT NECESSARY. 
 
 A floor may, or may not be laid. If it is to give 
 shelter to all manner of insects below, it had better be 
 dispensed with ; but if made perfectly tight, and no pas- 
 sage beneath be afforded, it will be an improvement. 
 A stone or brick floor is far best, which woul4 afford no 
 protection to insects. 
 
 BRICK BEE-HOUSES. 
 
 . Of all the bee-houses that have ever been used, none 
 ,are better adapted for wintering bees, than those con- 
 structed of bricks. The great object is, to keep the 
 bees during the winter season, in such a manner, that 
 they will feel the sudden changes of weather as little as 
 possible. A brick house on the plan of the foregoing 
 wooden one, would be very convenient. An open space 
 one foot wide on the back, would be desirable, and very 
 important, to let a current of air pass around the hives 
 in the summer season, at least, if not in the winter. 
 The front may be walled up even with the floor-board 
 of the hives; and then, a space left open eighteen inches 
 wide ; when the brick-work may commence again, sup- 
 ported by a cross-timber. A door- way should be left in 
 front, to enter the building. The openings in front and 
 
222 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 rear, should be provided with shutters, that fit very 
 closely; the one in front in particular. During the 
 summer, the front is left open, and the hives are set 
 back far enough, to be out of the sun the most of the 
 day. In cold weather, the front is shut as tight as pos- 
 sible, door and all ; and if a current of air can be made 
 to circulate within, without the rear shutter being par- 
 tially open, that may also be closed. The bees will then 
 be in darkness, but it is so much the better for them ; 
 provided, that any means can be adopted to ventilate 
 the apiary. A small air-hole at the bottom, at each end 
 of the house, with an escape at the top of the roof, some 
 six inches square, boxed in, and perforated with holes, 
 would keep the atmosphere within perfectly pure. 
 
 On this plan, the bees will not desire to leave their 
 hives, and the usual casualties of the winter season are 
 entirely avoided ; provided the bees have sufficient honey 
 to carry them through the season. They will not con- 
 sume over one half as much honey in this way, as they 
 would, if exposed to the full force of the sun during the 
 winter. 
 
 I would not wish the I'eader to infer, that this last 
 method of wintering bees, is the only way that is recom- 
 mendable. The preceding plan of a wooden house is 
 similar to it, and perhaps some may thinE, just as good, 
 or even preferable. The ornamental bee-house first 
 given, is not, with all its openness, lacking qualities to 
 enable the apiarian to winter his bees with perfect safety. 
 A few boards so placed in front, as to exclude the sun, 
 say a couple of posts set down temporarily, some four 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 223 
 
 leet from the hives, and then boarded up six feet or 
 more, would be all that would be necessary ; then close 
 the slides when the bees show any disposition to come 
 out, if the ground be covered with snow, if not, let them 
 come out as much as they please. 
 
 In case of using the brick tenement, it will be neces- 
 sary to open the front occasionally, when the weather 
 is mild and no snow exists, to allow the bees to clear 
 their hives of dead bees, and also to their void fceces. It 
 is very bad policy to keep bees confined a whole winter, ' 
 or even a month, without giving them an airing. 
 
 The bee-houses here introduced, are original; or 
 rather the first is entirely original in design, and the 
 second engraving, with the plan of a brick structure, are 
 great improvements of apologies for bee-houses hereto- 
 fore existing. No apiarian has ever taken the same 
 ground that I pursue, in regard to winter management 
 of bees, and none have, as I believe, ever met with so 
 successful results. I make mention of these points, not 
 in an egotistical spirit, but rather to show that my plans 
 are not re-vamped from any of the exploded theories of 
 apiarians that have already existed, and been weighed 
 in the balance and found wanting. 
 
 Had I room to spare, I would illustrate one or two 
 more bee-houses, that might be constructed, partly orna- 
 mental, and partly otherwise ; but there are none that 
 excel those already given. Every apiarian can suggest 
 his own plans, when the fundamental requisites are laid 
 down, as I think I have don% The dimensions that I 
 
224 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 have given in the preceding cuts, need not be followed ; 
 but merely the principles there elucidated. 
 
 CHAPTER XV 
 
 BEE-STANDS, ETC. 
 
 It may be necessary for me to state my views upon 
 the relative merits of different kinds of stands, upon 
 which to rest hives. 
 
 There is the suspending stand ; — the shelf, or horizon- 
 tal floor-board ; and the stool-stand. 
 
 The suspended stand is a very good one, and for the 
 purpose of giving an inclination to the alighting-board 
 is preferable to any other ; but it may be asked, how far 
 the prosperity of the bees is affected by giving an incli- 
 nation to the alighting-board ? 
 
 It is not absolutely necessary to have such an inclina- 
 tion, yet it is an advantage in keeping the floor of the 
 hive dry, and giving any water that may beat in facility 
 to run off". It also aids the bees as before observed, in 
 keeping their tenement free from worms, dead bees, &c. 
 
 The horizontal shelf has no particular fault. If it can 
 be kept level, by the use of cleats, to prevent warping, it 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 225 
 
 will do very "well. The principal objection that can be 
 brought against this kind of floor-board, is the liability 
 of the bees to communicate with each other, when they 
 cluster out in great numbers. When hives are set a 
 foot or eighteen inches apart, which is the usual dis- 
 tance, the bees, during very warm weather, will vacate 
 their hives, and spread out to the right and left, so as to 
 meet the members of the adjoining families, and they 
 frequently get so mixed, that they enter the wrong hive 
 and perish. A bee seems to lose all knowledge of the 
 position of its own home, except when on the wing. If 
 they happen to cross the dividing line, between their 
 own and a neighboring hive, they lose all recollection 
 of having thus passed the boundary, and the nearest 
 hive receives them ; but their mistake is found out in- 
 stantly, yet it is often too late to retreat. It is curious 
 to perceive how the truant bees suffer themselves to be 
 encircled and held prisoners. A half dozen bees will 
 surround a single one, showing no deadly hostility, un- 
 less the stranger attempt to fly away, when it is dis- 
 patched forthwith. On an occasion of witnessing an 
 occurrence of this natui'e, I stood watching the move- 
 ments of a couple of workers, that held another worker 
 prisoner. They offered no violence until the stranger 
 attempted to rise on the wing, when it was suddenly 
 seized by ope of its captors, and stung between the rings 
 of the abdomen. The next moment it lay quivering in 
 death. 
 
 On refering to page 218, the reader will perceive 
 small divisions between the hives in the cut. These 
 10* 
 
226 MIITBR's AMERICAN 
 
 Strips efFectually prevent bees from passing from one 
 hive to another, as here represented. They never run 
 up a vertical barrier, to cross over to adjoining hives, 
 even if it be but two inches high. This being the case, 
 a great objection is overcome to horizontal shelf-stands. 
 
 The stool-stand, as seen at page 153, is about as good 
 as anything that can be used. It affords as few facili- 
 ties for the breeding of iilsects as any other, and it has 
 some features that render it preferable to either sus- 
 pended or shelf-stands. It is easily removed, when 
 necessary, and with an inclination given to each side, 
 there can be no reasonable objection to its use. If these 
 stools can be made in one board, they would be much 
 better ; as the groove where the joint is made, when in 
 two pieces, will open, in time, so far as to admit the 
 moth-worm to wind up therein. When cracks do ex- 
 ist, they should be filled with putty in the spring. 
 
 The size of stools should be at least two inches larger 
 on each side, than the dimension of the hive. The 
 clamps, to prevent warping, should not be omitted. The 
 height may be from one to two feet. The height of 
 hives from the ground is a matter of some importance. 
 I have generally recommended three feet for suspended 
 hives, and it would be better, perhaps, to have all hives 
 as high as that, but it is not always convenient. All 
 we want is, to get the hives out of the reach of the damp 
 exhalations that arise from the earth during warm 
 weather. If the hives are placed near the earth, a thick 
 coat of gravel around them would be beneficial, in pre- 
 venting exhalations of dampness. In case of using the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 227 
 
 shelf-stand, the hives can be raised three feet without 
 inconvenience. 
 
 ■I do not recommend the practice of having a double 
 tier of hives, one above the other, at all. It is bad man- 
 agement. The apiarian has not the facility to attend to 
 them, that he has when but one tier exists ; and besides 
 that, it brings the bees too close. 
 
 In regard to the distance, that hives should beset 
 apart, I would say, that they cannot be placed too 
 far, unless it be beyond the bee-keeper's premises ; but 
 it is necessary to set them near to each other, in order 
 to afford the bees protection from the sun, &c. I think 
 that a single row or tier of hives will not suffer injury 
 by being placed where the space between each hive is 
 about one foot ; provided, that the divisions are put up, 
 before alluded to. Two feet would be better, and four 
 feet better still ; but it is not always convenient to have 
 hives that distance from each other. 
 
 The stool-stand has one advantage on this point. It 
 can be used in an out-door apiary, and the hives sta- 
 tioned a rod apart, if desirable. All that is wanting, in 
 this case, is a flat portable roof for each stool ; say three 
 boards one foot wide, and three feet long, secured to- 
 gether with brackets or cleats. Set one of these pro- 
 tectors on each hive, drawn a little forward of the cen- 
 tre, to produce the more shade. If they will not keep 
 in their position, place a stone on each; but if you 
 would be a little more tasty, you can get iron or lead 
 weights, if any at all are necessary ; which I think quite 
 doubtful. 
 
CHAPTER XVI 
 
 THE APIARY. 
 
 The position of the apiary is a matter of importance. 
 In most cases, it is seen to front the south, according to 
 the usual practice of the present day ; and especially 
 when enclosed, somewhat on the plan of bee-houses 
 illustrated at page 218. This position is considered 
 necessary by bee-keepers generally, in order to afford 
 the bees all the warmth, both in summer and winter, 
 that it is possible to give, and which I consider so ruin- 
 ous to their prosperity. 
 
 SOUTH-EAST THE BEST POINT TO FRONT. 
 
 It will not, in all cases, be found convenient to have 
 the apiary front any point of the compass ; in conse- 
 quence of the situation of the ground where it is to be 
 erected, since it is often necessary to build parallel to 
 some fence already constructed ; but the best possible 
 way it can point is ^outh-east. Directly to the south 
 or to the east, is not particularly objectionable, when 
 the back of the building has an opening to admit a cur- 
 rent of air among the hives, as I have directed ; but 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 229 
 
 when it is convenient, I recommend a preference to be 
 given to the aforesaid direction. 
 
 MORNING SUN NECESSARY. 
 
 Every husbandman knows full well how much more 
 labor his hired men can perform, when they get to work 
 at the rising of the sun, than when they lie in bed until 
 that luminary peers in at the windows of their bed-rooms 
 at an angle of 20° or 30° To the above may be likened 
 the sallying forth of the honey-bee. It is not often that 
 bees sally forth to the fields in the morning, until the rays ' 
 of the sun strike their hives. For example, two hives may 
 be placed in the months- of June, July and August, in 
 different situations ; the one where the sun cannot shine 
 upon it, until 7 o'clock, A. M., and the other, where his 
 rays will fall upon it, at half-past 5. Now mark the 
 result. The bees in the hive where the warmth of the 
 sun reaches them at half-past 5, will be seen leaving 
 their hives at that hour, while those of the other hive, 
 remain within until 7 o'clock, one hour and a half later, j 
 Thus it may be seen, that it is important to so place our 
 hives, that they will receive the morning sun. if the 
 bee-house front the south, it would be well to have a 
 movable shutter at the east end, to be raised during the 
 summer ; say two feet space opposite the end hive, to be 
 thus open, and closed at pleasure. 
 
 OFFENSIVE SMELLS DETRIMENTAL. 
 
 It is advisable to place the apiary out of the reach of 
 
230 miner's amekican 
 
 nauseous and offensive smells ; and not immediately in 
 the vicinity of the barn-yard, where flies congregate. A 
 yard-house being near, will not, in ordinary cases, be 
 injurious, unless it be offensive, which should never be 
 the case, on account of the apiarian's family. A barrel 
 of lime or plaster thrown into the sink, when offensive, 
 will thoroughly purify it. 
 
 THE SHADE OF LARGE TREES NOT BENEFICIAL, ETC. 
 
 It is not advisable to place an apiary under trees of 
 magnitude ; since the drippings therefrom, during wet 
 weather, continue long after the sun appears, and thus 
 retard the labors of the bees. Hives that are set in an 
 out-door apiary, without any protection, are much more 
 affected by the drippings of trees than those placed in a 
 bee-house. It is a custom with many people, to thus 
 place their hives in the shade, in order to screen them 
 from the heat of the sun during the summer; but it is 
 bad management. A cover, three or four feet square, 
 that may be made at a cost of one shilling, is much bet- 
 ter than the protection of trees, and such cover may be 
 removed in April and May, and the sun left to shine 
 upon the hives with his full force, to aid in developing 
 the brood. In case of removing the cover thus de- 
 scribed, it would be well to use a small cover the size of 
 the top of the hive, merely to prevent any warping or 
 cracking of the top. I never expose the tops of my hives 
 to the sun, as it is almost impossible to prevent such a 
 result, sooner or later, to some extent. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 231 
 
 DANGER or HIVES BLOWING OVER. 
 
 In out-door apiaries, there is some danger of hives 
 being blov^n over, during the prevalence of very high 
 winds, unless secured in some manner. If the hives are 
 set against a close fence, there is no danger from winds, 
 unless it be a hurricane ; yet I do not approve of placing 
 them against fences or buildings at all, for reasons be- 
 fore given, in regard to allowing the air to circulate 
 freely around them, and keeping them free from insects. 
 It is always best, in cases of out-door apiaries, to fully 
 secure the hives in some way, against any possible con- 
 tingency. A thunder-storm in summer often brings 
 winds that level trees, fences, and even houses with the 
 ground. On that account, the lower the hives are 
 placed the better ; but nearer than one foot to the ground ■ 
 will not answer at all, and the higher the better, so far 
 as the bees are concerned ; but no height will prevent 
 the moth-miller from entering. What fastening or se- 
 curity for hives is best to prevent them from being 
 blown over, I hardly know, but a stake driven firmly 
 into the ground, against the back of each, and a leather 
 strap or cord running around the lower section, and 
 secured to the stake would be effectual. The super, if 
 the hive be on the plan of that shown at page 153, will 
 not be blown off, if doweled in; and even if it were not 
 doweled, it would not blow off, as the bees always ce- 
 ment down supers with propolis, so as to require a con- 
 siderable force to separate them from the main hives. 
 
 The cheapest way of holding down hives, is to place 
 
232 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 a large stone upon each ; so let no bee-keeper suffer his 
 hives to be blown over for the want of means to secure 
 them. 
 
 SURROUNDING PROTECTION NECESSARY. 
 
 When bees arrive within a few feet of their hives, it 
 is very important that the force of the winds should be 
 checked in some manner, as the greatest difficulty a bee 
 encounters when on the wing, is to alight safely at her 
 own door. Like a ship at sea in a gale, all goes on 
 merrily so long as she has sea room ; but let her ap- 
 proach land, and then comes the real danger. Just so 
 it is with the little bee, when the high winds sweep over 
 the hills and valleys. She beats up against the breeze 
 fearing nothing while she has space to dart over the 
 forest; but when she comes to her door — when she 
 slackens her speed, she is at the mercy of every fitful 
 gust that plays around the hives ; and often when just 
 reaching her own domicil, as she hovers slowly before 
 the entrance, loaded with treasures from nature's store- 
 house, she is forced to the ground, or perchance against 
 some neighboring hive. The vision of the bee is obscured 
 when she approaches within a few feet of her hive, and 
 her motion is necessarily quite slow on such occasions, 
 and if she be driven out of her course to the least extent, 
 she has to rise again on the wing, and describe a circle 
 ., in her flight, some ten or twenty feet above the apiary, 
 before she can venture to return again. Even should 
 she be driven but a single foot from the point she aimed 
 at in alighting, she would rise again, and make a second 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 233 
 
 attempt in finding her iiome. Bees seem to know no- 
 thing at all of the position of their hive, unless when de- 
 scending on a return from the fields, or in cases when 
 their flight is merely sporting immediately around it. 
 
 For the purpose of affording a check to the force of 
 the winds in out-door apiaries, immediately around the 
 hives, in unsheltered situations, I would recommend a 
 close fence to be placed some short distance from them, 
 on the north and west sides. If any fence be placed on 
 the east side, it should not obstruct the rays of the sun 
 to the most easterly hives. It is advisable to have an 
 open length one foot wide opposite the hives, that may 
 be opened and closed at pleasure. In the spring the 
 whole fence may be closed, and as the heat of summer 
 approaches, the doors or shutters may be thrown open. 
 When a quiet nook already exists, where the force of 
 the wind is partially brokeUj'the hives may be placed 
 there without further trouble. When the hives are 
 placed in a bee-house, no protection from winds is re- 
 quired, except to keep the back closed when the winds 
 are very high, and it is evident that it would be bene- 
 ficial to do so. In case of having an open house, like 
 that described at page 210, some little screen afforded 
 as protection against the winds, such as adjoining high 
 shrubbery, or some fence within ten or fifteen feet, on 
 the north or west side, would be sufficient ; yet without 
 any protection at all, in any case, the bees will thrive 
 and do well ; but it is better to thus afford a little pro- 
 tection from the force of the winds when convenient 
 to do so. 
 
234 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 RIVERS AND LAKES DETRIMENTAL. 
 
 If the apiarian reside on the banks of a large river, 
 lake, or very near the ocean, he should place his apiary 
 as far from the water as possible ; as the bees are liable 
 to be forced down and drowned when returning heavily 
 laden. Such results occur when the bees cross the 
 water. If the bee-pasturage be abundant back of such 
 river or lake, they will seldom venture across, where the 
 distance is half a mile and over ; yet there are instances 
 where bees have been known to pass several miles over 
 water to obtain honey. I should not suffer a close 
 proximity to the water, in any case, to deter me from 
 keeping bees ; yet what I would inculcate most deeply 
 is, that an apiary immediately on the banks of a river, 
 or of any other body of water, where but a few feet 
 intervene between the hives and the water, is objec- 
 tionable. Two hundred feet from the bank is a safe 
 distance. 
 
 HOW SITUATED IN REGARD TO THE DWELLING. 
 
 It is an important consideration to so place the apiary, 
 that during the swarming season, the swarms will be 
 readily observed, as the bees will not always await their 
 owner's motion to hive them. If it be convenient to 
 place it where the servants about the kitchen, in their 
 running in and out, would be likely to observe the bees 
 in such instances, it would be the best position, perhaps. 
 When bees swarm, the noise created by them may be 
 heard many rods, where but few hives exist ; but when 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 235 
 
 a dozen or more strong families are in a single apiary, 
 the usual hum drowns the extra noise of swarming. 
 Any gentleman keeping this insect, should for the space 
 of about three weeks, charge his gardener to be on the 
 looli out. The season wh'en swarms are to be most ex 
 pected, is from the 20th of May to the 10th of June, and 
 during this period, if the apiary be not near the kitchen 
 door where the servants will notice swarms, a little at- 
 tention on the part of the gardener is quite sufficient. 
 
 NO WALLS OR BUILDINGS TO IMPEDE THE FLIGHT OF BEES. 
 
 When bees sally out to the fields, they depart at an 
 angle of about forty degrees with the plane of the 
 horizen ; and no wall, or other obstruction, should im- 
 pede their free passage at such an angle. It matters not 
 what obstruction may be in the rear of the hives, pro- 
 vided, that no barrier exist in front. 
 
 VALLEYS MOST SUITABLE FOR APIARIES. 
 
 If one were to have his choice of just such a location 
 as he might elect, he should select a broad valley, with 
 gently-sloping sides, extending a mile or more. The 
 sides of such valley should be composed of rich mead- 
 ows and pasture lands ; and as little as may be under the 
 plow. Here and there should a tract of woodland inter- 
 vene, and ample orchards dot the landscape ; and above 
 all, the white clover should be seen spreading its snow- 
 white mantle in wild exuberance and profusion, beneath 
 the feet of the herds that rove over the fertile fields, 
 this would be a paradise for bees ; yet such a paradise 
 
236 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 exists in thousands and thousands of places, where bar- 
 rels of honey might be gathered, for the pounds that are 
 now produced. 
 
 In valleys, bees have less high winds to encounter ; 
 and when loaded and returning home, it is easier for 
 them to descend than to ascend. This requires no 
 proof Let the reader, when fatigued, have a mile to 
 walk, would you prefer to have it up hill or down ? 
 
 WEEDS AROUND HIVES TO BE EXTIRPATED. 
 
 It is customary with many bee-keepers to place their 
 hives where the grass grows in the greatest profusion. 
 This is not good policy ; yet, perhaps, it is full as well, 
 to place hives over a green sward, where the grass can 
 be cut at intervals, as to place them where the sod has 
 been turned over, and then allow a profusion of weeds 
 to spring up around them. Both cases are bad man- 
 agement for the thorough apiarian. I now allude to 
 out-door apiaries only, of course. 
 
 The better way is, to first throw aside the top soil, 
 where an out-door apiary is to be situated, then throw 
 out a foot or two in depth of the yellow barren sub-soil. 
 In the pit thus excavated, place the top soil first re- 
 moved, and let the barren sub-soil remain on the sur- 
 face of the ground. Over this spread a few inches of 
 gravel, and you will soon have a hard foundation for 
 your hives, where but few, if any, weeds will spring up, 
 and where every unfortunate bee that falls to the ground 
 exhausted with fatigue, as does often happen, may rest 
 
bee-keefer's manual. 237 
 
 her weary limbs in ease and safety, and finally rise on 
 the wing, and regain her tenement. 
 
 It may not be generally known, even among bee- 
 keepers, that when a bee falls through fatigue, that it is 
 diiBcult for her to rise from^ level surface. Some little 
 headway must be secured ; and for this purpose, a nar- 
 row strip of board laid on the ground, in front of the 
 hives, will afford the requisite facility. The bees will 
 ascend the sides of such piece of board, and from thence 
 take a flight, that could not possibly be effected from a 
 level surface. 
 
 Besides the above considerations, we lose a large 
 number out of every family of bees, where weeds and 
 grass grow spontaneously around the hives, that would 
 not be lost in other circumstances. How many spiders 
 lay in ambush among the weeds and grass, to weave 
 their silken webs around every fallen bee, no one can 
 tell, who has not carefully investigated this subject. A 
 few bees ensnared every day is of no account, perhaps 
 the careless apiarian would say ; but let us see what 
 figures say, that cannot he. Suppose ten- bees are thus 
 lost daily on an average, from the 1st of May to the 1st 
 of November. We have 184 days, and the number of 
 bees lost, that might, with good management, have been 
 saved, is 1840 ! This number would make a very re- 
 spectable swarm. Is it any wonder that people do not 
 succeed, in many cases, in the culture of bees, when 
 they thus let them take care of themselves ? 
 
238 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 APIARIES IN THE ROOMS OF DWELLINGS. 
 
 It is a practice with some people, to have their hives 
 placed in an upper room of their dwelling, with tubes or 
 other channels for the bees to obtain egress and ingress. 
 This plan may answer very well in large towns, where 
 no yard-room exists ; or in cases of having a hive or 
 two, kept more as a source of amusement than of profit ; 
 but in no case can bees be brought into one's dwelling, 
 or any out-house not built expressly for them, and prove 
 prosperous in the long run. They will thrive a short 
 period, in spite of all the disadvantages under which 
 they labor, and finally, they are " non est inventus," as 
 the constable says, when he returns his writ unexecuted. 
 As for preventing the ravages of the bee-moth, by at- 
 tempting to get up out of her reach, you might as well 
 attempt to get out of the reach of the fowls of the air, 
 by ascending heavenward. The practice of thus con- 
 fining bees in the rooms of dwellings, is highly injurious 
 on account of not affording a plenteous infusion of pure 
 air in, and around the hives, which is so vitally essential 
 to all animate nature. Think not, reader, because a bee 
 is but a small insect, that she needs not the necessity of 
 breathing heaven's pure ether, like unto man. Though 
 "man is fearfully and wonderfully made;" yet the same 
 Architect that formed man, also formed the bee, and 
 with the same master-hand. Let not frail mortals usurp 
 a high distinction in the wonderful mechanism of their 
 frame, over that of a little bee; for, we find no less to 
 excite our amazement in the one, than we do in the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 239 
 
 other. The air that man breathes, was not made for 
 him alone, and if we place the bee where it is not found 
 in its purity, we do her wrong, since nature never thus 
 destined her to be. 
 
 There is another method of placing bees in rooms. I 
 allude to allowing them to occupy a small room at large, 
 without being subject to hives at all ; I do not approve 
 of this method. In the first place, we get no increase 
 from our bees. They will not multiply and fill a whole 
 room, as some persons may imagine. The natural in- 
 herent hostility of queens towards rivals; prevents such 
 a result. Two queens cannot exist in the same family. 
 One must be mistress of " all she surveys." It matters 
 not how far you " extend the area of freedom," if a 
 second queen exist, she will be found by the legitimate 
 sovereign, and one of the two must perish, and that 
 quickly. Should bees form detached settlements in dif- 
 ferent parts of the same room, perhaps several families 
 might exist for a few years ; but it is folly to manage 
 bees in this way. The surplus honey is not as easily 
 taken away on this plan, as it is when stored in supers ; 
 and all the casualties attending the prosperity of bees, 
 from the ravages of the moth, are subject to result from 
 this mode of management, as well as from any other 
 method. 
 
 BEES THRIVE IN LARGE TOWNS, ETC. 
 
 Bees will thrive in a ilarge town with a fertile sur- 
 rounding country, as well as in any other place, unless 
 it be in a situation of peculiar merit, such as in a rich 
 
240 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 valley, with bee-pasturage in its greatest profusion ex- 
 isting in eVery direction. 
 
 In every town with a population of from 5,000 to 
 10,000 inhabitants ; and even in cities with from 15,000 
 to 50,000 people, bees may be kept with the best results. 
 
 Bees fly from one to two miles with the greatest fa- 
 cility, to obtain honey, when it cannot be obtained 
 within that space ; consequently, an apiary situated in 
 the centre of a town, with a radius of half or three- 
 quarters of a mile each way, before reaching the open 
 country, would be prosperous. In the spring of the 
 year, the blossoming trees of every country town 
 whether large or small, afford a rich harvest of honey. 
 
 In the city of New York, hemmed in as it is, by two 
 large rivers, I cannot say that I think bees would thrive 
 unless they be fed. I am aware that Mr. Townly has 
 endeavored to inculcate a different belief, and it was his 
 interest to do so ; but I shall not transcend the limits 
 of truth, for any gain that might accrue to me by so 
 doing. 
 
 In the city of Brooklyn, bees would do very well. 
 There they would have a range in the interior, without 
 crossing the river. In almost any other city in the 
 United States, except New York, bees maybe kept with 
 profit ; but not as profitably as in locations out of town. 
 In any situation where the most of the ground is under 
 a state of cultivation, that is, plowed up yearly, bees 
 do not thrive, as they do where there are extensive 
 grazing lands : but they do well in almost any place. I 
 know of no location in the United States where they 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 241 
 
 would not prosper, except in the heart of the city of 
 New York. 
 
 CHAPTER XVII 
 
 PASTURAGE. 
 
 The success attending the keeping of bees depends, 
 in a great measure, upon the character of the pasturage 
 in the vicinity of the apiary. 
 
 Of all the resources of bees, nothing can equal the 
 white, or Dutch clover, that abounds to a greater or less 
 extent, throughout the whole country ; I may almost 
 say, that without the existence of this flower, it would 
 be useless to attempt to establish an apiary ; yet there is 
 no section of the country where it does not exist; con- 
 sequently, there is nothing to fear on that point. In 
 any place where this clover is found growing in spon- 
 taneous profusion, there will bees thrive beyond a doubt. 
 It blooms in the latter part of May, and continues in 
 blossom to some extent, all summer ; but the height of 
 the honey-harvest from it, is during the month of June. 
 It is from white clover that the purest and most deli- 
 cious honey is procured. No other pasturage can com- 
 pare with this, so far as the purity and flavor of the 
 honey is concerned. 
 11 
 
242 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 Next to the above clover, stands the various blossom- 
 ing trees of orchards and gardens, that are spread over 
 every fertile landscape. In the spring, the cherry, peach 
 and nectarine trees, first invite the bee ; then the apple 
 and pear trees spread their flowery canopies over the 
 green fields, and afford a short but rich harvest of honey. 
 
 But first of all in the catalogue of sources, whence 
 the bee derives a spring supply of honey, is the willow. 
 When all nature wears a sombre hue, with scarcely a 
 flower upon her bosom, the willow sends forth its tiny 
 . shoots, from which the bee obtains her first gatherings. 
 Let one but pass beneath some stately willow at this 
 period, and his ears will be greeted as with the music of 
 some sweet-toned seolian harp, that seems hid among 
 its branches ; but let him cast his eye above, and there 
 a cloud of bees may be seen flying to and fro, chanting 
 a merry song, as they lightly dance from shoot to shoot, 
 
 Primeval bliss, without alloy, 
 
 Where cares can ne'er their peace destroy. 
 
 Among the earliest resources of the bee, besides the 
 willow, are the osier, the poplai', the sycamore, the plane, 
 the snow-drop, the crocus, white alyssum, laurustinus, 
 &c. To these may be added, the gooseberry, raspberry, 
 and currant bushes, with sweet marjoram, winter savory 
 and peppermint. 
 
 Alder buds and flowers afford honey during several 
 months. The flowers of the bean, cucumbers, squashes, 
 pumpkins and melons of all kinds, afford a large supply 
 of pollen. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 243 
 
 To the above may be added the sunflower, the dandy- 
 lion, the hollyhock, and Spanish broom; but above all, 
 as a source of pollen, is the sunflower. In its golden 
 heads, may constantly be seen the industrious workers, 
 covered with the yellow farina of this flower, and busily 
 engaged in kneading it upon the cavities of their legs. 
 Every bee-keeper should plant a few dozen seeds of this 
 flower around the border of his garden, or among his po- 
 tatoes. Should an occasional seed be dropped in the 
 potato field, when planting that vegetable, say at every 
 sixth hill, the crop of sunflowers would be valuable for 
 the seed to feed poultry, and be of great advantage to 
 the bees, and not lessen the potato crop in the least. 
 
 The blossoms of mustard, turnips, and cabbage, the 
 privet, the holly, phillyrea, bramble, sweet fennel, nas- 
 turtiums, asparagus, crowfoot, dead nettle, vegetable 
 marrow, white lily, coltsfoot, borage, viper's bugloss, 
 mignonette, lemon thyme, teasel, furze, heath, sainfoin, 
 «&c., are much frequented by bees. 
 
 Among the forest resources of the bee in this country, 
 the most conspicuous are the basswood and maple. 
 From the basswood in particular, a great supply of 
 honey is obtained ; and where this tree abounds, in con- 
 nection with a profusion of white clover, there is the 
 apiarian's true El Dorado. 
 
 Common red clover, that seems so very inviting, is 
 perfectly useless to the honey-bee, as so many thistle 
 heads ; for the reason, that the probosis of the bee 
 cannot penetrate the nectaries of this flower, owing 
 to their great length. 
 
244 bee-keeper's manual. 
 
 As a fall source of honey, nothing can equal buck- 
 wheat ; the honey, however, is not of so fine a flavor, 
 as that made from white clover, let who will assert to 
 the contrary. It is much darker than that gathered in 
 June or July, from other sources, and it will not com- 
 mand so high a price, as that obtained from other 
 flowers. Buckwheat affords a supply of honey for 
 about four weeks, and every bee-keeper who is a farmer, 
 should sow plentifully of this article, for the twofold pur- 
 pose of the grain, and its advantage to his bees. 
 
 Some people imagine that the vicinity of extensive 
 flower gardens, is highly beneficial to bees ; such as the 
 gardens of gentlemen residing in the immediate vicinity 
 of large cities, where almost every flowering plant and 
 shrub that adorns both hemispheres may be seen. This 
 is a mistake. Bees do not frequent such places at all, 
 unless it be to visit a few of the common order of 
 flowers. Roses, pinks, tulips, carnations, dahlias, SfC, 
 have no attractions for this insect; but where these 
 things exist, may generally be found, a rich harvest for 
 them. As I have already said, the blossoms of cherry, 
 nectarine, peach, apple, and pear trees, are their first re- 
 source ; then comes the mantle of white clover, from 
 which a speedy harvest is reapt. 
 
 I recommend no especial crop to be sown for bees, as 
 a source of honey, except buckwheat; and this is pro- 
 fitable of itself, to say nothing of the honey that it 
 yields. 
 
CHAPTER XVTII 
 
 HONEY DEW. 
 
 This is a substance that is supposed by some to be an 
 exudation from the leaves of trees ; such as the oak, 
 laurel, bramble, poplar, willow, &c. Other naturalists 
 have considered it a substance that falls from the 
 atmosphere. 
 
 Mr. Ducarne, a foreign naturalist of distinction thus 
 speaks : — " You know what honey is, which the bees 
 collect with so much ardor from flowers, but you do not, 
 perhaps, know that there are two kinds ; one, which is 
 real honey, being a juice of the earth, which proceeding 
 from the plants by transpiration, collects at the bottom 
 of the calyx of the flowers, and thickens afterwards ; it 
 is, in other words, a digested and refined sap in the tubes 
 of plants ; the other, which is called the honey dew, is 
 an effect of air, or a species of gluej' dew, which falls 
 earlier or later, but in general a little before and during 
 the dog days. The dew alights on the flowers, and the 
 leaves of the plants and trees, but the heat operating 
 - on it, coagulates and thickens it, whilst, on the other, 
 
246 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 the honey which falls on the flowers is preserved a 
 much longer time. 
 
 " Those persons who have not viewed the honey dew 
 fall, like myself, have asserted, that it is nothing more 
 than the sap or juice of the plants, which, in hot 
 weather, experience, perhaps, a greater fermentation, 
 and by which it is forced through the leaves. In con- 
 tradiction to this, I assert that it is perceived much 
 better in the morning before the sun has been able to 
 dry and harden it. These persons are, however, de- 
 ceived. / have not only seen this honey dew fall a hun- 
 dred times in the form of fine rain on the leaves of an 
 ash, but I have also showed it to others, and the 
 globules were most distinctly perceived." Whether 
 this substance be an atmospheric phenomenon, or an exu- 
 dation, or secretion of certain trees and shrubs, is of 
 little consequence to the apiarian, beyond merely satis- 
 fying his curiosity. 
 
 I will now give a little testimony on the other side of 
 the case. 
 
 "I have long adhered to the opinion," says Mr. 
 Knight, " that the honey dew deposed on the leaves of 
 the trees, was only an exudation, although the form of 
 the globules scarcely bore any resemblance to each 
 other, but were rather an imitation of a species of rain. 
 On examining more minutely different trees, on which 
 the honey dew was apparent, chance led me to the dis- 
 covery of a holm-oak, on which the honey devi^ had re- 
 cently appeared, and in its primitive form, which is that 
 of a transfused humor. The leaves were covered with 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 247 
 
 several thousands of globules, or small, round and com- 
 pact drops, which, however, seem to be either touching 
 or intermixing, similar to those which are seen on the 
 plants after a thick fog. The position of each globule 
 appeared to indicate, not only the point from which it 
 exuded, but also iiie number of the pores, or the glands 
 of the leaf in which this mellifluous juice had been 
 pressed. I assured myself that the honey dew possessed 
 the real color of honey, which alone was sufficient to 
 decide its origin, and our surprise need not be great that 
 exudation is not suspected as the cause." 
 
 Thus it will be seen that this subject is but another 
 question of the disputed catalogue that pertains to the 
 Jiistory and economy of the honey-bee. Some natu- ' 
 ralists contend that there are two sorts of honey dew, 
 neither of which falls from the atmosphere, " one a se- 
 cretion from the surface of the leaf, and the other a 
 deposition from the body of the aphis." Thus speaks 
 Dr. Bevan. The aphis is an insect that abounds on 
 the leaves of certain trees, at certain seasons, and they 
 are said to eject a saccharine fluid from their bodies, 
 in very small limpid drops, of the consistence and flavor 
 of honey. 
 
 It is my opinion that no honey dew ever existed, that 
 was not an exudation from the leaves of the tree. It 
 appears to be so inconsistent, that nature should shower 
 down a sweet mist that can only be perceived on the 
 leaves of shrubs or trees. Why do we not perceive the 
 bees gathering it from stones, and other substances, as 
 
248 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 well as from the leaves of trees, if it were an atmos- 
 pheric mist or dew ? 
 
 There is no doubt of such a substance existing, and 
 on this account, the proximity of diversified forests to 
 the apiary is beneficial. 
 
 CHAPTER XIX, 
 
 BEE-DRESS, ETC. 
 
 The above cut represents a bee-dress or head cover- 
 ing, made by inserting a piece of wire-cloth in a muslin 
 cowl, that reaches down over the shoulders, securing 
 the neck by buttoning the coat over it, as high up as 
 possible. 
 
 There are various ways of protecting one's self in 
 operations with bees, but there is nothing superior to 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 249 
 
 that shown in the cut. A veil is often used, or a 
 piece of musquito netting is thrown over the head ; but 
 such things are but temporary and imperfect security. 
 If the bee-keeper is accustomed to hiving swarms, and 
 if he be one that is favored by bees generally, and has 
 but an occasional use for protection, he may be as care- 
 less of exposing liis person to their stings as he chooses ; 
 but every apiarian who has frequent use of a protection, 
 and especially if bee stings produce much pain and 
 swelling, should have perfect security against Jheir at- 
 tacks. 
 
 There is a class of p*sons who are seldom stung by 
 bees, when other people, placed in precisely the same 
 situation, would not escape without paying dearly for 
 their temerity. The reason of bees showing this par- 
 tiality, is merely owing to the odor of different people's 
 breath. Bees are very quick to take offence when ap- 
 proached by a person whose breath is unpleasant to 
 them. 
 
 In consequence of the breath being offensive, it is 
 best to suppress respiration as much as possible, when 
 holding the head immediately over them, or when the 
 breath would, be likely to be scented by them. 
 
 The principle advantages in a bee-dress on the fore- 
 going plan are, that the vision is not obstructed ; a per- 
 son being able to look through the wire cloth almost as 
 plainly as if no such thing intervened ; and_ the facility 
 that is offered for free respiration. The wire-cloth need 
 not be so large as to cover the whole face, but simply 
 over the jeyes, if you please. It is sewed in with ordi- 
 11* 
 
250 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 nary linen thread. Wire-cloth of the kind used for this 
 purpose, may be obtained in cities and large towns, at 
 the agricultural stores, or at bird-cage makers. It should 
 be quite fine and pliable, and the suitable size may at 
 once be known by ascertaining whether you can see 
 distinctly through it when held close to the eyes. 
 
 When this dress is put on over the head, the coat 
 should be thrown off sufficiently to allow the lower folds 
 to fall down around the neck and shoulders, when it is 
 to be raised and buttoned up under the chin. Over this 
 head-covering a hat is to be worn, of a little larger di- 
 mensions than usual, and one tftt is kept especially for 
 such occasions. 
 
 The length of the dress may be diminished some, from 
 that appearing in the cut ; say six inches below the neck 
 does very well ; and it may be made without contract- 
 ing it around the neck as the engraving represents, if 
 you choose to do so. It is the most simple thing to 
 make imaginable. All you have to do is, to get a little 
 black or dark-colored muslin, cut and make it in the 
 form necessary, sew in the wire-cloth, and it is done, 
 costing about one shilling and sixpence. 
 
 When the head-dress is made, you then want a stout 
 pair of woollen mittens or gloves, with an old stocking 
 leg, five or six inches long, sewed on to the opening of 
 each ; and with these on, and drawn up well under or 
 over your coat sleeves, and with your eyes peeping 
 through the wire-cloth and coat buttoned up to the chin, 
 you will feel like encountering the whole of the bees in 
 your apiary, as if they were so many flies. 
 
BEE-KEEPEU S MANUAL, 251 
 
 It sometimes happens, that when the bees find the 
 head and hands invulnerable, they will descend and 
 crawl up the legs of your pantaloons. It is best to wear 
 boots, and in some cases, when many bees are placed in 
 a situation where they might chance to get into the legs 
 of your nether garments, it will be requisite to tie strings 
 around to prevent such a result. 
 
 Woollen gloves or mittens should always be used, as 
 the stings of the bees can be easily withdrawn from 
 such ; whereas, they cannot from buckskin or leather, 
 which causes the death of every bee that perforates 
 them. 
 
 BEE-STINGS HOW CURED, ETC. 
 
 The venom or poison of the honey-bee, is very active, 
 rather more so than that of the wasp. The fluid is of a 
 transparent nature, and when applied to the tongue im- 
 parts a sweet taste. It is not necessary that the fluid 
 should be imparted from the sting of a bee, to produce 
 pain and swelling ; the puncture of a needle, with the 
 fluid on its point, would produce precisely the same 
 effect. 
 
 The activity of the poison depends somewhat on the 
 temperature of the weather. During the heat of sum- 
 mer it causes much greater inflammation, than in the , 
 winter season. 
 
 Some persons are much more affected by stings than 
 others ; this is owing to a peculiar state of the system 
 or blood, as it exists in different people. 
 
 The only positive and immediate cure for a bee-sting, 
 
252 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 that I have ever heard of, that may be depended on in 
 all cases, is tobacco. This remedy was recommended 
 to me as an infallible cure ; yet I had but little faith in 
 it, still I tried it, and as I supposed, properly, and found 
 little or no benefit from its use. I reported its failure 
 to cure in my ov^^n case, to my informant, and he stated 
 that I had not applied it thoroughly, as 1 ought to have 
 done ; — that he was certain that it would be an effectual 
 cure, never having known it to fail in a single instance, 
 when correctly applied. The next time I got stung, I 
 applied the tobacco as directed, and found it to cure like 
 a charm ! The manner of applying it, is as follows : — 
 Take ordinary fine-cut smoking or chewing tobacco, 
 and lay a pinch of it in the hollow of your hand and 
 moisten it, and work it over until the juice appears quite 
 dark colored; then apply it to the part stung, rubbing 
 in the juice, with the tobacco between your thumb and 
 fingers, as with a sponge. As fast as the tobacco be- 
 comes dry, add a little moisture and continue to rub, 
 and press out the juice upon the inflamed spot, during 
 five or ten minutes, and if applied soon after being stung, 
 it will cure in every case. Before I tried it, I was fre- 
 quently laid up with swollen eyes and limbs for days ; 
 now it is amusement to get stung. 
 
 There are various other reputed remedies, such as 
 ammonia, (spirits of hartshorn,) saloeratus diluted in 
 water, cold water alone, and earth mixed with water, 
 and applied to the puncture, and various other alleged 
 cures, all of which I have tried, and found partially in. 
 effectual. 
 
uEE- keeper's maxual. 253 
 
 Ammonia is excellent to allay swelling, and if a cloth 
 be saturated with it, and applied to the wound, it will 
 extract the most of the poison, and at the same time 
 take off the skin. I had the entire skin of my foreliead 
 taken off by it on a certain occasion, when stung over 
 one of my eyes. I felt a most powerful burning, but 
 being determined to effect a cure, I bore the pain with 
 patience for several hours, when I found that the swell- 
 ing had abated ; but I had lost the skin of my forehead, 
 which was far worse than the sting. It will do very 
 well to apply it in this way, if not left on too long. Oc- 
 casional bathing with ammonia, is a good way to ap- 
 ply it. 
 
 Another remedy is an onion sliced in two, and well 
 covered with fine salt, and bound on the part affected. 
 This is a very good antidote. 
 
 Some apiarians insist that nothing is better than cold 
 water, quickly and freely applied. This is a remedy 
 that is always at hand. 
 
 The tobacco, however, is the great panacea, and I 
 hope that none of my readers will refuse to try it from 
 prejudice. Let every bee-keeper have a small paper of 
 this weed handy, where, in case of being stung, or any 
 of his family, he can apply it without delay. I can cure 
 any sting, no matter how bad, in five rmnutes, with to- 
 bacco, so that one would not know that he had been 
 stung, from any sensation of pain that would be felt 
 after its application. 
 
 It is always best, as soon as stung, to search for the 
 sting, and extract it, as it is generally left in the flesh by 
 
254 bee-keeper's manual. 
 
 the bee, it being barbed like the shaft of an arrow, and 
 it meets with so much resistance, when the bee attempts 
 to withdraw it, that she is forced to leave it behind. 
 
 I would observe in regard to exciting bees to the use 
 of their stings, that the apiarian should never repulse an 
 attack ; no matter how many nor how furious they may 
 dash at you, when performing some operation that ex- 
 cites them, always keep calm, and pay not the least re- 
 gard to their anger. If you find that they are coming 
 rather too hot, discretion may dictate a retreat, even 
 when fully protected with a bee-dress and gloves ; and 
 let your retreat be slow and cautious ; and if any dense 
 shrubbery be at hand, run your head into it for a minute 
 or two. I have been exposed to their attacks, when 
 their excitement was so great, that they would dash 
 against the wire-cloth with the violence and sound of 
 hail against the windows, in a storm ; at which time the 
 odor from their venom-bags was very strong. It is best 
 to retreat, when such a crisis exists, for a fewjpinutes, 
 and let them cool down a little. 
 
 When you have a pair of thick woollen mittens or 
 gloves on, you need not fear in the least, that you will 
 be stung. Let as many bees attempt it as may please, 
 do not withdraw your hand suddenly from any position, 
 when covered js^ith them, even if they try their best to 
 sting you ; as I have already observed, that any sudden 
 motion tends to arouse their anger. 
 
CHAPTER XX. 
 
 SWARMING, ETC. 
 
 The primary causes of swarming may be said to be 
 an instinct natural to the bee, which teaches her to ex- 
 tend and propagate her species. This is a wise and 
 universal influence of nature, that pervades all animate 
 creation. 
 
 In order to insure this desired result, nature has had 
 recourse to harmonious causes and effects, that produce 
 the ends desired. The only way in which the honey- 
 bee can increase and propagate her species by multiply- 
 ing families or colonies, is by sending off families as pio- 
 neers, to find shelter and protection for themselves ; and 
 to insure this, there must be certain causes that operate 
 to force out swarms, even against their wishes. 
 
 In order that the reader may arrive at a proper in- 
 sight of this subject, I will make a few remarks on the 
 general features of breeding, and the particular influ- 
 ences brought to bear on the queen of every family, in 
 the spring of the year, when all measures tending to- 
 produce emigration are put in operation. 
 
 In the first place the queen commences her great laying 
 
256 miner's ameeican 
 
 in March or April, according to the state of the weather. 
 If the weather be very mild, she may sometimes com- 
 mence as early as February ; but subsequent cold 
 weather generally intervenes and puts a stop to further 
 laying for a while. She continues to lay eggs in mode- 
 rate numbers, until about the first of May, when she 
 produces from 100 to 200 eggs per day, for a few weeks. 
 It is at this period that she decides, or, perhaps, her 
 workers decide, whether any emigrant families shall be 
 sent off. They reason thus ; — can all the tenants of 
 this hive that now exist, or those to exist hereafter, find 
 room to labor here to advantage ? Whether it be the 
 queen that decides this important question, or her sub- 
 jects, we can never know ; but this we do know, that 
 if the space within the hive be such as to afford room 
 for all the family to labor to advantage, it is decided 
 
 '.positively and irrevocably, not to send forth any swarms, 
 and no royal cells are constructed! If, on the other 
 hand, the increase of the family will be such as to be 
 unable to find suitable accommodation at home, it is as 
 
 ', positively decided, that one or more swarms shall emi- 
 grate; and the ro'yal cells are constructed, in which to 
 rear the queens that are to go forth with them, or with 
 all except the first. Thus it will be seen, that the size 
 
 • of the hive settles this question entirely. 
 
 If it be decided that a family or two can be safely 
 spared, and still leave a populous stock behind, it be- 
 comes necessary to create a large number of drones, to 
 ensure the impregnation of the young queens, as has 
 already been fully illustrated. Coeval with the laying 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 257 
 
 of drone-eggs, which generally takes place from the 1st 
 to the 10th of May, is the construction of queen-cells. 
 From five to ten royal cells are usually commenced, and 
 the same kind of eggs that produce ordinary workers, 
 are laid in these royal cells, from which queens are pro- 
 duced, by a different treatment and food, as I before 
 illustrated. The eggs are not all deposited in the royal 
 cells at once, but on different occasions, so as to mature 
 about the time that they will be wanted to go off with 
 swarms. There is generally a superabundance of young 
 queens matured, so as to be on the safe side, and guard 
 against any casualties that may ensue. This is exactly 
 according to human reasoning and human judgment, to 
 provide a few over the exact number of any particular 
 thing desired, where the least risfeof loss may appear. 
 
 A young queen is never suffered to leave the cell 
 until ih& first swarm has departed with the old queen at 
 their head. If any of these young scions of royalty 
 should be ready to emerge from the cells before the 
 swarm is ready to issue, they are kept prisoners therein 
 by the workers until the swarm has departed ! Here is 
 one of the most wonderful features of the economy of 
 the bee. NatuW has implanted so deadly a hatred of 
 rivalry in the queen bee, that she seizes her own off- 
 spring, as soon as a young queen emerges from her cell, 
 and thrusts a deadly sting into her, without the least 
 compunction. Again, nature has ordained that the old 
 queen should go off with the first emigrating family. 
 This is just as it should be. The old queen's impregna- 
 tion being effectual from the season previous, she is 
 
258 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 ready at once to go on with the increase of her family ; 
 whereas, a young one would suffer the casualties of de- 
 lay in her impregnation, and thus endanger the Existence - 
 of the colony ; and the issue of more than one swarm 
 being a precarious matter, it is a wise dispensation in the 
 nature of this insect, that the old queen is compelled to 
 leave the hive with the first swarm. I say compelled, 
 yes, actually compelled to go forth ! Never was there 
 an instance known, where she remained behind, and a 
 young queen took her place. The reason lies here ; — 
 the moment a young queen is matured and commences 
 piping, that is, says peep, peep, which may often be 
 heard, it is biecause she is in duress, or in other words, 
 - she is held in confinement, and fed by the workers. 
 When this takes place, the old queen is aroused, and in 
 her anger, she attempts to get at the royal cells to de- 
 stroy the young queens that are ready to emerge, and 
 she is restrained by the workers. In her desperation and 
 agitation that seems to dementate her, finding that she 
 is not permitted to immolate her young, she rushes out 
 of the hive, calling in her train a portion of the family, 
 being resolved to remain no longer, where her authority 
 is rendered nugatory. It is not wholly the loss of her 
 absolute authority that causes her to depart, but it is 
 also a fear and dread of encountering her rivals to the 
 throne, that also has an influence in causing her to rush 
 from her tenement. When the time arrives for her de- 
 parture, she commences a sudden vibration of the wings, 
 and rushes over every part of the combs with the ut- 
 most speed, and her subjects, in her trail, catch the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 259 
 
 impulse, and a commotion ensues within, that beggars 
 all description. When the notice is fairly given to the 
 whole family, the queen rushes towards the outlet, and 
 if in her passage she happen to pass near the royal cells, 
 the workers mistaking her intention to leave the hive, 
 for a rush at a young queen, seize and hold her a pris- 
 oner. In the meantime the word has been given out 
 to swarm, and away go the workers, as if ten thousand 
 of their deadliest enemies were on the chase. They 
 cluster as usual, but in a few mmutes they miss their 
 queen, and all is confusion again. They return to the 
 hive. This is the reason of swarms sometimes issuing 
 without a queen. 
 
 Jf the queen pass near no royal cells, containing 
 young queens ready to emerge, she goes off, and then 
 all is peaceable again. 
 
 Now, we will follow the condition of things in the 
 hive after the old queen is departed. The workers at 
 once go to the oldest of the young queens that is kept 
 in durance, if there be more than one, and say " madam, 
 you are at liberty to come out." She comes forth, 
 strong and full of fire and energy, and at once assumes 
 the helm. She, in turn, also scents out her sisters in 
 royalty, and if permitted by the workers, she would fall 
 upon them and slay them while yet in their cells. 
 
 We now come to a crisis where all future swarming 
 rests upon the decision of the workers at this juncture. 
 If no more swarms can be spared, the workers immedi- 
 ately give up the guarding of any more royal cells, and 
 the queen that has just assumed the reins of govern- 
 
260 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 ment, being the oldest and strongest, rushes upon all the 
 young queens that may be ready to emerge, as well as 
 upon those in the embryo state, and destroys them also; 
 consequently, no more swarms can possibly take place 
 That season. 
 
 -If, on the other hand, it be decided that other swarms 
 shall issue, then all other young queens are kept con- 
 fined as long as possible ; and the same causes that drove 
 off the old queen, may also force her successor to de- 
 part ; but it sometimes happens, that half a dozen young 
 queens will mature about the same time, which are dif- 
 ficult to be kept in confinement, in which case, they 
 are guarded by the workers, and at the proper time, 
 some one of them gives the notice to swarm, and seve- 
 ral queens rush out in the general melee. This ac- 
 counts for more than one queen being sometimes found 
 in a swarm. 
 
 A permanent stop to swarming may be occasioned by 
 a few days of rainy weather, occurring just at the time 
 when a family ought to issue. It happens thus ; — as the 
 young sovereigns increase in age and strength, the work- 
 ers find the greatest difficulty to restrain them in their 
 attempts to destroy each other, and they often become 
 wearied out by the delay in issuing, when the weather 
 is long unfavorable, and giving up their royal charge to 
 their own wrath and hatred, it is not long before all are 
 killed save one. Here I would remark, that nature has 
 so wonderfully ordered the attacks that queens make on 
 each other, that in no case are both killed in the same 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 261 
 
 combat ; if it were not so, many families of bees would 
 be liable to perish. 
 
 The season of swarming is a season of peculiar inte- 
 rest to the apiarian. It is at this season, that he looks 
 for a reward of his labors, in the increase of his families 
 of bees. Aside from the profit accruing from an in- 
 crease of families, there is an interest — I may, perhaps, 
 say a charm, attending the issue of a large swarm of 
 bees, to the apiarian who takes a deep interest in the 
 domestic economy of this insect. 
 
 When the cry of " hees swarming," reaches one's ear, 
 he drops all and runs to the scene. If he be at the well 
 with a bucket of water half way to the top, perhaps, 
 down it goes, with many a hard thump against the stony 
 sides, and away he goes. If he be in the field at the 
 plow, he stops his team when the sound strikes his ear, 
 throws down his whip and is off. When he arrives at 
 the scene, he beholds the heavens darkened with a re- 
 volving mass of bees, and thousands still rushing from 
 the hive ! Mark the slow and beautifully-undulating 
 circles described, as the bees hover around the apiary, 
 in order to give time for all to join the swarm ! Now, 
 a portion of the living cloud quickly and thickly revolve 
 around yon slender branch, where a few bees are al- 
 ready clustered ! Now the whole mass, as by magic, 
 draw closely around, and settle thick and fast. The far- 
 extended cloud that but a moment before seemed to 
 cover the area of an acre, now, by some mysterious 
 command, whirl in the space of a few feet, preparatory 
 to clustering in a solid mass! Now all are clustered 
 
262 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 save a few straggling bees, that seeem to be undecided 
 whether to join the emigrants or return home. There 
 they hang in the form of an inverted cone, with their 
 heads up, enough to fill a peck measure. 
 
 "What are they hanging there for?" says a bystander, 
 who has never seen a swarm issue before. 
 
 " They always cluster in this way, sir, preparatory to 
 taking their flight to the forest, or such places as they 
 would seek for a home ; provided, that we should not 
 tender them one." 
 
 " Is the hing-hee among 'em ?" 
 
 "There is no king-bee, but a queen-hee is among 
 them, without doubt. If she were not, they would not 
 remain so quiet as you perceive them to be, but would 
 be seen running to and fro, in wild consternation ; 
 and when satisfied of her not being present, they would 
 quickly return to the hive whence they issued." 
 
 " But how can they know whether she be with them 
 or not, since she is but one among so many thousands." 
 
 " They have the power of communicating this know- 
 ledge, which is almost instantaneous. When on the 
 wing, a certain noise produced by the wings, will imme- 
 diately bring a swarm, extended over many rods of space, 
 to a focus, where the queen may be. When in a clus- 
 ter, or in the hive, her presence is quickly communi- 
 cated from one to another. As the General-in-chief 
 gives the word of command to his aids, from whom it 
 rapidly passes down the lines, until the whole army 
 knows the orders of their commander, so is a knowledge 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 263 
 
 of the presence of a queen-bee imparted to the legions 
 under her control." 
 
 " Why, sir, the history and economy of the bee must 
 be quite interesting. I always supposed it was a dry 
 subject. Really, I should like to hear a little more about 
 the wonderful instinct of this insect, unless you fear this 
 swarm will depart if not soon hived." 
 
 " With pleasure, ' sir. I'll just put up this canvas 
 screen to keep the rays of the sun from them, since they 
 cannot bear an intense heat in such a situation, and 
 then I'll try and see if I can find the queen, and we will 
 see what effect her removal will have upon them, if I 
 be so fortunate as to find her." 
 
 " I'm delighted, sir, at the prospect of seeing her." 
 
 " I think I'll find her with the feather end of this quill 
 — don't be alarmed, they don't sting during swarming- 
 time, unless fretted a great deal. There she is ! I have 
 her now, — I'll throw this handkerchief over her to hide 
 her from the swarm, or they will follow her at once." 
 
 " Let me have one look at her, if you please. — How 
 long and slender she is, — Mack hack, and yellow under 
 her belly, and — " 
 
 " There, sir, now look at the commotion ! Do you 
 see how they run up and down the branch in every di- 
 rection, as if in search of something. Now they begin 
 to leave it, and if I don't return the queen, they will all 
 leave soon. — I've returned her. Now mark the effect." 
 
 " They keep up the commotion, and the buzz of their 
 wings yet." 
 
 " They will be calmed soon. Now see how tbey be- 
 
264 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 gin to re-form ! They are aware of her presence now, 
 sir. A few minutes more, and tranquillity will be re- 
 stored. Now all is perfectly quiet again." 
 
 " I'm astonished ! I had some important business in 
 town to-day, but I'll put it off until to-morrow, since I 
 should like to see you hive this swarm. I'm determined 
 to purchase the first swarm of bees I can find, and I 
 should like to see how you perform the operation of 
 hiving." 
 
 " John, bring a clean hive, a table, blanket, chair and 
 brush. Nothing can give me greater pleasure, sir, than 
 to entertain my friends in this way." 
 
 " You are very obliging, sir." i 
 
 .^r^ 
 
 HIVING. 
 
 " In the first place, I take a perfectly clean hive, and 
 
 rub a very little honey around the inside, with a small 
 
 sponge that I keep for that purpose. I am not positive 
 
 "as it does any good, yet I am sure that it does no harm, 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 265 
 
 and since it is reasonable to suppose, that the bees will 
 like it, I continue in the practice. Various other things 
 are recommended to dress hives with, but I pay no at- 
 tention to them, since I never lost a swarm on my plan, 
 and I could not have done better if I had pursued other 
 people's plans. The great object is to have clean, sweet 
 hives. Dressing them with the leaves of certain trees, 
 or of herbs, is entirely useless. If the swarm be clus- 
 tered within six or eight feet from the ground, which is 
 generally the case, where many low trees and shrubs 
 exist, I place my table under them and spread a blanket 
 over it. I then place my hive in such position, that the 
 bees may be made to fall directly before it, and within 
 a few inches of it. I then raise the front of the hive 
 with' a block of wood, as you perceive, so as to give the 
 greatest facility for the bees to enter rapidly. Having 
 done this, and being protected by my bee-dress, I take a 
 chair to stand on, and with a brush, such as this, I am 
 prepared for the operation. I will now show you how 
 I do it. With one hand hold of the branch, and the 
 brush in the other, I give a sudden jar to the limb, and 
 down they fall before the hive ; and the small portion 
 that adhere to the branch after jarring it, I brush off, aiid 
 all that take wing again, follow their companions below. 
 ' There, they are all on the table now, except a few hun- 
 dred, that will soon settle with them in front of the 
 hive." 
 
 "That was done very dextrously. Now they are 
 running into the hive, I perceive, except on this side, 
 12 
 
266 MINEE's AMERICAN 
 
 where a portion are clustering on the outside of it. 
 That is not right, is it, sir ?" 
 
 " I'll brush them off, and with the feather end of this 
 quill, I'll soon make them disappear." 
 
 " Ha ! ha ! now they scamper — now they go in. Do 
 you leave the hive here, or remove it at once to the 
 stand ?" 
 
 " It is not a matter of importance, whether it be re- 
 moved as soon as the bees become quiet, or left here 
 until evening. As a general rule, all swarms that come 
 off in the morning should be removed to the stand as 
 soon as they become quietly hived, and swarms that 
 issue in the afternoon, may be left until evening before 
 removing them. The reason for this course is, that a 
 swarm issuing in the morning, will become so accus- 
 tomed to the locality when the hive is left unremoved, 
 that more bees are lost the next day, when its situation 
 is changed, than would be, if the removal took place im- 
 mediately. I do not wish you to understand me, that 
 any bees are actually lost in either case, since they re- 
 turn to the parent hive, when they cannot find their 
 new tenement." 
 
 " I understand you, sir, perfectly well, and I feel under 
 obligations to you for thus explaining the manner of 
 hiving, &c. Good morning, sir." 
 
 So much of the features pertaining to swarming, I 
 have put into the words of others, in the form of a social 
 dialogue. 
 
 The foregoing cut, as the reader perceives, represents 
 the actual operation of hiving a swarm of bees, as I am 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 267 
 
 accustomed to perform it, when the swarm does not 
 cluster too high. 
 
 A blanket is necessary to spread over the table to 
 ease the fall of the bees upon it. When they cluster so 
 high as to require a fall of five or six feet, I put the 
 blanket on doubled, or throw a bag over the table, and 
 then put the blanket or table cover over it. 
 
 Some apiarians first brush or shake the bees off the 
 branch into the hive, which is held under them bottom 
 upwards, and then set it down upon a table with one or 
 more of its sides raised on blocks to admit such bees as 
 are out. This is a good way where the bees do not 
 cluster conveniently for shaking or brushing off before 
 the hive. There is no difficulty in making the bees 
 enter when made to fall on ^ table before it. They will 
 run towards a hive when several feet from it, on their 
 seeing an opening for them. 
 
 HIVER. 
 
 When bees cluster upon the branches of trees, too 
 high to admit of being hived in the foregoing way, a 
 temporary hiver may be used to advantage. It is made 
 by taking three light, thin boards about ten inches wide, 
 and 18 inches long, and nailing them together in the 
 form of a triangle, with both ends left open, and sundry 
 auger holes bored through the sides, near the centre. 
 An iron strip is then secured to it, with arms extending 
 along two of its sides, and a short shank projecting, 
 which is made fast to a pole. This hiver may be raised 
 by the means of the pole to any usual height that bees 
 
268 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 cluster, and by the use of additional joints to the handle, 
 secured with ferrules, it may be raised to any reasonable 
 height. It will be necessary to make the hiver as light 
 as possible, in order to handle it conveniently. All that 
 is to be done when bees cluster beyond the reach of 
 ordinary means, is to place the hiver over them, with 
 some of the holes in contact with them, and in a few 
 minutes they will enter it, when it may be taken down, 
 and the bees shaken out on a table in front of a hive 
 intended as a permanent residence, with one side raised 
 about an inch, and they will enter speedily. 
 
 CLUSTERING ON THE OUTSIDE OP THE HIVE. 
 
 It often happens that a swarm is inclined to cluster 
 on the outside of the hive, rather than enter immedi- 
 ately. This is caused by the heat being insupportable 
 within, or from the queen being outside. In the latter 
 case, nothing will cause the family to remain quietly 
 inside until the queen is made to enter. The remedy 
 is to brush the bees off gently, either with a soft brush 
 or the feather end of a quill, and give them every faci- 
 lity for entering, and also as great a circulation of air 
 under the hive as possible, by raising it on blocks. 
 Every precaution should be taken to keep the hive in 
 the shade. 
 
 RINGING OF BELLS, AND OTHER NOISES USELESS. 
 
 When a swarm issues, no jingling of bells, or the 
 ratthng of tin pans should be indulged in, in the least. 
 This custom originated from the cottagers of Europe, 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 269 
 
 residing in communities making a practice of ringing 
 bells, or thumping on tin pans when a swarm of bees 
 issued, so as to know who the owner was ; since swarms 
 issuing from the premises of one cottager would fre- 
 quently cluster on the grounds of another. 
 
 SWARMING PREVENTED BY EXTRA ROOM. 
 
 ( The apiarian may at any time prevent swarming, by 
 affording the bees extra room below them.^ For in- 
 stance, take a hive filled with bees, and nearly ready to 
 throw off a swarm, and place it over another hive of the 
 same diameter, with a passage-way through it, and the 
 bees will soon destroy their young sovereigns in the 
 embryo state, and no swarming will take place. 
 
 It is sometimes advantageous to thus prevent the issue 
 of swarms, when the owner does not wish any further 
 increase in the number of his families, as the larger the 
 body of bees together, the greater is the quantity of 
 surplus honey produced; yet this argument does not 
 apply to increasing the size of hives, except temporally 
 by nadiring or supering. 
 
 Boxes may be constructed of half the usual depth of 
 hives, with both ends open; and in the month of May, 
 before swarming, one of them may be placed under the 
 hive, where swarming is to be prevented. These boxes 
 should be made of the same dimensions of the hive, so 
 as to make a close joint where they come in contact. 
 In the fall, a wire may be drawn through between the 
 connection and sever the combs, and the bees in the 
 lower section will return, and the family will be very 
 
270 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 populous, and probably highly prosperous ; yet but few 
 more bees will exist in February, and March following, 
 than would exist, if a swarm were suffered to issue ; but 
 the labors of the extra number of bees existing during 
 the summer, are not lost, as the honey and wax in the 
 nadir will testify. 
 
 It is very important to know how far supering, or 
 placing boxes over the hives, will prevent swarming. I 
 have never found supers eight inches deep to prevent 
 swarming with me ; neither have I found the boxes in 
 chamber-hives, to prevent it in the least. I always let 
 the bees into the supers in April, and I get my regular 
 swarms. If supers should be placed on of the full size 
 of the hive, swarming would be likely to be prevented ; 
 but there is nothing certain to prevent an issue but na- 
 diring, or collateral hiving, in such a manner as to throw 
 two hives into one, or nearly so, from the capacity of 
 the openings between them. 
 
 STRONG FAMILIES ALWAYS RECOMMENDED. 
 
 I cannot too deeply impress on the bee-keeper's mind, 
 the necessity of keeping very strong families in all 
 cases, if possible. I will illustrate this point, as follows : 
 a family of 15,000 bees is supposed to occupy a hive 
 one foot square in the clear, or inside. That family 
 will, if left undivided, lay up sufficient honey in one 
 season, to carry them safely through the winter, and 
 have forty pounds surplus that goes as profit to their 
 owner. Now, what would be the result if they should 
 be divided into four families ; each with a queen at its 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 271 
 
 head, and placed in hives of the same size of the orig- 
 inal one ? There would not be a drop of surplus honey 
 stored up by either family, and in all probability, they 
 would not be able to exist through the month of Novem- 
 ber, unless fed, much less through the winter. It is on 
 the principle that " in unity there is strength." Four 
 rods when together may not be broken, but take each 
 separately, and the whole are easily rent asunder. The 
 philosophy of the failure of four families of 3,750 bees 
 each, to gather as much honey as one family of 15,000, 
 lies here : — it requires nearly as many bees to remain 
 constantly at home, in each of the four hives, for the 
 purpose of keeping up that degree of heat that is neces- 
 sary within, that it does in the hive where the whole 
 15,000 reside ; consequently, it follows, that in one case, 
 perhaps, 10,000 bees would be constantly on the wing, 
 and in the other case of the four separate families, not 
 over 1,250 could be spared from each, making only 5,000 
 bees as the actual number of gatherers employed by the 
 whole of them. 
 
 In consequence of this state of things, more bees are 
 lost, by a desire to increase our families too rapidly, than 
 from any other particular cause. It is truly said, " that 
 experience is the best schoolmaster ;" and I have paid 
 pretty dearly for my knowledge. Feeling anxious, one 
 season, to increase the number of my families, to the 
 greatest possible extent, I divided my largest swarms, 
 and some families that did not swarm but once, I drove 
 out, and made two famihes, where but one existed before. 
 This course well-nigh ruined my whole apiary ; and I 
 
272 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 would briefly say, always be on the safe side in regard 
 to the strength of your swarms, and never grieve when 
 but one issues in a season. I assure you, that one large 
 swarm is enough. Never think of dividing them, unless 
 you are positive that they contain two or more issues. 
 There is not much danger of your dividing swarms or 
 families, unless you have had experience in such mat- 
 ters. I will illustrate this point soon. 
 
 DIFFERENT SWARMS APT TO CLUSTER TOGETHER. 
 
 When different swarms issue at the same time, they 
 will almost invariably cluster on the same branch. This 
 arises from an instinctive predominant principle in bees 
 to congregate in as large families as possible. It is not 
 necessary that each family should issue at the same in- 
 stant ; since a swarm already clustered, will be followed 
 by a swarm sallying forth half an hour later ; and another 
 coming forth before the previous two are hived, will be 
 sure to mix with them. In extensive apiaries, there is 
 much difficulty attending the union of swarms in this 
 way. In such cases, it is best to have everything at 
 hand ready, and hive each swarm as quickly as possible. 
 When the weather becomes fine after a rain, and it is 
 probable that several swarms will issue at once, it is ad- 
 visable, when a swarm commences issuing, to sprinkle 
 the rest of the hives with water, from a watering-pot. 
 This will keep them back a few minutes, until you can 
 hive the one already clustered. I now speak of very 
 large apiaries, where from 25 to 100 hives exist. Every 
 precaution should be taken, to keep the hives that have 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 273 
 
 just received the swarms, as much out of sight as pos- 
 sible, as it frequently happens, that a swarm will follow 
 another, after being hived, if a portion of the bees clus- 
 ter outside, where they may be seen. 
 
 When several swarms do get together, making, as I 
 have known, a barrel full of bees ; and perhaps a dozen 
 different swarms, then the apiarian is in no very envia- 
 ble predicament. I heard of a gentleman whe had 200 
 hives or families, and when they came out and clustered 
 together in this way, he hived thehi in a barrel, and in 
 one season the barrel would be filled with combs, and 
 contain several hundred pounds of honey. 
 
 TIME THAT SWARMS REMAIN CLUSTERED. 
 
 The length of time that swarms will quietly remain 
 upon the bough where they cluster, if ,not hived, is a 
 matter of importance to every bee-keeper. There is not 
 that necessity for hurrying, as if one's life were at stake, 
 as some people imagine. If the weather be unusually 
 hot and sultry, and the swarm cluster where it is fully 
 exposed to the rays of the sun, and it be between the 
 hours of eleven and two, you cannot be too quick in se- 
 curing them ; but if they issue in the morning or in the 
 afternoon, when the air is cool, or if they are fully 
 shaded, let the time be when it may, you can hive them 
 at your leisure. I had two swarms issue, some few 
 years ago, when the weather was not oppressively hot, 
 under the following circumstances : — I had occasion to 
 be absent from home at a period when no one was on 
 my premises who could hive bees. One swarm came 
 12* 
 
274 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 out about 10 o'clock, and the other about 11 o'clock. 
 They remained quietly clustered until half-past 3, when 
 a most violent thunder-storm arose. The wind blew a 
 gale, and the rain came down in torrents, for the space 
 of an hour. At 5 o'clock, I returned, and found both 
 swarms clustered as at first, and not a bee had been lost 
 by the force of the wind and rain. This case is a fail 
 criterion of what may generally be expected, when 
 swarms are left unhived. They will often remain 24 
 hours, and sometimes they will adhere to the branch 
 where they cluster, until every bee perishes, or returns 
 to the parent hive. From my own experience, I am led 
 to believe, that the length of time that swarms will re- 
 main where they cluster, depends, in a measure, upon 
 the fact, whether a general supervision be extended over 
 them by the owner ; that is, whether he is constant in 
 attending to the little duties pertaining to the apiary ; 
 such as brushing away the webs of insects, keeping 
 everything in order, feeding a weak swarm here, and 
 attending to the wants of a family there, and by his daily 
 presence, manifesting to the bees, that they are not left 
 to provide wholly for themselves. As " the ox knoweth 
 his owner and the ass his master's crib," so is the little 
 bee sensible of the fact, that a hand is ever ready to pro- 
 vide for her necessities. Though you cannot change 
 one iota of her natural economy, that she has brought 
 down through thousands of generations since the crea- 
 tion of the world ; yet if you but extend kindness to her 
 — if you feed her when famishing — if you remove im- 
 pediments to her prosperity, that she cannot perform, 
 
bek-keeper's manual. 275 
 
 she remembers your attention, and learns to place her 
 trust in you. This is a prominent feature of every being 
 that depends on man for protection. It is an attribute 
 of Him who created all. 
 
 The mandate went forth at the creation of the world, 
 "that as man looketh to me, and I extend an outstretched 
 arm over him ; so shall every living thing be subjected 
 unto man, knowing that he provideth for them in the 
 day of their necessity." Taking this view of the case, 
 it is not unreasonable to suppose, that if one seldom goes 
 to his apiary, and pays little or no regard to the wants 
 of his bees, they will, in swarming, have no idea of be- 
 ing provided with a tenement ; and consequently will, 
 perhaps, take to the forest much sooner than under- 
 other circumstances. I have been led to this conclusion, 
 from hearing of many swarms departing to the woods, 
 in cases where I knew that no attention was paid to the 
 wants of the bees generally ; and from the fact, that 
 during the many years that I have kept this insect, I 
 never had an instance of a swarm departing, except one 
 .that clustered on the sunny side of a tree, where the 
 thermometer was about 140° in the sun, hot enough to 
 roast them; and I should not have lost this one, but I 
 was not present until half an hour after clustering, and 
 they took flight just as I arrived. I say that I have had 
 but one instance, I have had two ; the other was a case 
 where the person hiving them, used salt too freely in 
 dressing the hive, as I shall narrate hereafter, 
 
276 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 
 THE aUEEN GENERALLY ALIGHTS FIRST. 
 
 The above cut represents the commencement of clus- 
 tering. The queen generally selects the branch to clus- 
 ter on, and wherever she goes, the family are sure to 
 follow ; sometimes, however, the bees cluster while she 
 is on the wing, and she follows the swarm, but such 
 cases do not often occur. If it so happen, that the 
 queen becomes fatigued, and alights on the ground or in 
 some place, where the bees cannot readily observe her, 
 they will cluster without her, and remain a few minutes 
 only, when every bee will return home to the parent 
 family. Queens are often forced to alight before a 
 suitable branch is selected to cluster on, in consequence 
 of the shortness of their wings, not enabling them to fly 
 with the same ease as their subjects. 
 
 NECESSITY OF PREPARATION FOR HIVING, ETC. 
 
 The above engraving shows how the apiarian should 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 277 
 
 be prepared to hive his bees without delay, when he can 
 do so ; because they cannot be hived too soon, and you 
 may be too late. Always have a common table handy, 
 and a blanket or an old table cover, where you can lay 
 your hand on it, at a moment's notice. A brush as ap- 
 pears in the apiarian's hand, in the cut, should also be 
 at hand. Your hives should be in order, and perfectly 
 clean, and always a few more of them than you may 
 actually require, perhaps, should be constructed. Hives 
 thai have been previously used, are as good as any, if 
 perfectly clean. Boiling hot water should be freely used 
 in cleaning old hives, and the joints well drenched to 
 kill the ova of insects. 
 
 Bees, when swarming, are quite docile, seldom using 
 their stings, unless in windy weather, when fretted a 
 great deal by the branches or leaves of the trees flapping 
 against them. The person on the right hand of the cut, 
 who is defending himself from their attacks, foolishly 
 commenced parrying and striking at a stray bee, that 
 came around his ears in rather a menacing attitude, and 
 by so doing, he brought a dozen around his head, breath- 
 ing vengeance for the affront. He will know better 
 next time. 
 
 Bees are very particular about the weather when they 
 swarm ; and the first swarm more particularly, as the 
 old queen goes off then, and she has more experience 
 than young queens in such things. A calm, sunny day 
 is chosen for migrating generally. If a storm arise at 
 the time swarms are expected, and continue one or two 
 days, or longer, the first fair day will bring them oui ; 
 
878 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 provided they be ready, and the storm has not continued 
 so long as to break up their arrangements, as before 
 illustrated. Some writers assert, that bees never swarm 
 when high winds prevail. This is a mistake. They 
 will wait for pleasant, mild weather, as long as they can, 
 and then let it be windy or not windy, they come forth 
 on some occasions. During the month of June last, 
 (1848,) I had a swarm issue when the bees were almost 
 blown to the ground, before they could cluster. There 
 had been four days of the most windy weather that I 
 ever knew at that season, and on the fifth day, while the 
 wind was still rushing past like a gale, this swarm issued. 
 
 The time intervening between the first and second 
 swarm, is from nine to fourteen days, but generally 
 about the ninth day; between the second and third, 
 seven days ; and if still another issue, on the second or 
 third day thereafter. 
 
 If a storm arise immediately after hiving a swarm, 
 and continue long, the bees must be fed. A piece of 
 empty honey-comb placed under the hive, and filled daily, 
 with liquid honey, or syrup made of sugar will answer 
 the purpose. The bees, in such a case, must be con- 
 fined, so as to exclude their neighbors, as honey is 
 quickly scented ; much sooner than sugar made into a. 
 syrup. 
 
 SYMPTOMS OP SWARMING. 
 
 No positive symptoms showing when a swarm wiS' 
 actually issue, can be given. Huber has had a great 
 deal to say in regard to what he terms." piping," as; 
 
bbe-keepee's manual. 279 
 
 being a symptom showing when a family will sally out ; 
 but this indication is not to be depended on, from the 
 fact, that not one bee-keeper in ten, will ever be able to 
 distinguish this sound, amid the hum of a populous 
 family in warm weather. 
 
 Piping, as it is called, is simply the notes of the young 
 queens, that are held prisoners by the workers, as before 
 described, manifesting their desire to obtain their free- 
 dom, and the noise emitted sounds somewhat like peep, 
 •peep ; and when such a sound is heard on a calm even- 
 ing by applying the ear close to the hive, and in actual 
 contact therewith, it signifies that a swarm will issue 
 soon, if the weather be favorable. 
 
 The only general criterion by which we can judge 
 whether a swarm will soon issue, is from the following 
 circumstances, viz : — 
 
 If the hive be full of combs, and the bees find diflft- 
 culty in getting into it at evening, a swarm may be soon 
 expected, any time after the 15th of May. If large 
 clusters of bees hang out at evening, then the symptom 
 of swarming is still stronger. If no swarms have come 
 out on the 1st of June, and the aforesaid symptoms ex- 
 ist, it is almost morally certain that one will depart very 
 soon, unless the weather be cold, damp or windy. When 
 a swarm has issued, clustering out indicates that another 
 family will take their exit, but not much dependence is 
 to be placed upon the apparent populous state of the 
 stock, for any issue except the first. If the weather be 
 very warm, the apiarian will be liable to be greatly de- 
 ceived in regard to the actual population of his parent 
 
280 MINEe's AMERICAN 
 
 hives, and he will think it a pity, perhaps, that more 
 swarms are not sent out, when, if such a result were to 
 take place, it would be the ruin of his apiary, to a great 
 extent. 
 
 There are instances, when all signs in regard to 
 swarming, may fail. Every bee-keepfer, or at least, 
 many, have watched their hives with a deep interest, 
 during the swarming season, wondering what keeps their 
 bees, as it were, spell-bound to their tenements. Large 
 clusters will hang out, night and day, and the swarming 
 season will pass away, and still there they hang, appa- 
 rently without doing any labor, save an occasional de- 
 parture to the fields to supply the wants of nature. 
 These things will often occur, and the reason why no 
 swarms issue is, that a failure has taken place in the 
 production of young queens, or when produced, they 
 have been slain from some cause, as T have already ex- 
 plained. The only alternative with such over-populous 
 families, is to form an artificial swarm, or suffer them 
 to remain as they are. When bees cluster in large in- 
 verted cones on the under side of the bottom-board, it 
 is well to place a few handfuls of grass directly under 
 them, as they often fall to the ground in the night, or 
 during the prevalence of a storm. 
 
 SEASON OF SWARMING. 
 
 In the latitude of New York, the usual season of 
 swarming is from the 15th of May, to the 10th of June, 
 in higher latitudes, for instance, that of Boston, it is a 
 few days later, perhaps ; and in more southern districts. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 281 
 
 it is somewhat earlier. Occasional swarms may issue 
 in April, and also as late as July, and even in October, 
 instances are found of such a result. When a swarm 
 issues in October, it embraces the whole family ; and it 
 may, perhaps, be more properly a desertion. The two 
 instances of this nature, that occurred in my own apiary, 
 and before alluded to, came out in the month of October, 
 leaving both honey and larvae behind. Powerful, indeed, 
 must be the cause that forces a family of bees to leave 
 their domicil at such a period, and depart on the wing 
 to an uncertain destiny. The bee has the same natural 
 attachment for its young that pervades all animate 
 nature. When a piece of brood-comb is extracted con- 
 taining larvae, the bees adhere to it with the utmost te- 
 nacity ; and the cause of such an unfeeling, and appa- 
 rently uncalled-for desertion, may appear strange to one 
 not having a tangible idea of the true reason. My opin- 
 ion on this question is, that the hives being but partially 
 filled with combs, not over one-quarter part, and there 
 not being over one-tenth the number of bees that con- 
 stitute a populous family, the idea of wintei'ing in a place 
 where no warmth could be generated by them, and hav- 
 ing had a foretaste of what was to come, in a few 
 cold days previous to their departure, with the en- 
 trance all around the hives open as in summer, they fore- 
 saw that death must ensue if they thus remained, and 
 having, probably, sent out an embassy to find some hol- 
 low tree in which they would be less exposed to the 
 rigors of the weather, they departed. The reader may 
 recollect, that I stated, in a previous allusion to this 
 
282 
 
 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 singular desertion, that I succeeded in hiving both 
 swarms ; and in a few days they rushed out again, and 
 I was unable to stop them. Here is a cut representing 
 a swarm taking a flight to the forest, high above the 
 trees. 
 
 When bees are determined to seek a home for them- 
 selves, they revolve in a mass, gradually getting higher 
 and higher, until the coast is clear, and then their flight 
 is rapid ; yet sometimes they may be followed for half a 
 mile. The best remedy for bringing them down is, to 
 throw fine sand or water among them. When one of 
 the swarms issued, before spoken of, I seized a pail of 
 water and a dipper, and I made the water fly among 
 them like a real shower. Before I had used the first 
 pail of water, they had got some twenty rods from the 
 apiary. In the mean time I sent for more water, and I 
 at last succeeded in bringing them to cluster on the 
 branch of a cherry tree, about twenty feet from the 
 
bee-keepeh's manual. 283 
 
 ground. Being called away for a short time, I suffered 
 them to remain, and when I returned they were gone, 
 and to my satisfaction ; since my only motive in stopping 
 them was, to experiment on the application of water in 
 such cases. 
 
 In regard to the actual danger of the aforesaid two 
 swarms perishing, had they remained in the original 
 hive, I would observe, that they were the- smallest 
 swarms that I ever had ; consequently, I am not able 
 to say positively, whether they would have survived 
 through the winter or not. I have wintered swarms 
 that did not contain over a quart of bees in December, 
 with perfect security, and I am inclined to believe, that 
 had I lowered down the hives, and allowed but a single 
 place of entrance, and had fed them freely, they would 
 have lived through the winter. The two swarms alluded 
 to, would not probably have made more than about a pint 
 in bulk, if left until December or January. There was 
 about a quart in each when they departed. 
 
 SWARMS CONSIST OP BEES OF ALL AGES. 
 
 The question has often been asked me, if swarms are 
 not composed entirely of young bees? My answer is, 
 that they contain bees of every age, from the old bee of the 
 season previous, coming into existence through the sum- 
 mer and fall months, down to the young bee that nevei 
 before ventured a rod from the hive. There appears to 
 be no discrimination on the point of age. A promiscu- 
 ous sally takes place, and the majority are young bees, 
 
284 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 as a matter of course, since four fold the number of old 
 ones existing, are produced every spring. 
 
 SWARMS ISSUING HAVE NO HABITATION SELECTED. 
 
 Much has been said in regard to bees selecting a habi- 
 tation before issuing from the hive. It is supposed by 
 many persons, that previous to a swarm issuing, an em- 
 bassy is sent to the forest to select some hollow tree or 
 other tenement in which to reside. That such cases 
 sometimes do take place, I have no doubt, bui that a 
 selection is made in every case, is not a fact. I think 
 that the attention paid to the wants of the bees by their 
 owner, as before alluded to, has something to do with 
 this matter; since it appears that they who pay no re- 
 gard to their bees, at any season, lose swarms very fre- 
 quently, while they who are constantly paying the little 
 attentions to them that good management demands, 
 seldom lose any. 
 
 I have often observed single bees, during the season 
 of swarming, entering the knot holes of my stable, sing- 
 ing a merry song, and carefully examining them for no 
 other purpose, I presume, than to find a domicil for some 
 swarm soon to issue. It appears natural in the bee to 
 send out scouts in this manner, and where a forest is 
 very near, filled with hollow, decayed trees, the securing 
 of swarms is attended with much more trouble than in 
 other situations. It often happens, that a hole in some 
 old building is secured by them for a tenement. A lady 
 of my acquaintance, who is very fond of attending to 
 bees, informs me that on a certain occasion, a swann 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 285 
 
 issued from her apiary, and without clustering, pro- 
 ceeded slowly across the fields to the house of a neigh- 
 bor, about half a mile off. Their progress was so slow, 
 that she was able to follow them all the distance, with- 
 out losing sight of them. They entered the house at 
 an aperture under the roof. She returned home, and 
 in a few minutes another swarm issued, and took the 
 same course without clustering; and she again.foUowed 
 after them, and just as she arrived, the last of the latter 
 truant swarm were entering the same aperture where 
 the first swarm entered. This is rather a singular case, 
 since it is very rare to have swarms issue and depart 
 without clustering. Clustering seems to be necessary, 
 in order to congregate the whole family prior to the 
 journey, when a flight is contemplated. Some apiarians 
 have recommended decoy hives ; that is, empty hives 
 placed about the apiary, in which it is supposed swarms 
 may enter. I have tried this experiment, but have 
 never found it to succeed. 
 
 BEES COMMUNICATE ON THE WING. 
 
 While bees are swarming, they have a peculiar power 
 of imparting information from one to another, while on 
 the wing. It is this power that calls, at a moment's 
 notice, the bees that cover many rods area to a focus, 
 when it is decided to cluster. I had a singular circum- 
 stance occur, the last season, of this nature. I had seve- 
 ral swarms issue and cluster on the same branch, at the 
 same time. I divided them in three parts, and hived 
 them separately, thinking that if I should happen to get 
 
286 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 a queen in each, it would save all further trouble. I 
 placed the hives in different situations, and in the course 
 of a few hours I found the whole together again. I then 
 took a small swarm that issued the day previous, and 
 placed it where the hive stood that contained the three 
 swarms, which was filled inside and covered outside 
 with a perfect sheet of bees, and as quickly as possible, 
 I shook out about half of its contents alongside of that 
 containing the small swarm, and then I ran with the 
 hive thus emptied of half its contents, and set it in the 
 place where I took the other from. My object was to 
 force a division in some manner, if possible. I remained 
 a few minutes watching the result. Presently the bees 
 that had been shaken down at the side of the hive, 
 commenced rising on the wing, and mixing with a small 
 part of the other portion of the joint families, that hov- 
 ered in the air, and soon a trail was formed from one 
 hive to the other, and in fifteen minutes, every bee was 
 at the hive in the new situation, some rods off; the 
 knowledge of its position having been communicated 
 from one to another, on the wing. It is only in cases 
 of large numbers of bees being on the wing at the same 
 time, that a communication can be effected by them. 
 
 PROPER MODE OP SEPARATING SWARMS. 
 
 The foregoing experiment was out of the regular order 
 of my usual course, in effecting a division of swarms ; 
 yet such a separation, or rather an equalization of fami- 
 lies may be made. Two swarms, the one very large 
 and the other very small, may be managed thus ; — at 
 
BKE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 287 
 
 evening, when the bees are all in, and quiet, take the 
 large family from its position, and supply its place by 
 the small one, at the same time, causing a portion of the 
 large one to fall alongside of the hive containing the 
 small swarm. The bees will readily enter, and join the 
 family within. The hive containing the large swarm 
 should be placed in the position that the other family 
 occupied. To effect such results, it may sometimes be 
 necessary to perform the operation of mixing the bees 
 on a blanket, spread on the ground. One hive may be 
 be set down, with one side raised half an inch, and the 
 bees from the other falling near it, will enter at once. 
 The time to effect this equalization should be soon after 
 sunset, and neither swarm should have issued beyond a 
 day or two previous. 
 
 During the next two days, still larger numbers from 
 the large family, will gather to the small one ; since they 
 go out to the fields from the new situation, and return 
 to the old one. The object of forcing out a portion at 
 once, is to mix with the other family, and partially de- 
 stroy the peculiar scent by which bees from one swarm 
 recognize those of another. It is not advisable to force 
 out many, as a very large portion entering so as to 
 outnumber those already there, might cause trouble 
 with the queen, as a strange queen coming suddenly 
 into the midst of a great number of bees, not of her own 
 family, is at once seized by them, and held so close a 
 prisoner, that suffocation is liable to ensue. I do not 
 recommend this way of separation of swarms, unless it 
 be in cases where one can well spare a large portion of 
 
288 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 its numbers, and the other cannot possibly thrive with- 
 out an accession to its strength. 
 
 The true and proper way is by adopting the princi- 
 ples of artificial swarming, as I shall soon explain. It 
 simply consists in attaching a piece of brood-comb con- 
 taining larvae, in two or more hives, according to the 
 number of families that may be desired to make, and 
 then dividing the bees, placing them in the hives with 
 the brood-combs, and if no queens happen to be among 
 them, they can make them, as I have before stated. If 
 the division take place on the day of swarming, brood- 
 combs should be placed in each hive ; but if left until 
 three or four days after being hived, they should be 
 placed in the empty hive only, since the full one would 
 probably, already contain combs and eggs ; and there 
 would be no necessity of disturbing the queen pertain- 
 ing to it. The manner of division in this latter case is 
 thus : — at any time of day, a small portion of bees should 
 be gently shook out of the hive containing a double 
 family, in such a position, that they will enter the empty 
 hive, which is to be placed in the full one's position ; 
 then carry the full one to a new situation, not less than 
 ten feet off, and during the two succeeding days, the 
 empty hive will gain strength as before described, until 
 a respectable family accumulates. 
 
 UNION OF SWARMS. 
 
 A union of two or more small swarms may be effected 
 on the day of swarming, without any trouble. All that 
 is to be done is, to make one mass of them, and the 
 
BGE-KEGl'EIl B MANUAL. 
 
 289 
 
 extra queens will soon be slain, and the bees will work 
 as one family. A union may be effected in this man- 
 ner, at any time within a week after hiving the bees, but 
 there is this difference attending it ; one of the hives is 
 to be removed, of course, and during the next two or 
 three days, a large portion of the swarm that had be- 
 come accustomed to the place where the removed on 
 emptied hive stood, will return to that place, as they 
 sally forth to the fields from their new domicil, and will 
 be lost 
 
 BEES LIABLE TO CLUSTER ON THE APIAErAN. 
 
 The above cut represents a servant of mine, with a 
 swarm of bees clustering on his neck and back. Per- 
 haps the reader may think that this comical scene is but 
 visionary; yet I would assure you, dear reader, that 
 such things do actually occur ; and every bee-keeper is 
 13 
 
290 MINEb's AMERICAN 
 
 liable to be placed in the same unenviable predica- 
 ment. 
 
 The queen, as I before stated, is sometimes quite 
 heavy and unable to fly, and it may happen that in case 
 of not meeting a proper shrub or branch to alight on, 
 she will perch on the first thing that may come in her 
 vpay ; and if she alight on any part of the person in at- 
 tendance, the whole swarm will follow so speedily, that 
 there is no help — no evading it. All that one has to do 
 is, to stand still, and bear it like a philosopher, not at- 
 tempt to run away, as poor Sambo did. There is not 
 the least danger in such a case, if one will only be quiet. 
 It will call forth all the presence of mind that he is pos- 
 sessed of, without doubt. In such a case, another per- 
 son should bring a hive and hold it over the bees, resting 
 it in some manner that will give facility for them to 
 enter, and in a few minutes, they will all take to the 
 hive. 
 
 sambo's first trial at hiving. 
 
 When I commenced keeping bees, I was as green in 
 the business as the most ignorant. I gave directions to 
 my servant to dress the hive with salt and water, having 
 heard that this was good. When I returned at evening, 
 (I resided on Long Island, and came to New York 
 daily,) he informed me that a large swarm had issued, 
 and he hived it, and in a few minutes they rushed out, 
 and that was the last he saw of them. I turned up the 
 hive, and behold! he had rubbed salt enough on the 
 sides of it, to pickle a pig. There was no wonder why 
 
BEE- keeper's manual. 291 
 
 the bees departed. The next day, when I returned, he 
 came up grinning, "I've got 'em, sir, this time, and a 
 mighty large swarm it is, too," said he. What, another 
 swarm out, inquired I? "Yes, sir, here it is, and to 
 make sure of 'em, I cut off the branch, and put it into 
 the hive, and then tied a cloth over it tight,\ leaving one 
 little air hole for 'em to breathe, sir." Sure enough, 
 there was the hive tied up like a band-box on a journey. 
 I flew around and made the necessary preparations to 
 remove them, and called my wiFe out to witness the 
 first swarm, as I should remove the covering, and turn 
 up the hive to our admiring eyes. I got the whole 
 family around me, as assistants in the operation, all as 
 eager to witness the bees as myself I gently raised the 
 cloth. The end of the branch protruded under the hive. 
 I raised the hive on one side very slowly, with my heart 
 in a flutter of excitement and anxiety ; I expected soon 
 to hear exclamations of delight on all sides. Higher 
 and higher the hive was raised, expecting every instant 
 to catch a view of the swarm clustered at the top. Pre- 
 sently it gained a point where the eye reached the sum- 
 mit, and such a sight ! Reader, what _do you think it 
 was ? Not a single bee was there I If ever the mer- ' 
 cury went down suddenly in my blood, it was then. I 
 was nigh breaking the hive over Sambo's head, but the 
 old fellow was useful, and I let him off with a good 
 scolding for having duped me. The bees had escaped 
 one by one, through his air-hole, and had returned to 
 the parent family. 
 
292 miner's ameeican 
 
 grape-vines suitable to cluster on artificial 
 
 clustering bushes, etc. 
 
 A grape-vine seems to be a particular favorite for 
 bees to cluster on. I had several large vines near my 
 apiary, on Long Island, and I have frequently had every 
 swarm during a season, cluster on them. When the 
 leaves are large enough to afford shade, they are inclined 
 to cluster on them more, than when the vines are par- 
 tially bare. They often cluster in peach, apricot, cherry 
 and apple trees ; and not unfrequently on currant bushes. 
 Where no small trees exist of the size of ordinary peach 
 trees, some kind of small tree should be set out, and I 
 know of none better than the peach. I have tried arti- 
 ficial clustering shrubs or bushes with the most perfect 
 success. In the spring of 1848, I removed my apiary 
 to a place where not a tree or shrub existed of a suitable 
 size. I took a dozen of the poles used for sustaining 
 dahlias, about six feet long, and to the end of each I 
 fastened a green cedar bush about one foot in diameter, 
 and eighteen inches long; being the tops of small cedar 
 trees and shrubs found in any quantity, in the woods. 
 I drove down these poles in different places around the 
 apiary, some two rods apart ; making the bushes stand 
 from four to six feet high. When the swarms issued, 
 they selected one of these bushes. I had twenty-six 
 issues, and every one clustered in the same way ; and 
 seemed to like them better than trees, as they afford the 
 best security against the bees falling. They generally 
 clustered around the centre of the bush, and when they 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 293 
 
 became dry and faded, it made no difference in regard 
 to the bees clustering on them. 
 
 APPBAKANCES AT THE MOMENT OF ISSUING. 
 
 Perhaps some of my readers would like to know how 
 a family of bees is affected at the first movements in 
 swai'ming, since very few bee-keepers witness the first 
 outward excitement among them. I stood looking at a 
 hive last June, and presently a mass of bees came surg- 
 ing over and over, out of the hive on every side, like 
 the froth of a pot slowly boiling over. The bees ran up 
 the sides a few inches, making a complete mass all 
 around it, and then for a moment, the most phrenzied 
 excitement took place, running in every direction, with 
 a speed unnatural to them. Then they commenced 
 rising on the wing, and in one minute, the air was dark- 
 ened by the mass that issued. 
 
 TIME OF DAY TO EXPECT SWARMS TO SALLY FORTH. 
 
 From 7 o'clock in the morning to 6 o'clock in the 
 afternoon, they may issue, but generally from 10 to 3. 
 In very warm weather swarms frequently issue as early 
 as 7. This is about all the specific guide any one can 
 have. 
 
CHAPTER XXI 
 
 ARTIFICIAL SWARMS. 
 
 The art of forming artificial swarms has been known 
 for nlany years. Shirach is reputed as the original dis- 
 coverer of it. It is simply based on the power that the 
 workers possess, to convert any worker-egg or larvae 
 under four days old, into a queen, as I discussed in Chap- 
 ter II. This being an established fact, it follows, that 
 if a queen belonging to any family be removed, and leave 
 behind eggs or larvae, of a suitable age, the bees will 
 rear another queen, and proceed in their labors, as if 
 nothing had occurred to them. 
 
 I will now illustrate precisely what would take place 
 within a hive, if a queen were suddenly removed. We 
 will suppose that the whole interior of the hive is fully 
 exposed to our view. We now reniove the queen sud- 
 denly, and without molesting the workers in the least. 
 All is perfectly quiet, and perhaps may remain so seve- 
 ral hours, since no alarm has been sounded. The work- 
 ers take it for granted, that the queen is still there ; and 
 although they do not see or feel her, yet it is presumed 
 that she is somewhere about the hive. We will arouse 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 295 
 
 them, and on the approach of danger, their first impulse 
 is to be assured of the safety of their sovereign. We 
 take a rod and rap smartly on the hive. — The bees now 
 begin to run speedily over the combs — the excitement 
 increases, and they are now fully aware of the queen's 
 absence. Hark ! what a tumult and roar within ! How 
 eagerly they traverse the combs, as if in search of some- 
 thing. Six hours have now past, and the excitement is 
 dying away. Here in this cluster of bees, the rudiments 
 of a queen-cell are already laid, and within twenty-four 
 hours one of the larva of the unsealed cells will be re- 
 moved to it, and in about 12 days a queen will issue. 
 
 If a strange queen should now be offered to them, they 
 would not receive her kindly ; but would cluster around 
 her in such numbers as to suffocate her, in all proba- 
 bility. But if we wait 24 hours, and then offer a new 
 sovereign, she would be welcome, and would be treated 
 with the respect due to royalty, since it requires 24 
 hours to cause a family of workers to forget their queen. 
 
 On an occasion of endeavoring to unite two small 
 artificial swarms, where I was apprehensive that one of 
 them was without a queen, I attempted driving them out 
 by the aid of smoke, and the family that I supposed to 
 be without a queen, did possess one, and she rushed out 
 of the hive and alighted on the under side of the brim 
 of my hat ; I seized her, and placed her under a tumbler 
 until the next day, when I turned up a hive that con- 
 tained another artificial swarm, which, to all appear- 
 ances, had no queen ; and having laid the hive on its 
 side, I placed her majesty close up to the bees as they 
 
296 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 clustered on the combs, and stood awhile to watch the 
 result. At first they did not seem to notice her, but 
 presently, two or three workers extended their antennae 
 towards her, and at once appeai-ed excited ; and in a 
 few minutes, a dozen or more gathered around, holding 
 her a close prisoner. She endeavored to extricate her- 
 self from them, and very plainly articulated the sound of 
 peep, peep. I heard it as distinctly as I could hear a 
 chicken's call. She soon disappeared in the mass of 
 bees, and I saw nothing more of her. 
 
 This was a queen that had been reared from the 
 worker larvae, that I had introduced into her hive, some 
 three months before. 
 
 The benefit to be derived from artificial swarming, is 
 in cases where families send oflT no swarms, as often oc- 
 curs, from causes already narrated. 
 
 The method of performing the operation is as follows : 
 take a clean empty hive, and attach at the top, in one 
 corner, a small piece of brood-comb, containing both 
 eggs and larvae ; at least larvae in cells not sealed over. 
 The younger they are the better, and even eggs alone 
 are sufficient, since an egg of to-day, will become larva 
 to-morrow or next day. The manner of attaching the 
 comb is as described at page 201, and the utmost care 
 is requisite, in order to cement it firmly. When that is 
 done, on a fine day about 11 or 12 o'clock, as the great- 
 est number of bees are out at those hours, you then 
 remove the stock with surplus numbers, to a new situa- 
 tion, as far off as convenient, and not less than ten feet; 
 and if you can brush off a portion of bees, that cluster 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 297 
 
 on its sides before it be removed, you should not fail to 
 do so, at the same time, having the empty hive in the 
 full one's place to receive them. By such means, a 
 nucleus is at once formed around the brood-comb. If 
 there be no clustering outside, you should manage in 
 some way, to get about a quart of bees to enter the 
 empty hive at once, as your success depends upon it. 
 If no other way offer, you must turn the full hive bot- 
 tom upwards, and set the empty one over it, and with 
 a rod strike the lower hive for a few minutes, when a 
 portion of its inmates will have entered the empty one, 
 and clustered on the comb above. The two following 
 days will add large numbers to the artificial swarm, be- 
 sides all the bees that are out in the fields when the 
 operation is performed. If the full hive be removed 
 without leaving bees enough behind to form a nucleus 
 around the brood-comb, the bees returning from the fields 
 finding an empty hive, will run around in distraction, 
 and perhaps depart entirely ; but if they see a cluster 
 already in the hive, however small it may be, they will 
 join it ; and after the first six hours, they will go to work 
 and rear a new queen, and in the fall there will be no 
 difference between this swarm and one that has issued 
 in the natural way. Artificial swarms must be large, 
 or there is a liability of their not rearing a queen, for 
 the want of sufficient animal heat within the hive to de- 
 velop her ; and also on account of the delay attending 
 their own natural increase, from having to wait two 
 weeks, at least, before a queen will be ready to com- 
 mence laying. 
 
 13* 
 
298 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 TIME OP YEAR TO MAKE ARTIFICIAL SWARMS. 
 
 Artificial swarms may be made as soon as the 15th 
 of May, and as late as the 15th of June, with safety. 
 Later than this period, would be attended with some 
 risk of success ; not only an account of the lateness of 
 the season for gathering honey ; but also for the reason, 
 that there would be no certainty of a sufficient number 
 of drones existing when the queens mature, to efiect her 
 impregnation as speedily; as the case demands. 
 
 ARTIFICIAL SWARMS MADE WHOLLY BY DRIVING OUT. 
 
 In certain cases it may be best to drive beeS enough 
 out at once, to form the swarm desired ; and if the 
 queen of the old family be driven out, there is no neces- 
 sity for attaching a piece of brood-comb in the empty 
 hive. The best method of performing the operation in 
 this way is, to drive out about two-thirds of the bees of 
 the stock, and the queen is almost sure to go out with 
 them, before so large a portion of the family departs. 
 When this is effected, place the empty hive now con- 
 taining the queen and two-thirds of the family, in a new 
 situation ; and the old hive where it has always rested. 
 The bees in the new hive, with the queen, will be con- 
 tent, of course, and they will commence comb-building 
 in a few hours. A small portion of them will return to 
 the old stand, enough to equalize the families, which is 
 just what is desired. The bees in the old hive will miss 
 their queen, and make a great uproar about it for a few 
 hours, but will finally go to work and rear a new queen 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 299 
 
 from the larvee that was left when the old one vacated, 
 and the larvae left will mature at the proper season, if the 
 weather be warm, and thus increase the family, and at 
 the end of three months, both families will have filled 
 their respective hives with honey, wax and bees. 
 
 DIRECTIONS FOR DRIVING AND DISLODGING BEES. 
 
 Notwithstanding that I have already stated, how bees 
 should be driven from one hive to another, in brief, yet 
 I am aware, that I cannot give" too plain, and explicit di- 
 rections for this operation, which to the inexperienced 
 bee-keeper, must at first be attempted, with any feelings 
 but those of pleasure. In the first place, you must be 
 perfectly protected by a bee-dress and gloves. No half- 
 way work in such matters. Provided the weather be 
 warm and favorable, it may be done at any time of day, 
 if you are to drive out a full swarm ; and if much clus- 
 tering exists outside, the time when the least exists is 
 best. You take the full hive and turn it over carefully, 
 setting it down on the ground or table, on its upper end. 
 The empty hive is now to be set over the full one, mak- 
 ing a close joint, so that no bees can escape; and I 
 would here observe, that all hives should be of the same 
 diameter in every apiary, in order to efiect such ope- 
 rations with ease and facility. Having effected the 
 junction, an empty hive is to be placed where the full 
 one stood, as a decoy, to keep the bees that return from 
 the fields from entering the neighboring hives, until the 
 operation is performed. A cloth is now to be tied 
 around the joint, where the two hives meet, to make it 
 
300 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 as dark as possible within the hives. This done, the 
 lower hive should be rapped smartly with a small rod on 
 all sides, for the space of ten or fifteen minutes ; when, 
 in all probability, half or two-thirds of the family, with 
 the queen, will have ascended into the upper hive, and 
 clustered there in a compact and quiet body. 
 
 HOW TO CUT OUT BROOD-COMBS. 
 
 This is a job that is not coveted by the amateur apia- 
 rian ; yet it must be done, where artificial swarms are 
 to be made ; and when once performed, it is quite easy 
 to do. All that is necessary is perfect protection, that 
 does not obscure the vision, — a steady hand, with cour- 
 age and perseverance, and all obstacles dwindle into 
 insignificance. 
 
 In the first place, I will introduce to your acquaint- 
 ance, a couple of very handy instruments, that every 
 bee-keeper should possess. 
 
 One is a long knife, with an edge on each side, and 
 sharpened at the end, so as to admit severing combs 
 from their attachments with facility. The other is a long 
 steel rod, with a two-edged knife at the angle, for the 
 purpose of cutting combs horizontally. One edge of 
 the blade is turned directly towards the reader, and the 
 other from him. The length of the rod and handle, 
 should be about 18 inches, and the length of the blade 
 at the angle, an inch and a half The diameter of the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 301 
 
 blade on its flat side, should not be over a quarter of an 
 inch, as it is often to be inserted between combs, where 
 the space is not over three-eighths of an inch. 
 
 These two instruments are useful in cutting out pieces 
 of brood-comb, as well as for various other purposes, 
 that every apiarian will see the necessity of, many times 
 in a season. If you possess nothing of the kind, you 
 must take the sharpest and longest knife in your kitchen. 
 You have a carving-knife, of course, and if it be a little 
 curved at the point, the better. Take this and put on 
 your bee-dress, and I will then tell you what to do. All 
 ready, I perceive. Now, take this stone, and sharpen the 
 point of your knife on it. Sharpen it on a whetstone ? 
 No : if you're going to learn how to cut out brood- 
 combs from me, you must do as I say. I know it makes it 
 as rough as a saw, but don't get into a passion, that is just 
 what I want, it will cut honey-comb better in that rough 
 condition, than it would if it were as sharp as a razor. 
 Now, sir, turn this hive over on its top. Afraid to do 
 it? There, now it is over — is any one hurt? Now 
 take your knife and run it obliquely through one of 
 these centre combs, cutting with the point of the knife 
 only. Can't see, there are so many bees ? well, feel your 
 way, then, but cut slowly, so as not to. irritate or kill 
 them. Now loosen the attachment at the side, and with 
 your left hand, hold the comb from falling. Yes, take 
 hold of bees and all, they can't sting through your glove. 
 There, sir, what do you think now ? The operation is 
 over, and you are alive. 
 
 If an ordinary knife be used, a large portion of larvae 
 
302 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 are destroyed by cutting the comb obliquely, more than 
 would be by cutting vertically, and then horizontally, 
 with the knife with an angle, as shown in the cut. 
 
 ARTIFICIAL SWARMS FORMED BY DIVISION. 
 
 This method of making swarms at pleasure, consists 
 in having hives made in two parts, to divide in the cen- 
 tre, somewhat on the plan of the collateral hive at page 
 186, with this difference, that where both parts are 
 united, they form a square hive, of the usual size. The 
 two parts should be so constructed, that they may be 
 separated at any time with ease. From necessity, they 
 must be Uke the lower section of the box-hive, as repre- 
 sented at page 1 53, that is, when joined. 
 
 After being connected, supers may surmount them as 
 on the box-hive, with a couple of holes through each 
 half. The two sides coming together should have the 
 greatest possible open space between them, and not ad- 
 mit of a union of the combs in each half. A narrow, 
 and very thin strip of board should be placed across, at 
 the top, and sunk into the hive its whole thickness ; and 
 in the middle, and at the bottom, place the same strips, 
 about two inches wide. This is to be done on one side 
 only. The other half requires nothing. The strips 
 should be very thin, not over a quarter of an inch 
 thick, at most. It will be necessary to insert guide- 
 combs, or the bees might build transversly, or narrow 
 combs across each part, and rn that case they would be 
 apt to unite theny through the interstices, or passage- 
 way between the two parts. In order to unite them 
 
bee-kekper's manual. 303 
 
 firmly, a hook and staple should be placed on each side, 
 and one at the top, perhaps ; and if the hive rest on 
 pins, a piece of sheet iron should be secured to the bot- 
 tom of one of the parts, on both sides where the union 
 takes place, and made to lap over a half an inch, so that 
 the bottom of the other half may catch and rest on them. 
 We will suppose, that we have a hive on this princi- 
 ple, full of bees, and we wish to make an artificial swarm. 
 We take another hive of the same kind, and divide it. 
 We then unhitch the full hive, and slowly, and carefully 
 remove one of its sides a few feet, and supply its place 
 with an empty one, corresponding in every particular. 
 We next unite the other empty half to the half of the 
 full one, that was removed, and await the result. The 
 queen will be in one half, but in which, must be proved 
 as follows : — take a rod and beat each hive smartly, 
 arousing the bees as much as possible ; and that part 
 which contains the queen will be quite tranquil after a 
 few minutes ; but a tremendous confusion will exist in 
 the other, and the bees will run around, under, and over 
 the hive in great consternation. The part where the 
 bees are quiet should be removed to a new place, and 
 the other should be placed in its position. In the fall, 
 two prime families will exist, perhaps, equally as good 
 as if no division had taken place, and no swarm had 
 been thrown off. 
 
 ARTIFICIAL SWARMS MAY BE TRANSPOSED. 
 
 Sometimes it- may happen, that one or two very large, 
 and also a few very small artificial swarms may exist 
 
304 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 in the same apiary. Such swarms may, within the first 
 two weeks of their existence, and before the queens ma- 
 ture, be transposed with good results ; that is, take a 
 very large swarrii, and place it in the position of a small 
 one, and vice versd. An equalization of families can be 
 effected in this way, as the bees mix with perfect peace 
 at such times. No other swarms, or stocks can be 
 treated in this manner, without ruinous results to both 
 families. 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 CHANGING FAMILIES FROM OLD TO 
 NEW HIVES. 
 
 It is a well-known fact, that bees thrive best, during 
 the first four or five years of their existence in the same 
 tenement. It has been often asserted, that the lack of 
 animation, and of the decay of families, is in conse- 
 quence of every generation of bees, bred in the same 
 tenement being smaller than their predecessors ; on ac- 
 count of the yearly contraction or diminishing of the 
 cells. It is said, that the silken shrouds, that enclose the 
 larvae are left behind, pressed to the sides of the cells, 
 when the young bees come forth, thus causing them to 
 become gradually smaller and smaller, until there is not 
 
bke-keeper's manual. 305 
 
 room enough for the larvae to become fully developed, in 
 their natural size and vigor. This hypothesis I must 
 dissent to ; notwithstanding it is heresy to do so. Who, 
 among my readers, has compared the size of bees, in 
 different hives, and found some a dwarf race, while the 
 tenants of the other hives were of the full, natural size ? 
 Perhaps some among you have imagined that you could 
 discover a difference, and so have I, but on close in- 
 spection, I found that I was mistaken. I have a hive, 
 in which the bees have resided during ten years, and 
 not a particle of difference in the size of its tenants 
 from those of other hives, can be perceived. An ac- 
 quaintance of mine assured me, some few years ago, 
 that he had a family which had inhabited the same hive, 
 from generation to generation, twenty-nine years, with 
 no difference in the size of its occupants from those of 
 other domicils. 
 
 It is my opinion, that the cause of deterioration, is 
 not as above stated ; but in consequence of the black- 
 ened and vitiated state^ of the combs, rendering the 
 atmosphere within impure, and having more or less 
 lodgments of the moth to eradicate, from year to year, 
 until the effluvia of the combs operates to the injury of 
 breeding, and through that cause, to the final destruc- 
 tion, in some cases, of the family. Be that as it may, 
 we know that on the fourth or fifth year, it is best to 
 effect a change. How that is to be done is the next 
 question. The " subtended" plan will not answer, for 
 reasons already given ; but if we choose to take the 
 lives of our bees in the old way of using brimstone, we 
 
306 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 can destroy our old families every fall, and leave our 
 young ones ; but this method is a cruel and a barbarous 
 one; and wholly unnecessary, to say nothing of the 
 loss that the owner sustains by such a course. The 
 method pursued in dividing families by a division of the 
 hive, affords new combs for one-half of the tenement ; 
 and this mode may be pursued with tolerable success, 
 and two families are made where, perhaps, but one would 
 exist, in the case of driving out the bees into new hives. 
 Driving them out, makes the operation perfect, and if 
 not done until a swarm issues, two families are just as 
 certain to result from it as on the previous plan. 
 
 The operation of driving out should be performed as 
 follows : The bees should not be disturbed before the 
 fore part of June, in order to see whether any swarms 
 are to issue, and to give an opportunity for as many 
 larvae to develope as possible. Whether a swarm be 
 sent off or not, it is not advisable to wait beyond the 20th 
 of June, as the bees must have time to lay in sufficient 
 honey for their winter use. At evening, or early in the 
 morning, take an empty hive and surmount the full one, 
 as before directed, winding a cloth around the junction. 
 Then, as before stated, beat the sides of the hive, until 
 all the bees have ascended into the empty one, which 
 will generally be effected, in 15 or 20 minutes; if the 
 old hive be full of bees. If it be but partially filled, they 
 cannot be forced out at all, without the use of smoke. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 307 
 
 Here is a smoke-pan that maybe advantageously used 
 at times. Tobacco smoke is most effectual in forcing 
 the bees to depart speedily, but anything that will pro- 
 duce smoke may be used. A little cut, smoking tobacco 
 ignited in the pan, with the cover let down, would an- 
 swer the purpose. If the chamber-hive be used, the 
 boxes or drawers may be removed, and the pan set in 
 the chamber. The smoke will ascend through the holes, 
 and by this means, together with rapping the hive, the 
 bees will be made to ascend ; or the pan may be placed 
 under the lower, or open end of the hive, and force the 
 bees up into the box in the chamber, which can be with- 
 drawn, and the bees emptied down at the side of the 
 hive, that is intended for their use, and they will readily 
 enter. In such a case, but one box should be inserted 
 in the chamber, open at the bottom, as I have directed 
 that they should be made. If the box-hive be used, the 
 super will receive the bees, and with more facility than 
 boxes in the chambers of other hives. When the most 
 of the bees are driven out with the queen, the combs of 
 the old hive may be cut out, and the few bees remain- 
 ing, will join the rest of the family, where new combs 
 
308 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 will be constructed at once, the same as if the bees had 
 swarmed out in the natural way. 
 
 The above cut represents a fumigator, as described by 
 Dr. Bevan. I do not approve of it, but I give it a place, 
 and they who choose can make use of it. a, is the fun- 
 nel, with a hole in the end to let out the smoke ; h, is a 
 plate extending across the fumigator, perforated full of 
 holes to admit the passage of the smoke only ; c, is a 
 cylindrical portion of the box, three inches in diameter, 
 and three and a half long, in which the tobacco is placed , 
 d, is the lid, which is received into the box when the 
 tobacco has been lighted ; e, is the tube which should 
 be adapted to the size of the bellows-pipe. The whole 
 is made of tin, having the joinings soldered. It is used 
 by inserting the bellows-pipe in the tube, and then the 
 action of the bellows drives the smoke out through the 
 funnel. 
 
 They who are accustomed to smoking, often perform 
 any operation requiring the aid of smoke, simply by di- 
 recting a few whiffs from a cigar or pipe, into the hive, 
 where the removal is to be effected. 
 
 The following cut shows a much better, and less ex- 
 pensive fumigator. 
 
BBE-KEBPER'a MANUAL. 309 
 
 It consists of an ordinary bellows, with a tin tube, 
 about three inches long, and two in diameter, fitted over 
 the air hole. The cover to this tube is perforated with 
 holes ; and the air hole is covered with tin, also perfo- 
 rated in like manner. When this apparatus is used, open 
 the tube, put in the tobacco ignited, close it, and the 
 action of the bellows carries the smoke out of the bel- 
 lows-pipe. This is the most simple and practical fiimi- 
 gator in use. 
 
 UNITING STOCKS. 
 
 It often happens that the apiarian finds it necessary 
 to unite two of his stocks, or old families. The cause 
 that leads to such a necessity, is frequently from over- 
 swarming, or sending out more colonies than can be 
 safely spared ; thereby weakening the parent family so 
 much, as not to be able to recover during the season. 
 When two weak families exist of this character, if they 
 are united, one prosperous family will be the result; 
 whereas, if left separate, both would be destroyed. 
 
 The difficulty attending the union of old families, lies 
 in their unwillingness to mix peaceably. There is a 
 certain peculiar scent pertaining to the bees of every 
 family, and especially to old ones. In order to obviate 
 this difficulty, and cause both families to mix without 
 strife, the following plan may be adopted. Take one of 
 
310 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 the hives at evening, and turn it up, then spread over 
 it a gauze or millinet covering, or anything that will 
 allow a free circulation of air through it ; then take the 
 other hive, containing the family that it is desired to 
 connect with the first, and place it thereon, giving the 
 bees of neither family an opportunity to escape ; but 
 allowing them sufficient air for respiration. Leave them 
 in this position 48 hours, and at the end of that time, 
 the scent of the two families will have become so blen- 
 ded and interchanged, that they may be united with 
 perfect safety. The process must be by smoke applied 
 to the lower hive, with the use of the rod, after with- 
 drawing the cloth that divides them. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII, 
 
 THE SEASONS. 
 
 FALL MANAGEMENT. 
 
 The months of October and November are the sea- 
 son when the state of the apiary will require particular 
 attention. The hives should be examined, and those not 
 containing honey enough for its occupants to sustain 
 them during the winter, must be fed. An ordinary 
 swarm or family of bees, will consume from 15 to 20 
 pounds of honey, from October to May. If the winter 
 
bee-keefer's manual. 311 
 
 be very mild, more than this quantity will be required ; - 
 but not in an ordinary season. The apiarian should be 
 able from practice, to know at once on raising his hives, 
 whether the above quantity exists in them or not. 
 Hives that have been occupied several years, will be as 
 heavy without any honey, as others that have been used 
 but one season, with from five to ten pounds ; therefore, 
 an allowance must be made for the weight of old combs, 
 and bee-bread. 
 
 FEEDING BEES. 
 
 When it is ascertained what families are short of 
 honey, measures should at once be taken to supply them, 
 since the cost of feeding a family, is not one- tenth of its 
 value. The month of October, should be selected for 
 this purpose. If but one or two families, out of ten or 
 twelve, require feeding, it is best to feed thoge alone ; 
 but if there be a general scarcity or lightness of the 
 hives, I recommend feeding the whole in the apiary, at 
 the same time. I am aware that feeding bees is gene- 
 rally looked upon as one of the greatest difficulties at- 
 tending their management ; and rather than attempt it, 
 many bee-keepers suffer their bees to perish. The diffi- 
 culty is just as great as it is to carry a pail of feed to the 
 pig-pen, and no greater. Do not understand me, by this 
 comparison, that bees will take honey from a trough, as 
 a pig will take meal and water. It only requires a little 
 difference in tendering it to them, however. 
 
312 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 Here is a feeder, with a cover to float on the surface 
 of the honey, when put into it. The box may be as 
 large as one chooses to make it. For an apiary of from 
 two to twelve hives, it should be about 18 inches long, 
 six inches in diameter, and four in depth. The float is 
 made by slitting it with a fine saw, as many times as 
 possible, to within an inch of the end ; and the board is 
 half an inch thick. The other end is secured by a 
 clamp or bracket nailed across it. Open the interstices 
 with a knife, by trimming off the edges of the channels 
 made by the saw ; then put a couple of little knobs, or 
 nails at each end, in the centre, to serve to raise and 
 lower it ; and the feeder is completed. 
 
 If honey be fed, it should be such as comes from the 
 W. I. Islands, which is sold at about 62 1-2 cents per gal- 
 lon, of 12 pounds ; or by the cask at 50 cents. If it be 
 thick, and candied, it should be heated to the boiling 
 point, with a little water added to thin it. The only 
 thing except honey, that can properly be fed to bees, is 
 syrup made of sugar. This answers every purpose of 
 honey, and may be made to cost from four to five cents 
 per pound, only. Sugar that sells for five cents per 
 pound, mixed with sufficient water to make the syrup 
 of the consistence of honey, will reduce the cost of a 
 
bee-kbefer's manual. 313 
 
 pound of it to about four and a half cents ; and from 
 five to ten pounds, will generally be sufficient for the 
 most destitute family ; which, at most, will not cost over 
 45 cents. Thus it may be seen, that for this trifling 
 sum, and perhaps often for half the amount, a family of 
 bees may be kept from famine. The method of prepa- 
 ring syrup from sugar, is to heat it over a fire, until it 
 begins to boil, when it should be taken off, and let it 
 stand half an hour for the scum to settle, and harden, 
 in order to skim it off with facility ; and when cool, turn 
 it into the feeder, and put on the float, and set it before 
 your bees. At first, they will hardly notice it, but a few 
 drops should be placed about the feeder, to call their 
 attention to it, and when they once get a fair scent of it, 
 a gallon will be taken away in a few hours, and stored 
 in the cells. This way of feeding, is when the whole 
 colony are fed, rather than select here and there a fam- 
 ily. Mild weather in October should be selected for 
 this purpose, and all the food should be furnished that 
 they may require during the winter ; and a family will 
 carry enough honey, or syrup into the hive in a single 
 day, if not disturbed by other families, to suffice for 
 several months. If it be desired to feed a single family, 
 it must be done secretly, that other families may not be 
 attracted ; and for this purpose a small feeder is neces- 
 sary. Take a small tin pan, six inches long, four wide, 
 and one or two deep. Make a very light, wooden float, 
 and perforate it full of holes, with a pointed iron heated 
 red-hot. Fill the feeder with honey, or syrup, and place 
 it in the chamber of the hive, scattering a little around, 
 
314 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 to attract the bees to it ; at the same time rapping on 
 the hive to cause the bees to ascend ; or place it below, 
 and shut the bees in until it is emptied. Families may- 
 be fed at any time during the winter when the sun 
 shines, by having a temporary, or permanent glass door 
 to the chamber, or super of the hive, that will admit the 
 sun's rays pretty freely upon the division board, upon 
 which the small feeder filled with honey should be 
 placed. I once fed a very small family in this way, that 
 had not a drop of honey in the fall. It was no trouble. 
 Every day that the sun shone, the bees were up in the 
 super in great numbers, even in the coldest weather ; and 
 in the following spring they increased rapidly in num- 
 bers, and soon filled the hive. 
 
 Some people are in the habit of merely mixing a little 
 water with the sugar, and not heating it at all, and in this 
 condition feed it to the bees. This is downright ruin to 
 them. In a few days the water evaporates, and the 
 sugar hardens in the cells, so that it is of no more use 
 to the bees than so much flint stone, to say nothing of 
 its destroying every cell that it hardens in for any 
 further use. I recommend honey to be fed in the fall, if 
 convenient, and syrup in the spring. 
 
 WINTER MANAGEMENT. 
 
 This is a critical season for bees, and their proper 
 management is but very imperfectly understood at this 
 period. The great principle that should actuate the 
 apiarian, is to keep his bees as cool as possible, as I have 
 before inculcated. The practice of burying hives in 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 315 
 
 the ground, and immuring them in cellars, is all wrong. 
 Now and then, a man will have a family pass the winter 
 in this way, without actual ruin ; and it is forthwith 
 heralded as a grand discovery — the very best way to 
 keep bees over winter, &c. It is not so. I have neither 
 time nor room to say much on this method of wintering 
 bees, but any place that is not perfectly dry, is no place 
 for bees in any season. In cellars, the combs will mould 
 to a greater, or less extent, thereby laying the founda- 
 tion for the ruin of every family thus circumstanced. 
 
 The passages from the lower sections of the hives, to 
 the chambers, or supers, should be left unclosed. This 
 allows the steam or vapor, arising in hives in win- 
 ter to pass off, and in cold climates, it prevents the 
 accumulation of frost within them, that would other- 
 wise occur. 
 
 As I before stated, the hives should be let down in the 
 fall, and the bees made to pass in and out, through the 
 small passages. 
 
 Every strong family should have a current of ^r 
 passing under them, to prevent the bees desiring to come 
 out ; and for this purpose, remove the slides to both the 
 front and rear openings. Small, weak swarms, will be 
 kept sufficiently cool, by opening the front entrance only. 
 
 When the ground is covered with snow, be particular 
 to confine your bees, if they come out much, by closing 
 the entrances with the zink slides ; and as soon " as an 
 opportunity occurs to let the bees take an airing, they 
 should have the priviledge of doing so. The hives may 
 be occasionally raised, and the bottom-boards cleaned 
 
316 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 off, which will aid in keeping the hives free from impu- 
 rities. 
 
 SPRING MANAGEMENT. 
 
 This is the season to close the rear opening, or pas- 
 sage-way, perfectly tight, and stop the current of air 
 that passes under the bees during the winter months. 
 All the heat that can be produced from the rays of the 
 sun, will be beneficial during April and May, at least, 
 and if March be a mild, pleasant month, then also. If 
 it be a raw, cold, snowy month, let the rear entrance be 
 open, when it is not necessary to confine the bees, as 
 little or no breeding will take place, if the weather be 
 very chilly and cold, and the cooler the bees are kept 
 the better. 
 
 It is supposed by many persons, that the honey-bee 
 passes the winter in a state of hybernation or torpidity. 
 This is a great mistake. I have often seen my bees in 
 populous families, quite lively on turning up the hives, 
 vsfhen the thermometer stood at zero. There is a natural 
 animal heat existing all winter, in strong families, even 
 in the coldest weather. 
 
 When warm weather approaches, in May, the hives 
 may be raised to afford an opening all round. These 
 directions are given, on the supposition, that the hives 
 rest on pins, and in the fall these pins are lowered into 
 holes in the floor-board made to receive them. Other 
 kinds of hives should be managed as nearly on the same 
 principle as possible. 
 
 If the hives are light, the bees should be fed freely in 
 
BRE-KEEPEU'S MANUAL. 317 
 
 the spring. A little ale or wine, and a little fine salt mixed 
 with the honey or syrup, is good. A shilling spent in 
 feeding, often produces a dollar before the season is over. 
 
 SUMMEE MANAGEMENT. 
 
 After the swarming season is over, nothing can be 
 done, of consequence, but to keep the apiary free of 
 weeds, and protect the bees, as much as possible, from 
 the inroads of insects. From the 1st of July, to the 1st of 
 September, is the season of spiders and the moth. Spi- 
 ders will nightly weave their webs around the hives ; 
 and the apiarian should almost daily pass around the 
 apiary with a brush in hand, to destroy them. The only 
 enemies to bees we have to fear in this country, are spiders, 
 wasps, king-birds, and the bee-moth. Wasps are of little 
 account. Spiders make sad havoc, if left undisturbed. 
 King-birds will destroy thousands of bees in a season, if 
 no means are taken to destroy them ; but all the»above 
 enemies united, sink into insignificance, when compared 
 with that terrible destroyer, the wax or bee-moth. 
 
 THE BEE-MOTH HOW ERADICATED. 
 
 This insect is of a whitish, or brown grey color, 
 and somewhat smaller, generally, than the ordinary mil- 
 lers that flit around a candle at evening. They are the 
 most nimble insect known. They will dart among the 
 bees, in and around the hive; and before a bee has time 
 to turn her antennae towards them, they are out of reach. 
 If one attempts to kill a moth when resting by day, on 
 the outside of the hive, by quickly putting his finger on 
 
318 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 her, the act must be instantaneous, or she is far away 
 before his hand touches the place where she rests. The 
 best way to destroy them, when they can be found out- 
 side, is to put on an old mitten or glove, and striking very 
 suddenly with the flat of the hand, will generally prove 
 effectual. They may often be found on the outside of 
 hives during the day, as the only time that they enter 
 is in the evening, or during the night. They generally 
 seek some place where they can pass the day under 
 some board, or any projection that affords shelter 
 under it. 
 
 At evening, as soon as twilight appears, they com- 
 mence flying around the hives, and seeking out such as 
 are not very populous, for their scenes of depredation. 
 Having gained an entrance, they run up the sides of the 
 hive, and at the upper end, or as near as may be, they 
 at first make an incision in the propolis that is used to 
 cement the corners and joints of hives, with their ovi- 
 positer, and in the orifice made, the egg is deposited, and 
 so on until they have finished. The heat of the hive 
 keeps the propolis in a soft, pliable state, and it is ex- 
 actly suited to their wants. In a few days the eggs are 
 hatched, and small white worms emerge. These worms 
 grow very rapidly, and immediately search around for 
 food ; and the combs adjoining are very acceptable, 
 filled, as they are, with honey, larvse and pollen. The 
 bees have an instinctive hatred to these worms, which 
 -prevents them from destroying them as soon as hatched. 
 They do not seem to be aware of the danger that will 
 arise from them, until they commence the destruction of 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 319 
 
 the combs. Having gained a position in the combs, the 
 worms commence weaving a silken shroud around them- 
 selves, to protect their bodies, leaving the head only 
 exposed, which is armed with a helmet impenetrable to 
 the sting of a bee. Protected in this manner, they move 
 from cell to cell, eating as they move, having only to 
 thrust out their heads to find food in any direction. 
 Their course is longitudinally through the centres of the 
 combs, seldom appearing on the surface. Their shroud 
 for protection, is carried along with them. Thus it will 
 be seen, how very difficult it is for bees to dislodge this 
 enemy, when a footing is obtained by them. 
 
 There is but one way that they can be destroyed, 
 when fully fortified among the combs ; and that is, by 
 cementing them in with propolis. This the bees will 
 sometimes do, confining them to very close quarters, 
 and when all the food is consumed within their reach, 
 they perish. On other occasions, whole segments of 
 combs that have become infected, are destroyed by the 
 bees, in order to remove the evil. When the moth gets 
 the upper hand, and the worms begin to increase rapidly, 
 the bees stop all further labors, and the condition of the 
 family is readily known by their inactivity, and from 
 the numerous particles of pollen, comb, &c., upon the 
 bottom-boards of the hives, caused by the progress of 
 this insect. These particles are of a dark color, and 
 are most easily discovered in the morning, before the 
 winds arise, and before the bees commence sallying 
 out. For the purpose of detecting the ravages of this 
 enemy, hives having an open entrance on all sides. 
 
320 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 either by suspending the floor-board, or resting the hives 
 thereon, with pins at the corners, are decidedly far pre- 
 ferable to those on any other plan. The moth-worm, _ 
 when having free and uninterrupted sway in a hive, 
 rich in wax and honey, grows to a large size, sometimes 
 being an inch long, and as large as a pipe-stem. A quart 
 of such worms will often occupy a single hive, before 
 all the bees will depart. 
 
 INDICATIONS or THE MOTH BEST COURSE TO PURSUE. 
 
 Every apiarian should closely watch his hives during 
 the months of July and August, and any that show 
 signs of the existence of the moth therein, should be at- 
 tended to without delay, as the whole apiary might be- 
 come infested by this pest, arising from a lodgment in a 
 single hive. Every worm, after a few days, must wind 
 up in a cocoon ; from which, a winged moth-miller is- 
 sues, able to produce a thousand eggs, each egg to pro- 
 duce a worm, which, in turn, produces a miller, and so 
 on until a million of worms may exist in one season, 
 from a solitary insect! If the family be weak, and the 
 hive full of combs, where the moth exists, the quicker 
 the combs are cut out, and the bees dispersed the better ; 
 or the bees may be driven into a super, by the aid of 
 smoke, and then placed in a clean hive and fed, if the 
 honey season be past, and they will probably survive 
 the winter, if there be a moderate family, and the next 
 season they will replenish the hive in numbers, and be as 
 valuable as any in the apiary. Another way, is to join 
 the infected family to a weak one, that is not yet sub- 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 321 
 
 jected to the ravages of the moth ; the operation to be 
 performed as directed before, for the union of stocks. 
 Do not, on any account, suffer any of your famiUes to 
 become fully destroyed, before you take measures to 
 remove the evil. Who among you, would suffer an 
 animal to sicken and die of a distemper that you 
 know to be liable to spread to the whole herd or flock, 
 and take no measures to eradicate the threatened evil ? 
 It would be deemed insanity on the part of him who 
 should let such a case pass unheeded ; yet the condition 
 of your apiary, when the moth gets the upper hand of a 
 family of bees, is a fair parallel. 
 
 POPULOUS FAMILIES NOT LIABLE TO BE UNDERMINED. 
 
 There is, however, this difference in the case, every 
 very strong and populous stock or swarm of bees is not 
 liable to be destroyed, being able, by mere force of num- 
 bers, to prevent a lodgment being made ; and here lies 
 the grand secret of success in the culture of bees ; to 
 ever keep our hives full and populous. This is the 
 Alpha and the Omega of bee-keeping — the sine qu& non, 
 without which, all other measures fail. It is the apia- 
 rian's chart — his polar star — the needle that never points 
 but to success — the cornerstone, upon which the whole 
 fabric rests. 
 
 Reader, have you ever been importuned to pur- 
 chase hives that were represented to be "proof against 
 the moth ?" Well, sir, when a perpetual motion, the 
 philosopher's stone, and a north-west passage to the 
 Pacific are discovered, you may believe such a thing 
 14* 
 
322 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 possible — not before ; and even then, will I be an un- 
 believer. 
 
 " How shall we keep our hives full and populous ?" 
 says one. I answer, by attending to the correct size of 
 hives to begin with, — not to allow over swarmiag — to 
 unite weak swarms and stocks, and follow the general 
 rules laid down in this Manual, and you will find suc- 
 cess easy. 
 
 _^ Swarms are not liable to be attacked by the moth, for 
 the reason, that they extend their area of combs no fur- 
 ther than they have numbers to defend them ; hence 
 the proof, that populous families can protect themselves. 
 Sweetened water or vinegar, or milk alone, put in white 
 vessels, and placed near the hives at evening, will decoy 
 the moth-miller, and be the means of destroying many. 
 Thus ends the duties of summer management. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV 
 
 PILLAGE OF BEES. 
 
 A GENTLKMAN haviug a field of corn adjacent to his 
 premises, into which his fowls daily resorted, threatening 
 serious ravages ; and to stop such a catastrophe, he 
 placed a measure of corn before them, and kept it 
 constantly replenished ; the consequence was, that his 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 323 
 
 fowls had no occasion to visit the field. Now, the bees 
 in an apiary, that commence robbing from a neighbor- 
 ing hive, do so from necessity, not from an innate prin- 
 ciple of disregard of right and justice ; and let the apia- 
 rian but place a trough of syrup or of honey before them, 
 for a few days, and all pillaging will come to an end. 
 Some bee-keepers think it very unreasonable, that they 
 should be required to feed their bees, but expect great 
 profits from them, without any trouble or expense what- 
 ever. The poor bee is not at fault when she finds her 
 combs empty, and herself in a starving condition. She 
 labors all that she can ; but she cannot ward off" the 
 storm and the cold north winds that often confine her, 
 when she would gladly, be in the fields. But six weeks , 
 only, out of fifty-two, does this insect have to replenish 
 her hive ; the rest of the summer affording but enough 
 for a daily supply ; therefore, he who would let his bees 
 perish for the want of food, when a cold and inclement 
 season has deprived them of support, ought to be put on 
 a short allowance himself 
 
 When bees commence robbing their neighbors, the 
 hive attacked should be closed up immediately, on the 
 first evening after the discovery, and remain so a few 
 days. When it is opened, the entrance should be so 
 diminished, that but a single bee can enter at once, and 
 left in this manner for a while. This course will gene- 
 rally prove effectual. Changing the entrance from front 
 to rear, will sometimes cause the marauders to decamp, 
 and it may be necessary, in some instances, to remove 
 the hives robbed, to a new and distant situation; but 
 
324 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 this should be the last resort. When a hive is being 
 robbed, it may be known by the numerous bees that fly 
 around it, uttering an entirely different sound from that 
 of bees while gathering honey. They seem to act as if 
 they were guilty of a misdemeanor, and show a coward- 
 ice in every motion. As evening approaches, they may 
 be seen to leave the hive rapidly, even after twilight sets 
 in. This is the time to close the entrance. Robbers 
 generally come from one family, and they may be dis- 
 covered by sprinkling flour on them as they emerge, 
 and then watching where they enter. 
 
 C H A P T E S!" X X V , 
 
 GUIDE PLATE, ETC. 
 
 Instead of inserting guide-combs or bars, as Dr. 
 Bevan recommends, to cause the bees to build their 
 combs at proper distances ; I recommend the use of an 
 invention of mine, termed a guide-plate. It is made of 
 tin, and is one foot square, and sheets may be purchased 
 of just that size'. This plate just fills my hives, that 
 measure a foot in diameter! Having ascertained the 
 natural distances of combs, I have interstices cut in this 
 plate to correspond therewith ; and previous to my bees 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 325 
 
 swarming, I melt some bees-wax, lay the plate over the 
 roof of the hive on the inside, take a brush and lay on a 
 coat of wax, precisely as the merchant marks his bales 
 and boxes through a plate for the purpose. The bees 
 being hived, follow these traces of wax, in building their 
 combs. I do not. suppose that every bee-keeper will 
 obtain such a plate, yet it is a great advantage and 
 benefit ; and it will repay its expence ten-fold. 
 
 DISTANCES AND THICKNESS OF COMBS. 
 
 On measuring the combs in a hive that were regularly 
 made, I found the following result, viz : jive worker- 
 combs occupied a space of five and a half inches, the 
 space between each being three-eighths of an inch, and 
 allowing for the same width on each outer side, equals 
 six and a quarter inches, as the proper diameter of a box 
 in which ^ue worker-combs could be built. According 
 to this calculation, a hive twelve inches in diameter 
 would allow of nine worker-combs being made, and have 
 a little room to spare, since eleven and three-eighths 
 inches is all the space that would be occupied. The di- 
 ameter of worker-combs averaged four-fifths of an inch ; 
 and that of drone-combs, one and one-eighth of an inch. 
 
 The tin plate should be cut for worker-combs only ; 
 the openings four-fifths of an inch wide, and the space 
 between them, three-eighths of an inch, leaving the two 
 outside interstices five-eighths wide, in order to fill up 
 the space of twelve inches with nine combs. The extra 
 space at the sides, will allow the bees to build two or 
 three drone-combs, which is sufficient. 
 
CHAPTER XXVI, 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
 In consequence of having extended this work much 
 beyond its originally contemplated limits, I find myself 
 compelled to place the following subjects under one 
 head, instead of discussing each in separate chapters, as 
 I would wish to do, had I the space to spare. 
 
 VENTILATION OP HIVES. 
 
 The only ventilation that should, in any case, be af- 
 forded to bees, should come from the bottom of the hive ; 
 and in warm weather, too much air cannot be admitted. 
 Here lies one of the principal advantages of raising the 
 hives to allow egress and ingress, on every side of them. 
 It keeps the bees healthy, and in health they are active, 
 and in activity they prosp^er, and their owner is bene- 
 fitted by their labors. The passages to the chambers or 
 supers being open, also have a tendency to benefit the 
 bees in the winter season, as before stated ; yet I do not 
 consider these as legitimate sources of ventilation. No 
 outside tubes or air-holes should ever be made in a hive 
 above the bottom. 
 
 P0HCHASE OF BEES. 
 
 The months of iVTarch and April is the best season to 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 327 
 
 purchase bees ; yet it can be done at almost any time. 
 If the purchase be made in the fall, all that it is neces- 
 sary to know in regard to the family is, whether it be 
 populous, and whether the hive contain honey enough 
 to carry the bees safely thi'ough the winter. Turning 
 up the hive, will show if it contain a strong family ; as 
 it should be full of combs, and the bees should crowd 
 the interstices down near to the bottom. A sudden rap 
 given to it, with the ear quite near, is an index to their 
 strength. A strong family make a long continued buzz, 
 while that of a weak one is quick, sharp, and soon over. 
 The weight of the hive will generally show whether 
 there is honey enough within for the winter supply. It 
 should weigh at least 20 pounds over that of an empty 
 one. 
 
 TRANSPORTATION OP BEES. 
 
 The transportation of bees in the fall, winter or spring, 
 is not attended with difficulty. The bottom-boards 
 should be secured firmly, with sufficient ventilation ; and 
 then hives may be placed in a spring-wagon, and trans- 
 ported almost to any distance. They should be turned 
 bottom upwards, if the shape of the hive will admit it. 
 Ordinary box-hives should have the floor-boards nailed „ 
 on, and then pry them off just enough to admit the air, 
 and the bees will go safely. I refer to common hives, 
 used by those who pay little or no regard to improve- 
 ment in such things ; and which contain no means of 
 ventilation, when the floor-boards are nailed close. In 
 the summer season, it is more difficult to transport bees, 
 
328 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 in consequence of the softness and weakness of the 
 combs, rendering them liable to break down. Bees 
 should never be removed at this season. In many parts 
 of Europe, the cottagers make a practice of transporting 
 bees from place to place, as the shepherd does his flock, 
 from pasture to pasture, to obtain a fresh supply of food. 
 The bees, in such cases, are in straw hives, which 
 are more easily transported than wooden ones. If hives 
 are to be removed to any distance within a mile, the 
 removal should take place before the 1st of May, if pos- 
 sible. If the distance be very short, they should not, 
 under any circumstances, be left longer than the early 
 part of April, as when their habits become once formed 
 in any particular situation, many will return to the same 
 place, when removed to a new situation within a mile. 
 
 COMBS LIABLE TO MELT DOWN. 
 
 During very warm weather, if bees are fully exposed 
 to the force of the rays of the sun, there is some danger 
 of combs melting. I never had any melt in the lower 
 sections of my hives, but I have in the supers. I gene- 
 rally protect every hive ; but in this case, I left one ex- 
 posed, when the sun was most intensely powerful, and 
 the loaded combs fell from their attachments in conse- 
 quence of the heat. 
 
 DISABLED BEES. 
 
 I ought to have mentioned in the chapter on swarm- 
 ing, that during the height of the breeding season, hun- 
 dreds of bees may be seen running to and fro upon the 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 329 
 
 ground, endeavoring to rise on the wing, but cannot. 
 To the experienced bee-keeper, this is no news ; but I 
 make mention of it for the benefit of those who are inex- 
 perienced in bee-culture, and who might, perhaps, be 
 led to think, that a deadly strife was going on in the 
 apiary. Such bees as are seen under these circum- 
 stances, are imperfect or disabled, and come into ex- 
 istence with a broken wing or leg, or possess some 
 imperfection, that consigns them to immediate ejection 
 from the hive. 
 
 DISEASES OF BEES. 
 
 Long epistles have been written upon this subject, and 
 more, as I have thought, to fill up, and swell the pages 
 of works on the bee, than to benefit the public, by 
 stating interesting facts. I shall simply say, that 
 we need not trouble ourselves in the least, about 
 " dysentery," " vertigo," " tumefaction of the antennm," 
 "faux convain," &c. All we have to do is, to afford 
 our bees a plenteous infusion of pure air, at the bottom 
 of the hives during summer and winter, and see that 
 famine is not at their door, and the foregoing diseases 
 will all vanish from our apiaries. 
 
 ARCHITECTURE OF BEES. 
 
 The skill and mathematical knowledge exhibited by 
 the bee in her architecture has astonished philosophers 
 and scientific men of every age. It has been fully demon- 
 strated, that the same space occupied by their cells cannot 
 possibly be filled with any shaped vessels, that will either 
 
330 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 be of greater capacity, or take less material in the construc- 
 tion. There are but three ways in which cells can be 
 built, and have the sides of all equal, viz : square, trian- 
 gular and hexagonal; s, fourth -wa-j is utterly impossible. 
 The hexagonal form is superior to either of the other 
 modes, in strength, capacity, and a saving of materials 
 in building ; and this form, the bee has chosen ! The 
 hee, did I say ? No : there is a greater Architect than 
 the bee, who has had the guidance and the direction in 
 this matter. 
 
 The above cut represents a few rows of cells as they 
 appear when constructed. These cells are not built 
 horizontally, but on an angle. Here, again, is the most 
 astonishing wisdom displayed. A celebrated philosopher 
 and mathematician being asked of what form a series of 
 vessels united, should be constructed, in order to be of 
 the greatest possible capacity, and take the least possible 
 material to construct them ; after a full investigation, he 
 answered ; the shape, hexagonal, and on an inclination 
 of some 28°, (I think,) with the plane of the horizon I 
 The cells of the honey-bee incHne from 15 to 28°; that 
 is, the mouths of cells are so much higher than the bases. 
 This inclination is not wholly for the purpose of saving 
 material, but also for the purpose of retaining the honey 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 
 
 331 
 
 better. Ordinary brood-combs incline the least, and 
 store combs the most. 
 
 One of the most wonderful features pertaining to the 
 construction of combs is, the manner of their junction 
 with opposite cells. Instead of the dividing line between 
 them being a straight line, thus : 
 
 it is of the following form, and a pyramidical cavity 
 
 is formed at the base of each cell, composed of three tri- 
 angular rhombs, or portions of wax, at the apex of which, 
 the union of three opposite cells meet. 
 
 The above cut shows the pyramidal bases of four 
 cells ; the apex of one in a cavity, pointing from the 
 reader, being the centre, and the other three towards 
 him. If the cut were reversed, and the other side made 
 to appear, it would show three cavities, similar to the 
 centre one, and that now in the centre, would appear 
 like each of the other portions of the illustration. In 
 the apex: of the cavity, the egg is deposited ; being ad- 
 mirably adapted to receive it. 
 
 I have often closely examined cells to ascertain if I 
 could discover any variation in this rule, and I have 
 
332 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 ever found the union of opposite cells, to be formed in 
 the centre of the base of every cell thus examined ! 
 
 It is said, that the hexagonal shape of cells, is not in 
 consequence of any pre-determined action of the bees, 
 so to form them; but the result of the mechanical laws 
 governing the natural pressure of bodies of united sphe- 
 rical tubes, in a pliable and soft condition, before be- 
 coming hardened by an exposure to the atmosphere, and 
 that the original form and shape of cells is cylindrical. 
 I must put in my veto to this assumption. I have 
 shaken bees out of hives while in the very act of comb- 
 building ; and have had a fair opportunity to examine 
 combs, while yet warm from the internal heat generated 
 by the bees, and I have always found them of the regular 
 hexagonal shape. 
 
 The first built, are brood-combs, in order to give an 
 immediate opportunity to increase the family. Small 
 families begin at the side, and strong ones in the centre 
 of the hive. Sometimes a strong swarm will commence 
 on both sides at the same time ; and it is not unfre- 
 quent, that while a portion of the bees are building 
 from front to rear, another portion will be constructing 
 combs transversely, on the opposite side of the hive, 
 and do not discover their mistake till they meet the 
 other combs, when a right angle is at once formed. This 
 accounts for so much irregularity in comb-building, and 
 it is a strong reason for the use of the guide-plate before 
 spoken of, or of inserting guide-combs on both sides, or 
 in the middle of the hive for very strong swarms, as 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 333 
 
 breeding is greatly retarded by the malformation of 
 combs. 
 
 The outer edges of the mouths of cells are strength- 
 ened and fortified by a border of wax, much thicker than 
 the sides, which prevents the entrance from being a 
 regular hexagon. This border seems to be of a diffe- 
 rent material from the substance that the cells are com- 
 posed of, and of the nature of a peculiar kind of varnish. 
 
 The depth of ordinary worker-cells is seven-sixteenth, 
 and that of drone-cells, nine-sixteenths of an inch ; and 
 the depth of store-cells, from half an inch, up to three 
 inches. There are but two diameters for the cells of 
 the honey-bee, throughout the whole world ! One is 
 for brood-combs, and the other, for drone-combs; the 
 store-cells always being of the diameter of drone-cells. 
 This law is as immutable as the adamantine hills. Take 
 whatever countries you please, England, Russia, China, 
 Africa, Patagonia, Mexico, or the United States, and 
 not one iota difference can be found, if ten thousand 
 families were examined ! 
 
 The cut on the next page represents a segment of 
 worker-comb, containing eggs and larvae; also a full- 
 sized queen-cell, and one but partly constructed. The 
 nature of queen-cells having been defined at page 28, it 
 will not be necessary here to say much in regard to 
 their construction. This cut gives a better idea of the 
 natural appearance of royal cells, as they actually appear, 
 than the previous illustration. 
 
 The centre of the combs shows a row of cells, in 
 which the egg first appears ; then the larvae just bursting 
 
334 
 
 MINER S AMERICAN 
 
 its shroud from the egg ; then, as it appears one day 
 older, and so on, until the cells are sealed over, being 
 from the fourth to the sixth day after the deposit of the 
 egg. Adjoining this tier of cells, may be seen those in 
 progress of being sealed over ; which operation is effected 
 
BEE-KEEPER 3 MANUAL. 335 
 
 # 
 
 by commencing at the outer side of each, and attaching 
 numerous small rings of wax, one within the other, until 
 the whole area is covered. Above this section of the 
 comb, containing cells being sealed over, may be seen 
 a portion of cells fully sealed, and from which the young 
 brood emerge, in the course of about fifteen days after 
 being thus imprisoned. "On the outer skirts, may be 
 seen the vacant cells, not yet appropriated to any use. 
 
 There is no distinction made in a leaf of brood-comb, 
 in regard to what cells shall be used for honey, pollen, 
 or brood. The queen deposits her eggs wherever she 
 finds vacant cells, provided the family be populous ; but 
 if not populous, then she takes^a very different course, 
 and confines her laying exclusively to the centre of the 
 hive, and to the centres of combs, near the top of the 
 tenement. 
 
 In speaking of store-combs, I refer to combs built ex- 
 pressly for that purpose, of a thick, irregular form. The 
 whole interior of the hive is used for storing honey, when 
 the cells are not filled with bee-brood or larvae. 
 
 INSTINCT OF BEES. 
 
 The knowledge that the bee possesses, as displayed in 
 her achitecture, and general economy, is not acquired 
 by habit, or taught her by those older than herself She 
 comes into the world, as perfect as she goes out of it. 
 Many are the astonishing instances of foresight and 
 knowledge, of adapting means to ends, that have come 
 under my personal observation ; but I can give but two 
 or three of the most important cases on this occasion. 
 
336 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 which will suffice to show the general features of her 
 sagacity or instinctive powers. 
 
 On a certain occasion, I attached a large sheet ot 
 comb in a hive, for the use of a family, that I was about 
 driving into it. Some two or three days after the bees 
 had been placed therein, I discovered that a lateral 
 brace had been constructed, from the side of the hive, 
 to the lower end of the comb. This brace was built, 
 in consequence of my getting the comb out of its per- 
 pendicular position several times, while turning over 
 the hive to examine the bees. The bees reasoned thus : 
 " He is turning our hive over every day, and our comb 
 bends, and leans over ; by and by, it will break off, so 
 we'll build a brace across to hold it !" On another oc- 
 casion, I laid a sheet of comb, filled with honey, on the 
 floor of the chamber of the hive, covering several of 
 the holes of communication with the family below. I 
 placed it there for the purpose of feeding the bees. A 
 few days thereafter, I was surprised to find this sheet 
 raised three-eighths of an inch, and supported on 
 four pillars built of wax ! This was done to give the 
 bees an opportunity to pass up through the holes with 
 facility. The honey had been taken away. But the 
 most astonishing performance that was ever placed on 
 record, as I believe, occurred as follows ; Having an 
 entrance to one of my hives, about two inches long, and 
 half an inch wide, that was covered with a thin strip of 
 wood, with a nail at one end, to hold it in its position, I 
 was accustomed to turn up the door or cover, perpen- 
 dicularly, as I passed the hive and found it closed. The 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 531 
 
 bees had no particular use of this passage-way, as they 
 had abundant egress below; yet, it being warm weather, 
 I kept the cover up, as much as possible. It got so 
 loose by turning it up, that it would often fall down of 
 its own gravity ; and not thinking the matter of suffi- 
 cient importance to secure it at once, I turned it up 
 daily, for about a week, and every morning I would find 
 it down again. At last I turned it up, and out rushed 
 about a hundred bees, and commenced clustering around 
 it in a very singular manner, and I left them and went 
 to town. Not returning until evening, I could not see 
 what the result was before the next morning, when I 
 went out to the hive, and found the cover to the open- 
 ing so deeply imbedded in propolis, that it could not be 
 easily removed ! ! It appeared that the bees wished to 
 have this hole open, and finding that it was down one 
 day and up the next one, they thought that they would 
 put a stop to it at once, and they did so. I leave the 
 reader to his own reflections on these instances of sa- 
 gacity manifested in this insect. I could recount many 
 more astonishing operations of the bee, but I am ad- 
 monished to be brief 
 
 LONGEVITY OF BEES. 
 
 The age of workers is generally under one year. This 
 fact is easily proved, by placing a family in a large hive, 
 that does not admit of swarms issuing. It will contain 
 no more bees during the succeeding years, than during 
 the first season, or but a few more, at most. Numbers 
 equalling the increase of each season die off before 
 15 
 
338 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 another season approaches. The drones live five or six 
 months, generally, when left to die a natural death ; and 
 on some occasions longer, but not often. The queen 
 lives the longest of any of the family, often surviving to 
 sally out at the head of several swarms. Her exact 
 natural age has never yet been demonstrated. 
 
 ANGER OF BEES. 
 
 The honey-bee will seldom use iier sting against any 
 one when not molested, and children, in particular, are 
 exempt. When a bee is aroused to anger, she gives 
 immediate notice of it, and no person was ever stung, 
 unless in the midst of hundreds, excited to vengeance, 
 without having timely warning given him. Every bee- 
 keeper is familiar with the shrill sound emitted, when 
 the bee approaches in a threatening attitude. It is quite 
 unlike the soft song of contentment, that is sung as the 
 bees return from the fields laden with honey. I have 
 never heard of any fatal consequences arising from the 
 stings of bees, except in animals. If a horse or a cow, 
 or any other animal upset a hive, it is generally certain 
 death. In case of being dangerously stung in many 
 places, tobacco,_as before stated, is worth more than all 
 other remedies in the world. The duration of the anger 
 of bees, is from three days to a week ; and any operation 
 disturbing them 'much, will not be entirely forgotten, 
 short of that time. Private injuries are seldom resented 
 by them; that is, when molested in the fields. 
 
 LANGUAGE OF BEES. 
 
 That bees have the means of imparting information 
 
BEE-KEEPER S MANUAL. 339 
 
 from one to another, is beyond doubt. By what means 
 it is done, has never been fully established ; yet it is 
 pretty generally admitted, that it is by means of the an- 
 tennae. The antennae are also the organs of smell, and 
 of recognition of bees of the same, or different families. 
 Besides the antennae as a medium of communication, a 
 certain noise produced by the wings, is another mode 
 of imparting knowledge, as I alluded to, in regard to 
 families finding thefr hive, when dislodged, and their 
 tenement, with a portion of the family, being removed 
 to a distant situation. Having a swarm that lay out 
 upon a sheet one night, and exposed to a drenching 
 shower, I found them in the morning with only the out- 
 side bees drenched, and the majority were in a condi- 
 tion to be hived. There were several clusters of them, 
 and having made the larger portions enter the hive, I 
 aroused the small ones, within a few feet of it, and as 
 quick as the hive was perceived by them, and a portion 
 of the bees entering, they commenced fluttering their 
 wings, and started rapidly towards it. Other clusters 
 that lay perfectly still, when the first one gave the soufid, 
 instantly started from their lethargy, and followed their 
 companions into the hive. Here is positive proof, that 
 the sound emitted or produced, was a call to enter the 
 hive, or giving information of one being at hand. 
 
 Although out of place, I will here give an omission 
 in the chapter on swarming, which led to my having a 
 swarm of bees lying out all night. It is said, that in ex- 
 tensive bee-ga'rdens in Poland, where many swarms issue 
 at the same time, and preclude the possibility of hiving 
 
340 miner's AMERICAN 
 
 them separately, that the bees are kept til] evening in 
 large boxes, and then emptied out on cloths or sheets 
 in different parcels ; and that during the night, the dif- 
 ferent queens will have collected a cluster around each 
 of them, when the different families may be hived. This 
 appeared so reasonable to me, that I attempted it the 
 last season, for the first time ; and a heavy shower came 
 up suddenly, and frustrated my experiment. I had no 
 other opportunity to try it again, but I have no doubt of 
 its being practicable. 
 
 Every person that is familiar with bees has, undoubt- 
 edly, seen them of a sudden commence the vibration of 
 their wings, standing perfectly still in the mean time. 
 This motion is generally supposed to be an expression 
 of joy, and the only manner in which they can manifest 
 it. I have carefully watched for the cause of this mo- 
 tion of their wings, and my own experience leads .me to 
 believe, that the above reason is a correct one. I will 
 give a single proof Having greatly disturbed a family 
 by turning up the hive, and removing it, by which 
 means, large numbers of bees got astray, flying around 
 in confusion, and on returning it to the stand, the bees 
 immediately flocked around it, and alighting on the floor- 
 board, commenced the vibration of their wings, as above 
 stated; and so continued some minutes. This satisfied 
 me, that it was a sensation of pleasure on again finding 
 their home. This is but one, out of many instances of 
 the same nature, that I have witnessed. 
 
bee-keeper's manual. 341 
 
 bees-wax how made. 
 
 The nature of wax has already been discussed. My 
 object now is, to show the inexperienced bee-keeper, 
 how to make the article from the combs. The combs 
 are cut out of the hives, the honey secured ; and then 
 they are ready for the kettle. Break them in small 
 pieces, or press them into as small a compass as possible, 
 and put them into a woollen bag. Put the bag into the 
 kettle, or vessel of water that is to be set over the fire, 
 and with a flat stone, or some other weight, sink the bag 
 to the bottom. Boil the water about half an hour, then 
 take out the bag, and set the water aside to cool. The 
 wax will rise to the surface. The cake of wax on the 
 surface, if containing impurities, may be put into a clean 
 bag, and the second process over the fire, will render it 
 quite clean and pure, and by melting again in some con- 
 venient vessel, it may be turned into cups of any shape, 
 first greasing them a little, and when cool, the cakes will 
 come out without adhering in the least. 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 MINER'S PATENT EQUILATERAL BEE-HIVE. 
 
 In consequence of the improvement in the ornamental portion of 
 the above hive not being completed, when the original cut was 
 inserted in this%fork, at page 181, I have concluded to have it ap- 
 pear in an Appendix. This is precisely the same hive as that at 
 p"age 181, except in its embellishments. The size and shape are 
 the same ; but it is drawn on a smaller scale, than the other. I 
 consider this the ne plus ultra of hives in every point. Nothing of 
 the kind can compare with it in beauty, or in practical value. I 
 
APPENDIX. 343 
 
 do not say this because I am interested ; but I say it from a solemn 
 conviction of the truth of the assertion, after having either seen or 
 used almost every other style of hive in existence. 
 
 ' The great value of this hive lies in its internal arrangement. 
 The nine communications from the lower to the upper section, are 
 opened and closed at pleasure, in an instant, by one of the most 
 simple and valuable inventions imaginable. By the use of this, in 
 connection with other features pertaining to no other hive, the man- 
 agement of bees is divested of eveiy difficulty. Bees in this hive 
 may be fed, in case of need, with as much ease as a flock of poul- 
 try. They must be fed sometimes, when the season has proved 
 unpropitious, but the expense is not as many shillings as they will 
 bring in dollars, the first good season that occurs. 
 
 This hive is intended to occupy any situation that other hives 
 do ; either on a shelf or stool. It has a beveled bottom-board, thus 
 doing away with the necessity of suspension. This kind of bottom- 
 board is of my own invention, as well as every part of the hive, 
 • and as the right is secured for this, as well as for that represented 
 at page 181, it cannot be constructed except by virtue of a right 
 from me. I have made great improvements in several hives, and 
 which others, perhaps, would also have secured, but I place them 
 before the public in this work, for their free use and benefit ; but 
 in the hive now in question, I shall claim, and defend my title 
 thereto ; even an imitation of it externally, will not pass with im- 
 punity. «- 
 
 Besides the advantages before stated, is that of resting the hive 
 on pinions during summer, and when cold weather arrives, by mov- 
 ing it a quarter of an inch, the whole opening is instantly closed, 
 except a space of two inches in front, and the same in the rear, 
 both of which have perforated slides, so that the bees may be en- 
 closed at pleasure, with a gentle current of air under them. This 
 mode of arrangement is original with me, and perhaps I do myself 
 great injustice to give publicity to it, as I have done heretofore in 
 this work ; yet I claim it, with the foregoing hive, as a part of my 
 invention, together with the beveled bottom-board, and the use of 
 either would be an infringement of my rights ; yet in these two 
 points, as valuable as I consider them, I shall not expect the pub- 
 lic to be limited in their use of them, so long as my general rights 
 in the Equilateral Hive are not invaded. 
 
 This style of hive should be painted white, as that color has 
 much the best appearance on ornamental objects. The chocolate 
 color recommended for other hives, relates to cases Where they are 
 merely painted as a protection again^ the weather. 
 
344 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Here is a pedestal of corresponding architecture, and who will 
 say, that a hive surmounting it, and placed in the flower-garden, 
 would not be a beautiful ornament 1 If I had to live on a short 
 allowance of food for a year, in order to possess a hive and pedes- 
 tal of this kind, I would do it, if no other means would obtain them. 
 But let such as have no taste for the elegant and beautiful, have 
 hives of a more common order. This work will suit every taste. 
 The pedestal does not go with the hive, as a necessary appendage; 
 neither does the urn, nor the dental course. The hive may be 
 made perfectly plain, if desired, at the cost of ordinary hives, and 
 still possess all its practical advantages. 
 
 The reader is referred to my advertisement for the price of this 
 hive, &c., in the sequel to this work. 
 
INDEX, 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 THE aUEEN. 
 
 When seen, and how found, 6. Sting of the queen, 8. Her fecun- 
 dation, 7. Huber, the great [11 apiarian, 8. Huber's authority doubt- 
 ed, 11. Hui3h's opinion of Huber, 12. Queen's flight to meet the 
 males, 15. Analogy proves impregnation on the wing, 16. Huber 
 confines queens to prove the theory of impregnation on the wing, 16. 
 Retarded impregnation, 17. 
 
 CHAPTER n. 
 
 WORKERS. 
 
 The effects of a sudden storm on bees, 23. Sex of workers, 25. 
 Workers said to be sometimes fertile, 26. Fertile workers, and the 
 power of workers to produce queens from ordinary worker-eggs, 27. 
 Kind of eggs laid by the queen, 27. Royal cells, how constructed, 28. 
 How young queens are produced, the number of royal cells in a hive, 
 etc., 29. Different food provided for the young queens, 30. The for- 
 mation of a new queen in the place of one that dies, or is lost, 32. 
 The supposed cause of the formation of fertile workers, 33. A case of 
 retarded impregnation in the queen, or of fertile workers, coming 
 under the author's own observation, 34. DifBculty of effecting the 
 impregnation of queens at particular seasons, 40. Fertile workers 
 never exist, except in cases of a failure to produce a queen, 41. 
 
 CHAPTER HI. 
 
 DRONES. 
 
 Natural uses of drones, 43. Cause of the existence of so many 
 drones, 45. Impregnation operative for life, 46. Visionary alleged 
 uses of drones, 48. Huish encounters a savan bee-keeper, 50, When 
 drones appear and disappear, 51. Drones go forth to meet the queen, 
 54. Danger of the queen being lost during her excursion, 55. Huish's 
 vagaries relative to the use of drones, 55. The conflicting opinions 
 and theories of other writers disregarded, 56. Particular instances of 
 drones being allowed to live through the winter, 57. The old queen 
 always goes off with the first swarm, 59. Drones said to die immedi- 
 ately after coition, 61. The general massacre of drones, 61. ' 
 
346 INDEX. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 EGGS LARViE — TIME TO DEVELOP, ETC. 
 
 Drone-eggs, when laid, 69. Royal cells constructed simultaneously 
 with drone-egg laying, 70. The operation of laying described, 71. 
 Time that eggs remain in the cells, 72. Larvffi, how long fed, when 
 sealed over, etc., 72. Period of development, etc., 73. Number of 
 bees in a hive, 73. Relative proportion of drones, 75. Young queens 
 produce few or no drone-brood, 76. Position of eggs and larvae, 76. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 DIVISION OF LABOR OF BEES. 
 
 Division of labor proved, 79. Pollen and propolis gatherers, etc., 81. 
 Bees gather from one kind of flower only during the same excursion, 
 81. Sentinels, 81. The wonderful operations of ventilating bees ! 83. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 BLACK BEES. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 POLLEN, OR BEE-BREAD. , 
 
 Bee-bread injurious when stored in surplus quantities, 87. Color of 
 bee-bread, different colors kept distinct, 87. How fed to larrse, 89. 
 Cells only partly filled with pollen, 88. 
 
 CHAPTER Vin. 
 
 WATER AND ITS USES. 
 
 How furnished to bees, 90. Experimental evidence of the use of 
 water, 91. Singular discovery in regard to the use of water on very 
 windy and wet days, 91. The use that bees make of water, 92. Water 
 used in wet weather abundantly, 93. Decrease and final termination 
 of the use of water, 94. A close fence around the apiary necessary in 
 certain cases, 95. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 SALT HOW TO BE USED. 
 
 Salt put under the edges of hives, 96. Salt necessary for bees, 98. 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 PROPOLIS. 
 
 Ruber's opinion on propolis, 100. Propolis an elaborated substance, 
 101. 
 
INDEX. 347 
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 
 WAX. 
 
 Honey and pollen the only substance that bees gather, 103. Apia- 
 rians contend Ihat wax is made of pollen, 104. Pollen admitted to be 
 a component part of ordinary bees-wax, 105. Bees when swarming, 
 go laden with honey, 106. A few bees join the swarm with pellets of 
 farina, 107. No pollen gathered the first day or two after swarming, 
 107. Chemical change of honey to wax, ] 07. Experiment showing 
 further proof that wax is produced from honey, 109, The experiments 
 of Huber, showing that bees work in wax when confined, and fed on 
 honey or sugar only, 110. 
 
 PART SECOND. 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 HIVES. 
 
 Size of hives, 119. Space necessary for swarms, 120. Number of 
 workers advantageously employed, 120. A lack of workers disastrous 
 to the family, 121. Effects of too small and too large hives, 123. The 
 instinct and nature of the bee unchangeable, 125. Result of the Au- 
 thor's experience in large hives, 126. Hives diminished in length, 
 128. Small hives not appropriate for small swarms, 130. Change 
 from large to small hives, deceptive appearances of swarms, etc., 135. 
 Dr. Bevan's opinion on the size of hives, 137. Sevan's cross-bar hive, 
 138. Subtended hive, 141. Hobby of a portion of tlie itinerant bee- 
 hive venders, 142. Two kinds of subtended hives, 143. Rules for 
 management in subtended hives, 143. Case in which two or more 
 boxes may be used, 150. Remarks on super and nadir hiving, 151. 
 Box-hive and super, 153. Chamber hive, 158. Suspended cham- 
 ber hives, 161. Roof for suspended hives, 163. Side view of a 
 chamber hive, 167. Second plan of suspended hives, 170. Townly's 
 hive, '172. Colton's do. 178. Gaylord & Tucker's do. 178. Week's 
 Vermont do. 175. View of do. 176. Straw hives, 180. Log do. ISO. 
 Miner's equilateral hive, (first style,) 181. Collateral hiving, etc. 185. 
 Relative merits of supering, etc., 187. Collateral hives joined, 188. 
 Bees remaining in collateral hives, how got rid of, etc. .189. Case in 
 which a transfer from old to new combs may be effected, 190. Only 
 one super to be put on at a time, 190. Boxes in chambers not likely 
 to be filled twice, 191. Time to take away supers, 191. How to drive 
 bees from the boxes, etc., 192. Observatory hive, 193. Huber's Obser- 
 vatory , do. 1 98. European hives, 203. Polish hives, 204, Directions 
 
348 INDEX. 
 
 for making hires, 204. Directions to the joiner, 206. Painting hivea, 
 208. 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 BEE-HOUSES. 
 
 Shape, etc., 211. Roof, how painted, etc., 212. Size, circumfer- 
 ence, etc., 212. Height of hives, floor-board, etc., 213. Hives repre- 
 sented in cut, open bee-houses preferable, etc., 214. The heat of the 
 sun disadvantageous in winter, 216. Hives to be brought within the 
 rays of the sun at certain seasons, etc., 219. Division boards necessary 
 between hives, etc., 220. Cost of building, 220. Floor not necessary, 
 221. Brick bee-houses, 221. 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 
 BEE-STANDS, ETC. 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 
 THE APIAKY. 
 
 South-east the best point to front, 228. Morning sun necessary, 229. 
 Offensive smells detrimental, 229. The shade of large trees not bene- 
 ficial, etc., 230. Danger of hives blowing over, 231. Surrounding 
 protection necessary, 232. Rivers and lakes detrimental, 234. How 
 situated in regard to the dwelling, 234. No walls or buildings to im- 
 pede the flight of bees, 235. Valleys most suitable for apiaries, 235. 
 Weeds around hives to be extirpated, 236. Apiaries in the rooms of 
 dwellings, 238. Bees thrive in large towns, etc., 239. 
 
 CHAPTER XVn. 
 
 PASTURAGE. 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 HONEY DEW, 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 BEE-DKESS, ETC. 
 Bee stings, how cured, etc., 251. 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 SWARMING, ETC. 
 
 Hiving, 264. Hiver, 267. Clustering on the outside of the hive, 
 268. Ringing of bells and other noises useless, 268. Swarming pre- 
 vented by extr^ room, 269. Strong families always recommended, 270, 
 Different swarms apt to cluster together, 272. time that swarms re- 
 
INDEX. 349 
 
 main clustered, 273. The queen generally alights first, 278. Neces- 
 sity of preparations for hiving, etc., 276. Symptoms of swarming, 278, 
 Season of swarming, 280. Swarms consist of beeS of all ages, 2S3. 
 Swarms issuing have no habitation selected, 284. Beea communicate 
 on the wing, 285. Proper mode of separating swarms, 286. Union of 
 swarms, 288. Bees liable to cluster on the apiarian, 289. Sambo's 
 first trial at hiving, 200. Grape vines suitable to cluster on, artificial 
 clustering bushes, etc., 292. Appearances at the moment of issuing, 
 293. Time of day to expect swarms to sally forth, 293. 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 ARTIFICIAL SWARMS. 
 
 Time of year to make artificial swarms, 298. Artificial swarms 
 made wholly by driving out, 298. Directions for driving and dislodg- 
 ing bees, 299. How to cut out brood-combs, 300. Artificial swarms 
 formed by division, 302. Artificial swarms may be transposed, 303. 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 CHANGING FAMILIES FROM OLD TO NEW HIVES. 
 Uniting stocks, 309. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 THE SEASONS. 
 
 Fall management, 310. Feeding bees, 311. Winter management, 
 314. Spring management, 316. Summer management, 317. The 
 bee-moth, how eradicated, 317. Indications of the moth, best course 
 to pursue, 320. Populous families not liable to be undermined, 321. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 
 PILLAGE OF BEES. 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 GUIDE PLATE, ETC. 
 Distancea and thickness of combs, 335. 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
 Ventilation of hives, 326. Purchase of bees, 327. Transportation 
 of bees, 327. Combs liable to melt down, 328. Disabled beae, 329. 
 Diseases of bees, 329. Architecture of bees, 330. Instinct of bees, 333. 
 Longevity of Bees, 337. Anger of Bees, 338. Language of bees, 338. 
 Bees-wax, how made, 341. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Miner's improved equilateral hive, 342. Pedestal for do. 344. 
 
CM. SAXTON, 
 
 CHEAP CASH COMfflSSION BOOKSEILER AND PUBLISHER, 
 121 FULTON STREET. 
 
 N.B. Particular attention given to furnishing Public and Private Libraries 
 
 List of Booes, with Retail Prices, from which a liberal discount will be made 
 when a number of Works are ordered at one time : — 
 
 Gunn's Domestic Medicine. • $3,50 
 
 The Parents' Book 1,00 
 
 Beaumont's Physiology • 75 
 
 Dick's Complete Works, 4 vols.... 2,50 
 Allen's Compend of Agriculture ... 1,00 
 
 " History and Diseases of Do- 
 mestic Animals 75 
 
 " American Herd-Book 3,00 
 
 " American Agriculturist, 6 
 
 vols 7,50 
 
 " Treatise on the Grape 50 
 
 M'Murtrie's Scientijic Lexicon .... 75 
 Cleveland's Compend of English 
 
 Literature 
 
 American Architect, 12 Nos., bd.- . . 3,75 
 
 Cole on Diseases of Animals 50 
 
 Treatise oft Milch Cows 38 
 
 Skinner's Farmer's Library, 4 vols.. 12,00 
 Hayward's Gazetteer of Massachu- 
 setts 1,50 
 
 Beattie on Southern Agriculture. . . 1,00 
 Crittenden's Book-keeping, 85 cts. & 2,00 
 Holbrook's First Drawing-Book ... 10 
 Mitchell's Series of Outline Maps. . 15,00 
 
 Key to do'. 25 
 
 Mather and Brockett's Geography 
 of tlie State of New York 63 
 
 Perkins' Elementary Arithmetic. ..$0,38 
 
 " Higher do 75 
 
 " Elecients of Algebra 75 
 
 " Treatise on do 1,50 
 
 " Elements of Geometry, 
 with practical applica- 
 tions 1,00 
 
 The circulation of the above is rapidly 
 increasing in the best Schools. 
 
 Winchester's Primary Writlng- 
 
 Book 6 
 
 " Series of, 4 Nos. — each 13 
 " Black-board Chart, to 
 accompany the above 
 — only one is needed 
 
 for each school 1,00 
 
 " Book-keeping, embra- 
 cing Journal, Ledger 
 and Teacher's Guide 
 
 —each 2S 
 
 Large Outline Map, including the 
 Geological Map, to accompany 
 
 the above 2,00 
 
 Taylor's Sacred Minstrel, a new 
 and popular collection of Church 
 Music f^ 
 
Woi-ks ■published by C. M. Saxton. 
 
 1,00 
 
 25 
 
 75 
 
 C. M. SAXTON 
 
 Would particularly call attention to the assortment of Works pertaining to 
 Agrii^ulture and Rural Economy, a few of which are enumerated, with the 
 Retail Prices, from which a liberal discount will be made when a number 
 of Works are ordered at one lime, viz. — 
 
 The American Flower Garden Di- 
 rectory $1,25 
 
 Townley on the Honey Bee 50 
 
 The American Shepherd 1,00 
 
 Johnson's Agricultural Chemistry. . 1,25 
 
 Euschenberger*s Horsemanship ••. 1,00 
 
 Stock Raiser's Manual 3,00 
 
 American Farmer's Encyclopedia.. 4,00 
 
 Treatise on Cattle 3,00 
 
 Hoare on the Vine 63 
 
 The American Florist 38 
 
 Parnell's Apphed Chemistry 1,00 
 
 Ure's Dictionary of Arts, Manufac- 
 tures, &c. 6,00 
 
 Dana's Prize Essay on Manures . • • 12^ 
 
 Fessenden's American Gardener • • 80 
 
 Knowlson's Cattle or Cow Doctor.. 25 
 
 Complete Gardener and Florist ... 37 
 
 Buist on the Rose 75 
 
 Downing's Fruit Trees 1,50 
 
 " Landscape Gardening. • 3,50 
 " Cottage Residences • •■ • ■ 2,00 
 
 Lang*s Highland Cottages 1,50 
 
 Every Lady her own Flower-Gar- 
 dener 38 
 
 Mason's Farriery 1,00 
 
 Hind's ditto 75 
 
 Every Man his own Gardener 25 
 
 Horse, its Habits and Management. 25 
 
 Boussingault's Organic Nature — 50 
 
 American Poulterer's Companion.. 1,00 
 
 Clater and Youatt's Cattle Doctor.. 50 
 
 The American Turf Register and 
 Stud Book. By P N.Edgar .■•• 2,00 
 
 Liebig's Agricultural and Animal 
 Chemistry — each 25 
 
 Liebig's Familiar Letters on Chem- 
 istry 12i 
 
 Loudon's Encyclopaedia of Agricul- 
 ture, (EngUsh) 10,00 
 
 Loudon's Encyclopaedia of Garden- 
 • ing 10,00 
 
 Loudon's Encyclopsedia of Archi- 
 tecture 14,00 
 
 The Vegetable Kingdom, or Hand- 
 Book of Plants 1,25 
 
 Vouatt on the Horse : a. new edi- 
 tion 1,75 
 
 Bridgeman's Young Gardener's As- 
 sistant. New edition, much en- 
 larged $2,00 
 
 Bridgeman's Fruit Cultivator's 
 
 Manual 62 
 
 Bridgeman's Kitchen Gardener. . • • 62 
 
 Bridgeman's Florist's Guide 62 
 
 The Farmer's Mine 75 
 
 Rural Economy. By Boussingault. 1,50 
 Stable Economy, by Stewart. Re- 
 vised by A. B. Allen 
 
 Johnston's Catechism of Agricul- 
 tural Chemistry and Geology- -• • 
 The Complete Farmer and Rural 
 Economist. By Thomas G. Fes- 
 
 senden 
 
 The New American Orchardist. By 
 
 William Kenrick 875 
 
 The Honey Bee, its Natural Histo- 
 ry, &c. With 35 engravings 31 
 
 Allen's American Herd-Book 3,00 
 
 " Compend 1,00 
 
 *' Domestic Animals 75 
 
 Bees, Pigeons, Rabbits, and the 
 Canary Bird, familiarly described 37 
 
 The American Poultry Book 37 
 
 A Treatise on Sheep. By A. Black- 
 lock 50 
 
 The Theory of Horticulture, By 
 
 J. Lindley 1,25 
 
 Gardening for Ladies, and Compan- 
 ion to the Flower Garden. By 
 
 Mrs. Loudon Ij50 
 
 American Husbandry 1,00 
 
 The Farmer's Instructor. By J. 
 
 Buel. 2 vols. 1,00 
 
 A Muck Manual for Farmers. By 
 
 Samuel L. Dana 50 
 
 Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 
 
 By M. Le Comte Chaptal 50 
 
 Ives' New-England Fruit-Book — 62 
 
 Browne's Trees of America 5,00 
 
 Gray's Botanical Text-Books 1,50 
 
 Gardner's Farmer's Dictionary — 1,50 
 Emit Culturist. By J. J. Thomas- . 63 
 
 Treatise on Milch Cows 33 
 
 Stable Talk •' 1,00 
 
 First Lessons in Botany 35. 
 
 Orders promptly attended Icj or all kinds of Books in every departmertt of Ititerature. 
 
QUNN'S DOMESTIC MEDICINE, 
 
 OR POOR MAN'S FRIEND j IN THE HOURS OF AFFLICTION, PAIN 
 
 AND SIOENBSS, A SAFE AND RELIABLE aUIDE. 
 
 Raymond's copy, price three dollars. 
 
 This Book points out in plain language, free from doctors' terms, the Diseases 
 of Men, Women, and Children, and the latest and most improved means used in 
 their cure; and is intended expressly for the benefit of families. It also contains 
 descriptions of the Medical Roots and Herbs of the United States, and how 
 they are to be used in the cure of diseases. It is arranged on a new and simple 
 plan, by which the practice of Medicine is reduced to principles of common 
 sense. 
 
 This invaluable book has passed through many editions ; it has now been re- 
 vised and improved in every respect, and enlarged to nearly double its former 
 size ; and contains nine hundred octavo pages. 
 
 It does not propose to dispense with physicians in severe cases. But it does 
 propose to save thousands and tens of thousani^ annually, by putting the means 
 of cure into every man's hands, and of saving many valuable lives (which is of 
 far more importance) by instructing individuals how to check disease in its begin- 
 nings, before it has acquired too much strength to resist and overcome. 
 
 Opinions of the Press. 
 
 *'We seldom take up a book of this class with any favorable impressions ; for 
 we fear-quackery and pretension have been at work for the * poor man ;' but in 
 this work all our prejudices were conquered. Professional men £is well as others, 
 we see cheerfully recommend this book; which has, in its ample pages, much of 
 the necessary instruction to ward off or to cure disease. "^iVew York Express. 
 
 " It is written in an easy, plain, and familiar style, and points out the diseases 
 of men, women, and children, and the latest and most approved means used in 
 their cure. The language and arrangement are so simplified as to bring it within 
 the capacity of those who possess a very limited education. The object and de- 
 sign of the author seems to be to remove all that technical phraseology which is 
 used in medical works generally, and thus simplify the practice of that science 
 which the head of every family should be acquainted with. It is generally recom- 
 mended to our professional readers as a g^ide in cases where it is not deemed 
 necessary te have the services of regularly educated practitioners. This book 
 should find a place in every family." — Boston Mail. 
 
 " This is a work of Family Medicine on the plan of Dr. Ewell. It is the most 
 plain-written, untecbnical book of the kind we have met with ; a decided improve- 
 ment on both Buchan and Ewell. It is printed in a very superior style, revised 
 from the first edition, and containing a variety of useful information not hitherto 
 laid before the vulg;ar eye. It treats of the passions. It has also a catalogue of 
 medicines, with their properties and doses, and the diseases and manner in which 
 they are treated ; comprising a synoptical Materia Medica, exceedingly useful in 
 families, and more particularly to captains of vessels and planters, who cannot 
 conveniently procure medical advice. It is an excellent book."— iVeuj Orleans 
 7V«c American. 
 
 " If we judge of the merits of the book by the Immense number of copies already 
 sold, and the very flattering testimony of medical men of the first standing, (and 
 among the number, several of the most distinguished members of the faculty in 
 our city,) it is a valuable compendium of the modem practice of physic, and must 
 prove a valuable assistant to families, particularly in sudden emergencies, and in 
 all situations where regular professional attendance cannot be commanded." — 
 Iiouisville Journal. 
 
 " The great advantage it possesses over all other books of the kind is, that the . 
 author has avoided all Latm terms ; this is what has brought Dr. Gunn's work 
 Into such extensive family use." — iVeio Orleans Picayune. 
 
 *' As a medical Vade Mecum, it has for years stood high ; and now, since its re- 
 vision, (Raymond's copy,) will take the lead of all similar works."— Afoii/c Daily 
 Advertiser. 
 
 '• Its extensive sale has established its worth, and stamped it as a standard axid 
 useful hook."— Kentucky Gazette. 
 
 icy On the receipt of Three Dollars, Dr. Gunn's book will be sent, free of 
 postage, to any part of the United States. 
 
 . All letters must be addressed, (post-paid,) to C. M. SAXT0N,12l Fulton St., 
 New Yoik. 
 
 ** Raymond^a Copj^ " is the only complete edition, and is so marked on the back 
 
Works puhlished hy C. M. Saxion, 
 
 THE AMERICAN AGRICULTURIST; 
 
 A MONTHLY PBRIODIOAL, 
 
 ©esfflncK to fnTj»tol)8 tjc JTamer. tljc ^Planter, tjje Stocfe^aStertcr, 
 anti t|)c jlQottfcultutfst 
 
 A. B. ALLEN, Editor. 
 
 *' Agriculture is the most heaUhy^ the most useful, and the most noble employment 
 of man." — Washington. 
 
 TERMS. 
 
 FOR SINGLE COPIES ONE DOLLAR PER ANNUM- 
 
 THREE COPIES TWO DOLLARS. 
 
 EIGHT COPIES FIVE DOLLARS. 
 
 TWENTY COPIES TWELVE DOIXARS. 
 
 The American Agriculturist is now in the seventh year of its publication 
 From its commencement it took a high stand ; and has ever since been considered 
 by the press and all unbiased judges, as the LEADING PERIODICAL of its class 
 in America. It has a large and rapidly increasing circulation throughout the 
 United States, the Canadas, and other British possessions, the West Indies, and 
 South America ; and we may fearlessly assert, that it has given more reliable in 
 formation on rural subjects, and been perused with greater general satisfaction, 
 than any paper of the kind yet published. 
 
 The American Agriculturist treats of every description of domestic animals 
 and poultry ; their characteristics, breeds, the best and the worst ; their advanta- 
 ges and disadvantages ; their mode of breeding, feeding, rearing, and treatment ; 
 their uses, profits, management, &c. It also treats of all cultivated crops, inclu- 
 ding fruits, shrubbery, &c. ; the best seeds, mode of planting, cultivating, gather- 
 ing, and preparing for markets ; the general principles of vegetation and the laws 
 of vegetable life. It describes the principles of mechanics as applied to machine- 
 ry used by farmers and planters ; the best machinery and implements for agri- 
 culture, their uses and the particular superiority of some over others, and their 
 adaptedness for particular purposes, &c. 
 
 Address all subscnptions to C. M. SAXTON, 121 Fulton St., New York. 
 
 It also gives the latest improvements in those implements which may have been 
 made, and suggests others ; tells where they are to be found, and the benefits that 
 will follow from their use. It also specifies new objects of cultivation, and how 
 they may be better prepared for a profitable market and more general use. These 
 are a part only of the objects of this paper ; yet they, with the other subjects 
 treated, are of universal interest and general application. Nineteen-twentieths of all 
 that is to be found in it is of the same use to one part as to any other part of 
 America. Tet we find people constantly objecting that it is not printed in their 
 particular section of country, and that it is not suited to their wants. Does it 
 make any difference where a boy acquires his education, provided it be a good 
 one and he be correctly taught ? Where he studies his profession of divinity, 
 medicine, or even law? Cannot he take the principles he has acquired, and apply 
 them equally well in any part of America T Are not the blessed sunlight ol 
 heaven, the rain, the dew, the heat, and the frost, though sometimes differing in 
 degree, of equal relative effect wherever they are felt, whether within the tropics 
 or the polar circles, the eastern or western hemisphere ? 
 
 If the questioii were as to a choice between a good paper printed here or there, 
 It were another matter. Sut throughout extensive regions this is not the case, 
 and it is either a good paper or none at all ; and even if there were one for every 
 particular section of country, we might still urge a general circulation *or our 
 own ; for no one will embrace all that is important to be known. 
 
EVERY FARMER'S BOOKS! 
 
 Ten Thousand Copies printed in Bix Months ! 
 
 ILLBSTRITED ^imiN IIOMESTIC MIMllS, 
 
 Being a history and description of the Horse, RIuJU:, Cattle, Siieep, Swine, FoiQ- 
 try, and Farxn. S)o^ 5 with Directions fur their Management, Breeding, Crossing, Kear- 
 ing, Feeding, and preparation for a profitable marltet. Also, tliclr Blseases and 
 Remedies ; together with Full Directit-ns for the Management of the Dairy, and the Com- 
 parative Economy and Advantages of Working Animals, the Horse, Mule, Oxen, &o., by R* !<• 
 AJjIjBW, Author of-^ Compend of American AgTicullwre" ^c. 
 
 The above work contains more than 40 Er.graviiigs and Portraits of Improved Animals 
 illustrative of the different breeds and various subjects trealed in it. 
 
 The most minute aa well as general pri'neiples for Breeding, Crossing, Rearing, Feeding, and 
 Management of all Domestic Animals, are herein given, to produce the utmost marketable 
 value for the food and attention bestov\ed on them \ as well as to prevent disease, and save the 
 immense losses Trhich annually occur from this source. It can be sent by iVIail, in Cloth Bind- 
 ing, for 75 Cents— Paper, 50 Cents. Published by C. M,. SAXTOM, 305 Broadway, New 
 york._ For sale by all the Booksellers throughout the country. 
 
 Agents wanted for every county In every state. Address, post paid, the Publisher. 
 
 OPINIONS OF THE PRESS, 
 
 The Compactness yet completeness will make it a favorite with agriculturists.— CAronicte, 
 Philadelphia. 
 
 Its greatest worth is, as a complete farrier, showing the diseases of animals, their treatment, 
 And cure.— i^ar. 4" Mcc 
 
 The portion which relates to the dairy alonCj is worth the cost of the hook.— Worcester 
 Transcript, 
 
 It is every way adapted to be serviceable in every household which has domestic animals. — 
 D Adv., Newark. 
 
 We believe it a complete guide for the fanner and dairyman in the purchase, care, and use ol 
 anim al s . — Jeffersonian. 
 
 Here is a work which should be in the hands of every faxmer.— Highland Courier. 
 
 We can confidently recommend this work as a very instructive one to those engaged in farm- 
 ing, raising stock, or husbandry,— iVorWiampiow CouHer. 
 
 The author is a practical farmer and stockbreeder, and is able to vouch for the correctness of 
 the remedies for diseases of Domestic Animals, aB well as the best mode of managing them. — 
 Huron, O. Reflector. 
 
 It costs but seventy-five cents, and .cannot fail to be worth ten times that amount to any far- 
 mer. — Summit S. C Seacon. 
 
 It is the best of that character we have yet seen ; no farmer should be without \t.— Democrat, 
 Carlisle, Fa. 
 
 This is just such a book as every owner of stock should be possessed of. — Easton Md Star. 
 
 Here is a book which all— those who follow the plow, and those who direct it — can read to 
 profit. It is a library of knowledge, presenting the latest improvements and diKCOveries, on all 
 the topics treaied of; and illustrated by a great variety of cuts. The " Aliens," one of whom is 
 the author of the work before ub, are quite famous in their especial role, so that what proceeds 
 from ihemmay be confidentlycredited atall events. The present book is a most interesting and 
 instructive one, and must meet with a great sale. — Sciota Gazette- 
 
 This work, to the rarmwaud stock raiser, will be useful, instructive, and profitable, enabling 
 them to improve the breed of their stock, preserve them from sickness, and cure them when 
 infected with disease. — Herald, MorrisvUle, Pa. 
 
 The time has gone by when farmers can expect to succeed without giving some attention to 
 Book Farming, and we trust they begin to see it for themselves. We should like to hear that 
 this work was in the hands of every farmer in the county. — Mercury, Potsdam,, N. Y. 
 
 The title page of this work gives a. good idea of its scope and intent. It is a comprehensive 
 summary of farm operations, and wiU prove very acceptable to the great mass of our farming 
 population. We are informed that 3,000 copies of this work have been sold since the first of 
 January. It is well printed and profusely illustrated. — N. Y. Tribune. 
 
 It is furnished with numerous illustrating cuts, and will form a complete *' vade mecum" for 
 the agriculturist, convenient for reference) and to be relied on when consulted. — Baltimore 
 American. 
 
 This is a practical book by a practical man, and will serve extensive practical ends. It i« 
 a companion which every farmer will feel that he cannot well be without. — N. Y. Observer 
 
 We cheerfully recommend this work to farmers, — Signal, Juliett, III. 
 
 We anticipate an extensive sale for this work. — Ohio Cultivator. 
 
 This work ought to be in the hands of every planter. — N. 0. Ddta. 
 
 The author is a gentleman of fine attainments, and who ranks as one of the most accom* 
 pliehed writers on agricultural subjects in the country. — Ala. Planter. 
 
 Many a valuable animal is lost, every year, for want of the knowledge here conyeje^.— Eagle. 
 Brattleboro, Vt. 
 
 The author (Mr. Allen), is a practicsJ man^ and everything from his pen, on subjects oon 
 nected with agriculture and cattle breeding, is valuable to those who pKfer matter of fMt U 
 lere thGory.— Maine Farmer. 
 
NEW-YORK AGRICULTURAL WAREHOUSE 
 
 AND SEED STORE. 
 
 A. B. ALLEN & CO., 
 
 189 & 191 WATER STREET, NEW YORK. 
 
 Faamers, Planters, and Gardeners will find in our Warehouse, the largest and 
 most complete assortment of Agricultural and Horticultural Implemjents, Field 
 and Garden Seeds, Fertilizers, Fruit and Ornamental Trees, &.C., &c., in New 
 York. A few of the articles we enumerate below. Our implements are mostly- 
 made up from KEW and highlt-improved patterns, and are warranted to be of 
 the best materials, put togetib.er in the strongest manner, and of superior finish. 
 Flows. — Of these we have upwards of FIFTY diflerent kinds, among which 
 
 are Cotton^ iUce, and Sugar PiowM, Q.t $2 to 4.50 
 
 Two and Four 
 Horse Plows, of dif- 
 ferent sizes^ and for 
 all kinds of soils — 
 stony, sandy, loam, 
 or clay ; also for 
 Btubble and sward 
 land. Some of these 
 have patent clevies 
 attached to them, 
 thus enabling the 
 off-horse, in plowing 
 a wet meadow, to 
 
 Double Mold-Boaed Plow, 
 
 Subsoil Plow, with Wheel, Dial-Clevib, and Drapt-Rod. 
 walk on the solid ground, instead of a miry, fresh-plowed furrow. Others are 
 
New York Agricultural Warehouse. 
 
 adapted to trench-plowing, enabling the farmer to tura up virgin earth in a deep 
 soil. These plows are strong enough to grub up roots, heavy bogs, &c. They 
 
 likewise answer for shallow clitching '. $5 to $510 
 
 One Horse Plows for the Noi'tk, with single and Double Mold-Boarda. The 
 last are admirable to work between the rows of root crops and corn, when not 
 over 3>^ feet apart, as they turn the furrow both ways, thus doing double the 
 work of a single mold-board ^3 to$5 
 
 |lri II MMlillll^^ ill . -- 
 
 Cultivator with AVheel. 
 
 Sehd Sotver, 
 should be without them 
 
 Subsoil Plows for 
 deep plowing $5.50 
 to 16.00. 
 Double Mold-Board 
 or FluJce Plows for 
 furrowing to plant, 
 cultivate and ditch ; 
 and the largest made 
 expressly for plant- 
 ing the sugar cane, 
 $3.50 to 9.00. 
 
 Side- Hill Shiftitig 
 Mold- Boar dor Swiv- 
 el Plows, for turning 
 the furrow in either 
 direction, $5.00 to 
 16.00. 
 
 Paring- Plows, for 
 shaving ofl" the turf 
 preparatory to burn- 
 ing $15.00. 
 
 Harrows. — A com- 
 plete assortment of 
 square, triangle, and 
 double triangle fold- 
 ing, harrows, with 
 wrought iron or 
 «teel pointed teeth. 
 $6 to 16,00. 
 
 Some of chese plows are made 
 expressly for light sandy soils, 
 others for a loam, or stiff clay, 
 which thi;y work in the beat 
 manner. Being made by patent 
 machinery, they are superior to 
 anything of the kind ever before 
 60I4 in this market. 
 
 Rice Trenching Plow. — This does 
 the same work as the hands per- 
 form on a rice plantation with 
 trenching hoes, equally well, and 
 with much greater rapidity than a 
 negro can work. No Planter 
 $6 to 6.50 
 
 SflUABE HaBROW. 
 
New York Agricultural Warehouse. 
 
 iS(rflw-C«(icrB.— Common hand, 3.00 to 8.00 
 
 '' Cylindrical, with spi- 
 
 ral and straight 
 
 blades. B.00 to 30.00 
 
 Corn-stalk Cutters, —Marshall's, Sin- 
 clair's, Thorn's, and 
 
 others, 13.00 to45.00 
 
 Coiton-Oins, of various patterns,.... 25.00 to 150,00 
 
 Ox, Itoad^ or Dirt Scrapera, 4.50 to 5.00 
 
 Sclf-actiitff Cheese Press— b. neat and 
 very superior and 
 
 simple article, 6.60 
 
 Seed Sowers f various patterns, 8.00 to 15.00 
 
 Corn- Planters J will plant 10 acres per 
 
 day, by one man, 16.00 
 
 fforticulturai Tool Chests complete, ^^- **« 
 
 fVhedbarrows for Gardens, 4.50 to 5.0** 
 
 " Canal, Dirt, or Tray, 2.25 to 3.5® 
 
 Tree or Bush Pullers, $4.00 to 6.00 ; Garden Syrin- 
 ges, 1.00 to 6.50 ; Grain Cradles, 3.00 to 5.50 ; Sausage 
 k Stutters, 4.50 to 5.00 ; Lactometers, 2.50 to 5.00 ; Bee- 
 khives, 3.60 to 6.50 ; Ox-Yolces and Bows, 2.50 toS.OO ; 
 Manure-Forks, 63 cts.to 4.00 ; Hay ditto, 50 cts, to 1 00; 
 Grain and Grass Scythes, 75 cents to 1.00 ; Swingle 
 I Trees, 1.00 to 3.50; Hay and Straw-Knives, 1.00 to 
 I i 00 ; Axes — Collins', Hunt's, and Simons', handled, 
 1 00, to 1.50 ; Grubbing Hoes, 50 cents to 1.00 ; Picks, 
 100 to 2.00; Trace Chains, 75 cents to 1.00; Ox 
 Chains— American 9 to 11>^ cents per lb.; Shovels 
 and Spades, 75 cents to 1.50 ; Tree Scrapers, 31 to 
 I 75 cents ; Schuffling Hoes, 25 cents to 1.00 ; Churns, 
 various patterns, 2.00 to 4 00; Grafting Chisels and 
 Saw, handled, 2.00 ; Hoes, all 
 patterns, 26 cents to 1-00; 
 Fotato Hooks, 50 cents to 
 1.50 ; Potato Forks, 1.00 to 
 2»00 ; Garden Reels, 75 cts. ; 
 SickleSj 37 to 63 cents ; Grass 
 Shears, 1.25 to 1.50 ; Twig 
 Cutters, 50 cents to 2.00 ; 
 Vine Scissors, 63 cents. ; 
 Pruning Shears, 2.00 ; Screw 
 "Wrenches, 1.50 to 3.00 ; 
 Sheep Shears, 75 cents to 
 1.25; Strawberry Forks, 37 
 cents ; Scythe Riiles. Hakes, 
 various patterns and various 
 prices ; Peat Knives, 1.50 ; 
 Ox Muzzles, 31 to 50 cents 
 per pair ; Ox Bows, 31 to 50 
 cents ; Hatchets, 50 to 75 
 cents ; Horse Brushes', Ham- 
 mers. Axe Handles, Grind- 
 stones, Rollers, Crank and 
 Shafts, Flower Gatherers, 
 Mails, Edging Knives, Cattle 
 I'ie-chains, Bull Rings, But- 
 ter Boxes, Bush Hooks, Ca- 
 terpillar Brushes, Fleams, 
 Fcoops, Ox Balls, Post 
 Spoons, Garden Trowels, 
 Spinning-wheel Heads, "Well 
 Wheels, Oven Mouths. Budding Knives, Pruning ditto, &c., Cattle Ties, 8tc. 
 Castings of all the diftferent parts of Plows, at 4 to 6 cents per lb, 
 Gm Segments and Heavy Castings of all descriptions made to order. 
 Harrow Teeth and Iron Work of different kinds made to order m the cheapest 
 
 ^^If^^w^n**, Svgar-BoUers, Sugar-MUls^ KetUes, Cavldrom *c-i for planta- 
 lions. 
 
New York Agricultv/ral Warehouse. 
 
 Rollers of various kinds — wood, stone, or iron ; single or double ; and to move 
 by hand or horse-power : $10 to $65. 
 
 Field JIoller. 
 
 Cultivators, hand or horse, of various patterns $3.00 to 8.00 
 
 JSorse-Powers. — Endless chain, single horse 75.00 to 85.00 
 
 " " two-horse 100.00 to 120.00 
 
 " Cast-iron, single or two-horse 50.00 to 60.00 
 
 " " four-horse 90.00 
 
 Grain Threshers 25,00 to 40.00 
 
 " with Separators 85.00 to 50.00 
 
 Clover-Milts, for cleaning seed 30.00 to 65.00 
 
 Fimninir- Mills, for winnowing grain 12.00 to 27.00 
 
 Burr-st07ic Mills, for grinding grain , 30.00 to 125.00 
 
 Cast-iron Mills, a new and most admirable invention. They work either by 
 hand or other power, and are well adapted for grinding aU kinds of grain, except 
 
 Rim-Horse Power. 
 
 flouring wheat for market 6,00 to 30,00 
 
 Chm and Cob Crushers, for grinding cob in the ear 30.00 to 50.00 
 
 Sugar Crushers, for pulverizing sugar 7.50 to SO.OO 
 
 Paint Mills, of various patterns .^, 7.00 to 17!oO 
 
 Com Shellers. ^VfiW shell from 50 to 200 bushels of ears per hour, in the best 
 
 manner. These work by horse or other power 30.00 to 60.00 
 
 The same worked by hand, made of wood or cast-iron 6,00 to 10 00 
 
 Vegetable Cutters j for slicing potatoes, beets, turnips, 8ic sioO to 1200 
 
New York Agricult%cral Warehouse, 
 
 Fire Enpnesj Forcing Pwmpt of 
 Largo and Small Sizcj Water Sams^ »S-c. 
 
 Cast Iron Water Pipe from 1 to 12 in- 
 ches diameter, both sleeve or socket, 
 and flange, 3 to 4 cts, per lb, 
 
 Wire-Cloth and iSieucs.— Different 
 kinds and sizes kept constantly on 
 hand. 
 
 Wire of all sizes for Fences, 
 
 Wagons, Carts, both Hand and Horsey 
 and Trucks of all sizes. 
 
 Leavens worth'* 8 Patent California Qold 
 Washers, the best ever constructedj 
 will do -the work of 100 men, and go 
 either by horse or hand power, $30 
 to $60. 
 
 Oold Digging Implements of all kinds, 
 picks, crow-bars, hoes, shovels, &c. 
 
 Oold TesterSy Retorts, Crucibles, Fur- 
 naces, &c., &c., of all kinds. 
 
 Blasting Tools, Brills, Chisels, &c. 
 
 Lead Pipe of various sizes and thick* 
 ness, at 6 to 7 cts. per lb. 
 
 Leather, India Rubber and Outta 
 Percha Hose, of all sizes. 
 
 COKN ShGLLER. 
 
 Seeds for the Field and Garden.— Such as improved "Winter and Spring "Wheat, 
 Rye. Barley, Oats, Corn, Beans, Peas, Rutabaga, Turnip, Cabbage, Beet, Carrot, 
 Parsnip, Clover, and Grass Seeds, improved varieties of Potatoes, 8cc,, &c., &c. 
 These are warranted fresh and superior of their kind. 
 
 J^brtiZizers.— Peruvian and Patagoniaa Guano, Lime, Plaster of Paris, Bone Dust, 
 &c., ficc 
 
 Fbndt and Ornamen- 
 tal Trees and Shrubs. 
 — Orders taken for 
 these, and executed 
 from a choice of the 
 best Nurseries, Gar- 
 dens, and Conserva- 
 I tories in the United 
 ■ States, 
 
 Horses, Cattle, Sheep 
 
 ■ and Swine. — Orders 
 
 .tiu,«inur[iuillllluulililUIIlUlllllllUlllllIllllUUil received for stock of 
 Sausage Stufper. all kinds, to be exe- 
 
 cuted to the best advantage, and shipped in the most careful manner. 
 
 Copper Stills Complete — Iron Chests, Brick Machines, 
 Bark Mills. 
 
 Portable Furnaces — Blacksmiths' Bellows, Sledges, 
 Hammers, Tongs, &c. 
 
 Whitney^s Celebrated Buena Vista Rifles, with Molds, 
 and all extras, Percussion Caps, &c., &c., &c. 
 
 Post-hole .Augers — Ornamental Fountains, Iron Garden 
 Chairs, Garden Engines, Morticing Machines. 
 Bullets of all sizes, and Buck Shot, 8 cts. per lb. 
 Agricultural Books.— A varied and general assort- 
 ment of these fur sale. 
 
 JVew Implements, Seeds, ^c. — The subscribers request 
 samples sent to them of any new or improved Imple- 
 ments, Seeds, ficc, which, if found valuable, extra pains 
 ■ will be taken to bring them before the public. 
 
 Produce on Consignment. — All kinds of Produce will 
 be received for sale on consignment. 
 A discount will be made from the above prices to dealers. 
 .A Catalogue of over 100 pages, with numerous en- 
 gravings, containing a part oi our Implements, with 
 prices, will be forwarded by mail, if requested post 
 paid, 
 
 A. B. ALLEN, & Co., 
 189 and 191 Water street, Ne w York. 
 
 Pump 
 
ADVERTISEMENT. 
 
 MINE R'S 
 PATENT EQUILATERAL BEE-HIVE. 
 
 This valuable hive is now offered For Sale by Ihe single hive, at 
 FIVE DOLLARS, which will entitle the purchaser to an individ- 
 ual right to make the same, for his own use only, during life ; or the 
 
 ENGRAVINGS 
 
 of it, and all its parts, will be furnished for the sum of TWO DOL- 
 LARS, and full instructions to make it will be given in pamphlet 
 form, with a right as above, including information illustrating and 
 explaining the whole nature of this hive. — Also, a cut will be in- 
 cluded of my 
 
 ORNAMENTAL BEE-HOUSE, 
 
 so much admired for its originality and architectural beauty. 
 Monies may be remitted by mail at my risk, and as soon. as re- 
 ceived, the hive, or the engravings, &c., as the purchaser may 
 order, will he 
 
 FORWARDED IMMEDIATELY 
 
 to the address of the applicant. Please be particular to state the 
 Town, County, and if necessary, the Post Office, where to direct. 
 
 AGENTS wanted to sell both hives and engravings, and a very 
 liberal discount sJlowed. 
 
 N. B. — All persons are cautioned agsiinst the least infringement 
 of the right of the above hive. 
 
 (IS- Address T. B. MINER, No. 40 Peck Slip, New York. 
 New York, March, 1849.